Total Water Cycle Management Strategy For Moreton Bay Regional Council

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 365

Total Water Cycle Management

Strategy for Moreton Bay


Regional Council
R.B17909.001.02.TWCM Strategy.doc
December 2010
Total Water Cycle
Management Strategy for
Moreton Bay Regional
Council

Offices
Brisbane
Denver
Mackay
Melbourne
Prepared For: Moreton Bay Regional Council Newcastle
Perth
Sydney
Prepared By: BMT WBM Pty Ltd (Member of the BMT group of companies) Vancouver

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
DOCUMENT CONTROL SHEET

BMT WBM Pty Ltd


BMT WBM Pty Ltd
Level 11, 490 Upper Edward Street Document : R.B17909.001.02.TWCM
Brisbane 4000 Strategy.doc
Queensland Australia
PO Box 203 Spring Hill 4004
Project Manager : Tony Weber
Tel: +61 7 3831 6744
Fax: + 61 7 3832 3627

ABN 54 010 830 421

www.wbmpl.com.au
Client : Moreton Bay Regional Council

Client Contact: Julia Roso, Lavanya Susarla

Client Reference

Title : Total Water Cycle Management Strategy for Moreton Bay Regional Council
Author : Brad Grant, Nicole Ramilo, Tony Weber
Synopsis : This document presents the results of a study investigating the drivers and issues
influential in the development of a Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Plan for
Moreton Bay Regional Council. It also assesses different solutions to address the
identified catchment issues, and recommends a shortlist of potential solutions for
further investigation in Phase 2, the detailed planning phase.

REVISION/CHECKING HISTORY

REVISION DATE OF ISSUE CHECKED BY ISSUED BY


NUMBER
0 10 June 2010 TRW BG
1 30 November 2010 TRW NJR
2 8 December TRW NJR

DISTRIBUTION

DESTINATION REVISION
0 1 2 3

Moreton Bay Regional Council PDF PDF PDF


BMT WBM File PDF+1 PDF PDF
BMT WBM Library PDF+1 PDF PDF

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM Strategy Summary Report
This Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Strategy presents the results of a study involving the
identification of water cycle management drivers and issues affecting the Moreton Bay Regional Council
(MBRC) region, development of solutions to address the identified issues, and preliminary assessment of
these solutions resulting in the selection of catchment solution sets recommended for further investigation
in a detailed planning phase (development of the TWCM Plan).

The document has been divided into two parts:

Part 1: TWCM Strategy Summary Report – this provides an easy to read overview of the key findings
and study results, and can be extracted as a stand alone document (this report)

Part 2: TWCM Strategy Technical Report – this provides the detailed findings and technical information
associated with the study (follows on from this Summary Report)

This TWCM Strategy Summary Report (Part 1) presents an overview of the key study findings as follows:

¾ Background to TWCM planning and the project;

¾ Drivers of the TWCM planning process in the MBRC region;

¾ Current and future water cycle accounts for each catchment;

¾ Water cycle management issues identified;

¾ Solutions developed to address the issues; and

¾ Study conclusions.
Background 2

In 2009, the Ecosystem Health Monitoring Program (EHMP) reported a general decline in all receiving
estuaries and waters in SEQ, with Moreton Bay declining from a B- to a D, the lowest ecosystem health
rating in over a decade of monitoring. The recent ‘Millennium Drought’ experienced in South East
Queensland (SEQ), which saw regional bulk water supplies drop below 20%, has also propelled the issue
of water security to a high priority. These issues, combined with the increasing pressures of development
and population growth, demonstrate that detailed planning with regard to the management of water
resources within SEQ is essential. This planning will ensure that existing environmental, social and
economic values in the region are maintained or improved.

In this context, the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water) was revised and released
in August 2009. This updated version of the EPP Water now prescribes that all Local Government Areas
(LGAs) over a certain population must develop and implement a TWCM Plan specific to its local
government area prior to 1 July 2012.

The EPP Water describes the matters that must be taken into account when an LGA is preparing a
TWCM Plan. The primary intent of the EPP Water is to use TWCM Plans to enable equitable and
informed decisions to be made about the use of water in a way that results in water quality improvements.

The SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 also supports the use of TWCM Plans as the preferred method for
ensuring land use and infrastructure planning is environmentally sustainable, and to ensure reliable water
supplies to cater for forecast population growth.

Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) is one of the first LGAs in Queensland to commence the process
of TWCM Planning. The TWCM Plan developed for MBRC will build on the findings of previous studies in
the region investigating sustainable loads and integrated urban water management.

The project will be undertaken in two Phases:

Phase 1 – Preparation of a Total Water Cycle Management Plan Strategy

Phase 2 – Preparation of the Total Water Cycle Management Plan (Detailed Planning Phase)

This document forms the TWCM Strategy (Phase 1). The TWCM Plan (Phase 2) will identify how the
Strategy will be implemented, including comprehensive predictions of the outcomes of implementation, the
costs and benefits of application, and detailed infrastructure plans for TWCM that can be adopted into
other strategic planning processes. The TWCM Plan is scheduled for completion by August 2011.

Concurrent to this project, Water By Design released a draft Guideline in September 2010 to outline a
process to develop and implement a TWCM Plan that would ensure compliance with the legislative
requirements of the EPP Water. This Strategy is consistent with general intention of these guidelines.
Background 3

Study Area
Key catchments and features within the Moreton Bay Regional Council study area are shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 Study Area


Background 4

Purpose of this Strategy


The purpose of this strategy is to :
• Review and collate all relevant information and identify the key drivers for TWCM within MBRC;
• Describe current and future water accounts for all elements of the water cycle;
• Identify key catchment issues/pressures;
• Develop and undertake preliminary assessment of solutions using Multi Criteria Assessment; and
• Select solution sets for further investigation in Phase 2 (Detailed Planning) for each catchment, based on
the specific water cycle issues identified.

Principles of Total Water Cycle Management


The key principles of Total Water Cycle Management as described in the SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031
include:
• Natural Cycles - minimising the alteration to natural flow and water quality regimes;
• Sustainable Limits - ensuring that the volume of water extracted from a source is sustainable for the
community and the environment;
• Water Conservation - minimising water use and losses by reducing demand and by maximising
efficient use and reuse;
• Diversity in New Supplies - considering all potential sources of water when new supplies are needed,
including reusing wastewater and stormwater;
• Water Quality - managing the water cycle at all phases to preserve water quality for the community and
the environment; and
• Water Quality ‘Fit for Purpose’ - aiming for water supply quality to be no better than is required for the
proposed use, i.e. not supplying potable water for uses that do not require potable quality.
Drivers For TWCM 5
The following presents a summary of the key drivers that will influence the TWCM planning process within
Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC). While this specifically focuses on the drivers for TWCM within
MBRC’s boundaries, most of the drivers discussed also relate to the South East Queensland (SEQ) region
generally (being driven by Queensland legislation and SEQ policy) and may also be of relevance to other
Local Government Areas (LGAs) outside the region.
Water Supply
Despite the ‘water supply guarantee’ outlined in the SEQ Water Strategy, it is evident that security of water
supply in the MBRC area is a driver of the TWCM planning process. When developing the TWCM Plan for
MBRC, these water supply sources and their future security will need to be considered in line with ‘fit for
purpose’ principles. It will also be important to investigate other potential sources of potable water in the
region (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting) so that reliance on the current, largely catchment
runoff-based sources is diversified.

Environmental Flows
The Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 sets environmental
flow objectives for the following waterways within MBRC:
• Pumicestone Creek at end of system;
• Caboolture River at end of system;
• Pine River at end of system;
• South Pine River at North Pine River confluence; and
• Stanley River at Woodford Weir inflow.
The consequence of having to maintain environmental flows in
these waterways can potentially adversely impact on the
available water supply and associated harvestable yield in the
region. If water storages are required to release a certain
amount of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce
yields. Combine this with the potential impacts of climate
change and increasing population on water supplies, and it is
evident that the TWCM planning process will need to account
for environmental flow requirements in any future water
accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are
appropriately determined.

Population Growth
Strong population growth is anticipated within MBRC, particularly within the following greenfield
development areas:
• Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA);
• Morayfield and Narangba Transport Precincts;
• Elimbah East; and
• The Northern Growth Corridor – including Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes.
To ensure sustainable development, this additional population growth will need to be considered in terms of
additional resources and infrastructure requirements along with increasing pressures on environmental
values.
Drivers For TWCM 6

Climate Change

It is estimated that climate change may impact on future water supplies within MBRC. This impact may
potentially result in a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield, and it is therefore essential that this
impact is considered in any future scenarios from a water supply perspective. This also places emphasis
on the need for the investigation of other sources of water which are less susceptible to climate change
impacts, given the current reliance on surface water supplies in the region.

Water Conservation

Water savings targets set in the SEQ Regional Plan in order to reduce residential and non-residential
water demand are expected to affect future water demand within MBRC. While the TWCM Plan may
include solutions for additional water supplies, it is essential that water conservation maintains a continued
focus in order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or eliminate the need for future water
infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also contributes to wastewater flow/load
reduction targets.

Wastewater Management

The key driver in terms of wastewater management is the current need for STPs to comply with legislative
requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy
2009, while also accommodating for future development and growth within MBRC.

In order to achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant load
that waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based Water Quality Objectives (WQOs))
will need to be determined and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs
(i.e. diffuse loads) in the context of Total Water Cycle Management.

Additionally, Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and specifically
the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100% of nutrient point
sources from entering Moreton Bay by 2026 - is another key driver.
Drivers For TWCM 7
Water Quality
The key water quality drivers for MBRC in terms of water quality are to:

• Satisfy regulatory requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and Environmental Protection
(Water) Policy 2009, which prescribe the development of a TWCM Plan to help achieve Water Quality
Objectives and protect Environmental Values;

• Meet commitments of the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve waterways
and catchments that are healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles of people in SEQ by
2026;

• Achieve targets set in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with desired
regional outcomes and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and

• Implement planning and management of urban stormwater to comply with the Sustainable Planning Act
(2009) and State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011), as well as design
objectives set out in the SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive
Urban Design.

Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.

Flooding

The TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when developing management
solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the solutions developed, and ideally the
target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment as well as downstream impacts, where
possible. However, it should be noted that to resolve broader issues of floodplain management, MBRC is
developing a Floodplain Management Plan as a companion document to the TWCM Plan.
Drivers For TWCM 8

Water Industry Institutional Arrangements

A recent water industry reform has resulted in the formation of a new water distribution and retail business
serving the needs of both the Moreton Bay and Sunshine Coast communities. This new entity is called
Unitywater and commenced operations on 1 July 2010. Any implications associated with the
establishment of this new entity and the functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater will
need to be considered in the TWCM Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for delivering
many of the water cycle solutions developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed amendment to the
EPP Water will require MBRC to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by Unitywater, for delivering
TWCM solutions related to water supply and sewage.

Protection of Environmentally Sensitive Areas

A number of areas have been identified within MBRC which are environmentally sensitive and require
protection from adverse environmental stressors. These areas are important environmental assets, on
both a local and regional scale. One outcome from the TWCM planning process will be the development
of measures which minimise existing and future environmental impacts on these areas.

Legislative and Policy Drivers

The various legislation and policy which are


relevant in the context of TWCM planning
within MBRC include the following:

• Environmental Protection Act 1994;

• Water Act 2000;

• Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act


2008;

• Public Health Regulation 2008;

• Sustainable Planning Act 2009

• State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters


(SPP for Healthy Waters);

• Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water


Sensitive Urban Design;

• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031;

• SEQ Water Strategy;

• SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy;

• SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan;

• SEQ Regional Water Security Program; and

• Draft SEQ Climate Change Management


Plan.
Drivers For TWCM 9
Infrastructure Timing and Cost Optimisation

The provision of sustainable and cost effective urban water and wastewater services is essential to meet
growing population and environmental pressures in the Moreton Bay region. Effective infrastructure
timing and cost optimisation is required to meet this need. The extensive investment in the upgrades to
STPs, stormwater management and water supply source augmentation required over the next 5 to 10
years will place significant financial pressures upon the owners of that infrastructure. The TWCM Plan will
assist with determining the most cost effective means of providing that infrastructure, through identification
of alternative options (in a triple bottom line way) and determine anticipated timing of expenditure and look
at options that may result in deferral or elimination of significant capital costs.

Areas and Standards of Service

The need to increase recycling of water has been widely established, however the need to determine how
much and where this is to occur and to make appropriate changes to planning provisions is required.

The drivers briefly discussed in previous pages summarise the key environmental, social, and economic
factors which influence the need for TWCM planning within MBRC and provide the context in which the
TWCM planning process is to be undertaken. A more detailed discussion of the individual drivers is
included in Part 2 of this document (TWCM Strategy Technical Report).
Catchment Water Cycle Accounts 10

A description of the key characteristics of each catchment, along with a summary of the existing and
future accounts for each element of the water cycle is presented in the following pages. These accounts
also illustrate the key constraints specific to each catchment, and were used to assist in identifying the
issues for TWCM within each catchment.

A detailed description of the methodology used in determining the existing and future water cycle
accounts, as well as more detailed water cycle accounts for each catchment, is included in the TWCM
Strategy Technical Report.
Overall MBRC Region 11

The overall MBRC Region encompasses 14 catchments, with a


total area of approximately 202,543 ha. Future land use (i.e. Catchment Facts
2031) in the MBRC region is expected to consist of
approximately 17% urban, 27% agriculture and 56% ƒ Area: 202,543 ha
conservation area / green space. ƒ Current Population: 374,900
The urban population in the MBRC region is approximately ƒ Future Population: 566,600*
374,900 people currently, and is expected to increase to about ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 51%*
566,600 people in 2031. This is an increase of 191,700 people
which represents a 51% increase. However, if the Caboolture ƒ Future Urban Land use: 17%
Investigation Growth Area (CIGA) goes ahead, then this may ƒ Surface water storages
potentially increase the population in the MBRC region (the include North Pine Dam, Lake
Caboolture River catchment specifically) by an additional Kurwongbah, Woodford and
60,000 people. This would bring the future predicted population Caboolture Weirs
up to 626,600.
ƒ Groundwater storages
Stormwater runoff is drained by a number of major waterways include Bribie Island and
in the MBRC region including Stanley River, Caboolture River, Dayboro borefields
Pumicestone Passage, and Pine River. These waterways ƒ Wastewater treated at 8 STPs
discharge into Moreton Bay (Bramble Bay and Deception Bay).
Based on 2010 EHMP scores, water quality in Stanley ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
catchment is B-, Caboolture estuary is D, Pumicestone ¾ Stanley: B-
Passage is D+, and Pine estuary is C-. Bramble Bay and
Deception Bay received a score of D+. ¾ Caboolture: D
¾ Pumicestone: D+
In regard to flooding issues, MBRC is developing a Floodplain
Management Plan in parallel with the TWCM Plan, which will ¾ Pine: C-
be a companion document to the TWCM Plan. ¾ Bramble Bay: D+
Potable water is sourced a number of surface water storages ¾ Deception Bay: D+
including North Pine Dam, Lake Kurwongbah, Woodford Weir,
and the Caboolture Weir, and also groundwater storages * Does not include CIGA
including Bribie Island borefield and Dayboro borefield. Potable
water is also imported from the Sunshine Coast via the
Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI) and also exported to
Brisbane.

Wastewater is treated at eight sewage treatment plants (STPs),


including Bribie Island, Caboolture, Burpengary East,
Woodford, Dayboro, Redcliffe, Murrumba Downs, and Brendale
STPs.

There are a number of key conservation areas in the MBRC


region comprising national parks, state forests, conservation
areas, reserves, wetlands and areas declared as High
Ecological Value (HEV) areas as per the EPP Water.

The water account for the overall MBRC region, showing water
movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Overall MBRC Region Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration Water 11.3 GL/yr
Rainfall
2,316 GL/yr
3,213 GL/yr
Exported Reticulated
Water 1.3 GL/yr

Leakage 12.1 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 36 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 47 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 47 GL/yr 3 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 13.5 GL/yr
48.2 GL/yr

Total Water Volumes STPs


3%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Total Stormwater Total Wastewater Total Water Demand from Stormwater and STPs
842 GL/yr
1000 TSS 41,701 t/yr
TN 803 t/yr Total
900 Stormwater
TP 87 t/yr
800 97%
700
600
GL/yr

500
400

300
Population 374,900 2010
200

100
0
2010 2031
Year

Imported Reticulated
Water 11.3 GL/yr

Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
3,213 GL/yr
2,316 GL/yr Water 1.3 GL/yr

Leakage 19.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 72 GL/yr Recycled Water


Reticulated water yield 83 GL/yr 4.3 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 83 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
13.5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
48.2 GL/yr STPs
5%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
910 GL/yr
TSS 49,777 t/yr Total
TN 988 t/yr Stormwater
TP 116 t/yr 95%

Population 566,600
(No CIGA)
2031
Stanley River Catchment 13

Stanley River catchment is 31,830 ha in size, with future land


use consisting of approximately 2% urban, 39% agriculture and Catchment Facts
59% conservation area / green space.
ƒ Area: 31,830 ha
The urban population in Stanley River catchment, located in the
townships of Woodford and D’Aguilar, is approximately 4,100 ƒ Current Population: 4,100
people currently, and is expected to increase to about 8,600 ƒ Future Population: 8,600
people in 2031. This is an increase of 4,500 people which
represents a 110% increase. ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 110%
ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 2%
Stormwater runoff in the catchment is drained by Stanley River,
which is the major waterway in this catchment. This river ƒ Potable water sourced from
conveys runoff from the catchment and flows south-west into Woodford Weir
Somerset Dam in the Somerset Regional Council area. Stanley ƒ Wastewater treated at
catchment received an EHMP score of B- in 2010. Woodford STP

Potable water is sourced from within the catchment at the ƒ EHMP Score (2010): B-
Woodford Weir, located on the Stanley River at Woodford,
which has a storage yield of 1.1 GL/yr. Water from the weir is
treated at the Woodford water treatment plant (WTP), which
has a capacity of 1.5 GL/yr.

Wastewater from Stanley River catchment is treated within the


catchment at the Woodford sewage treatment plant (STP),
which discharges into the Stanley River. This STP has a design
capacity of 2,000 EP and a licence capacity of <4,000 EP.

Key conservation areas in Stanley River catchment include


Bellthorpe State Forest and Beerburrum State Forest.

The water account for Stanley River catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Stanley River Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
670 GL/yr 501 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.1 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.7 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 0.7 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 0.7 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 3.6 GL/yr
10.1 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0.1%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield 1.1 GL/yr 61% 100% 158.5 GL/yr
TSS 5,981 t/yr Total
Water Treatment Plant 1.5 GL/yr 46% 75% TN 133 t/yr Stormwater
2000 EP 106% 218% TP 12.7 t/yr 99.9%
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) (Design)
(Design)
(Woodford) <4000 EP 53% 109%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
Recycled Water Reuse 0.14 GL/yr 0% 0% Population 4,100 2010
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 5,981 t/yr 6,119 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 133 t/yr 137 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 12.7 t/yr 14 t/yr
Environmental Flow >86 GL/yr 92% 93%

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr
Rainfall
670 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 1.2 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 1.2 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 1.2 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
10.1 GL/yr STPs
0.2%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
159 GL/yr
TSS 6,119 t/yr
Total
TN 137 t/yr
Stormwater
TP 14 t/yr
99.8%

Population 8,600 2031


Pumicestone Passage
Catchment 15

Pumicestone Passage catchment is 18,480 ha in size, with


future land use consisting of approximately 15% urban, 27%
agriculture and 58% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Pumicestone Passage catchment is ƒ Area: 18,480 ha
approximately 11,400 people currently, and is expected to
increase to about 12,200 people in 2031. This is an increase of ƒ Current Population: 11,400
800 people, which represents a 7% increase. ƒ Future Population: 12,200
Pumicestone Passage catchment has been identified as the ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 7%
potential location for a future industrial development site, and ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 15%
also contains the future growth area of Elimbah East (as per the
SEQ Regional Plan (2009-2031)). ƒ Potable water sourced from
Caboolture catchment
There are no major waterways in Pumicestone Passage ƒ Wastewater from central
catchment, however stormwater runoff is drained by a number catchment treated at
of minor waterways such as Elimbah and Ningi Creeks which Caboolture STP
discharge into Pumicestone Passage. Pumicestone Passage
received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. ƒ Wastewater from eastern
catchment treated at Bribie
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network Island STP
with water coming from the adjacent Caboolture River ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
catchment.
D+ (Estuary)
Wastewater from central Pumicestone Passage catchment is
treated at the Caboolture sewage treatment plant (STP) located
in the adjacent Caboolture River catchment. Wastewater from
eastern Pumicestone Passage catchment is treated at Bribie
Island STP.

Key conservation areas in Pumicestone Passage catchment


include Beerburrum State Forest, Glass House Mountains
National Park, Bullock Creek Conservation Park, Toorbul
Conservation Park, Ningi Creek Conservation Park, and an
area in the northern section of Pumicestone Passage declared
to be of High Ecological Value (HEV) as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Pumicestone Passage catchment,


showing water movement and key issues, is summarised on
the following page.
Outflows
Pumicestone Passage Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 1.2 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
327 GL/yr 232 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.04 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 1.2 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 1.2 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 3.6 GL/yr
4.9 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Constraint 2010 2031 from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 93.4 GL/yr
TSS 3,111 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant Total
N/A N/A N/A TN 73 t/yr
TP 9.3 t/yr Stormwater
100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 11,400 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 3,111 t/yr 3,557 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 73 t/yr 79 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 9.3 t/yr 10.4 t/yr
Environmental Flow >82 GL/yr 114% 117%

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr
Rainfall
327 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.2 GL/yr Recycled Water


Reticulated water yield 1.4 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 1.4 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
4.9 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
95.7 GL/yr
TSS 3,557 t/yr Total
TN 79 t/yr Stormwater
TP 10.4 t/yr 100%

Population 12,200 2031


Bribie Island Catchment 17

Bribie Island catchment is 10,700 ha in size, with future land


use consisting of approximately 10% urban, 0.3% agriculture
and 89.7% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The current urban population in Bribie Island catchment is ƒ Area: 10,700 ha
approximately 17,100 people, and is expected to increase to
about 21,800 people by 2031. This is an increase of 4,700 ƒ Current Population: 17,100
people which represents a 27% increase. ƒ Future Population: 21,800

There are no major waterways in the Bribie Island catchment, ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 27%
however stormwater runoff discharges into Pumicestone ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 10%
Passage and Deception Bay, which have areas of High
Ecological Value (HEV). Both Pumicestone Passage and ƒ Potable water sourced from
Deception Bay received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. groundwater aquifer and
supplemented by reticulated
Potable water is currently sourced from the northern water network
groundwater aquifer within Bribie Island, which has a ƒ Bribie Island STP discharges
sustainable storage yield of approximately 1.6 GL/yr to groundwater
(4.32 ML/day). Water is treated and distributed by the
Banksia Beach water treatment plant (WTP), which has a ƒ EHMP Score 2010: D+
capacity of 1.3 GL/yr. A southern aquifer exists, however the (Pumicestone Passage &
WTP associated with this aquifer (Woorim WTP) is not Deception Bay)
currently operational. Furthermore, the sustainable yield of
this southern aquifer has not been determined. Additional
water is supplemented by the reticulated water network linked
to the Caboolture River catchment.

Wastewater is treated within the catchment at the Bribie Island


sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges all treated
wastewater to groundwater with the use of infiltration
trenches. This STP has a design capacity of 38,000 EP and a
licence capacity of <50,000 EP.

Key conservation areas on Bribie Island include Bribie Island


National Park, and Buckleys Hole Conservation Park.

The water account for Bribie Island catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Bribie Island Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 1.4 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
60 GL/yr 45 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.8 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 2.2 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 2.2 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0 GL/yr
0.9 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Total Loads to Receiving
Constraint 2010 2031 Surface Waters from
Storage Yield 1.6 GL/yr 46% 69% Stormwater and STPs
14.2 GL/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.3 GL/yr 56% 84% TSS 585 t/yr Total
TN 13 t/yr Stormwater
38,000 EP 55% 96% TP 1.4 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Design) (Design) (Design)
(Bribie Island) <50,000 EP 42% 73%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
Recycled Water Reuse 2 GL/yr 0% 0% Population 17,100 2010
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 585 t/yr 725 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 13 t/yr 15 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.4 t/yr 1.7 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A 14.2 GL/yr 15 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 1.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr
Rainfall
60 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 1.4 GL/yr


Recycled Water
Reticulated water yield 2.9 GL/yr
0 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 2.9 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
4.9 GL/yr STPs
Total Loads to Receiving 0%
Surface Waters from
Stormwater and STPs
15 GL/yr
TSS 725 t/yr
Total
TN 15 t/yr
Stormwater
TP 1.7 t/yr
100%

Population 21,800 2031


Caboolture River Catchment 19

Caboolture River catchment is 38,440 ha in size, with future


land use consisting of approximately 33% urban, 34% Catchment Facts
agriculture and 33 % conservation area / green space.
ƒ Area: 38,440 ha
The urban population in Caboolture River catchment is ƒ Current Population: 69,500
approximately 69,500 people currently, and is expected to
ƒ Future Population: 112,200*
increase to about 112,200 people in 2031. This is an increase
of 42,700 people which represents a 61% increase. It is noted ƒ Urban Pop. Growth: 61%
that this does not account for predicted population growth as a
ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 33%
result of the Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA).
ƒ Potable water sourced from
Stormwater runoff drains to the Caboolture River, which is the Caboolture Weir, NPI and
major waterway in this catchment. This river flows from the North Pine Dam
upper catchment areas through Caboolture township and
ƒ Wastewater treated within
eventually discharges into Deception Bay. Burpengary Creek
catchment at South
flows into Caboolture River in the lower reaches of the estuary.
Caboolture STP and
Caboolture catchment (freshwater) received an EHMP score of
discharged into Caboolture
C+ in 2010, while Caboolture estuary received a score of D.
River upper estuary
Potable water is sourced from the Caboolture Weir, located on ƒ Burpengary East STP
the Caboolture River, and has a storage yield of 3.6 GL/yr. discharges into Caboolture
Water from this weir is treated at the Caboolture water River lower estuary
treatment plant (WTP), which has a capacity of 5.2 GL/yr. This
ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
water is supplemented by water from the reticulated water
network, with supply from the Northern Pipeline Interconnector C+ (Fresh) D (Estuarine)
(NPI) and North Pine Dam.

Wastewater is treated within the catchment at the South * Does not include CIGA
Caboolture sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges
into the Caboolture River upper estuary. South Caboolture STP
has a design capacity of 40,000 EP and a licence capacity of
100,000 EP.

Treated wastewater from the Burpengary East STP (from


adjoining Burpengary Creek catchment) is also discharged into
the Caboolture River lower estuary. This STP has a design
capacity of 49,500 EP and a licence capacity of <50,000 EP.

Key conservation areas in Caboolture River catchment include


Sheep Station Creek Conservation Park, Charlie Moorhead
Nature Refuge, Beerburrum State Forest, Wararba Creek
Conservation Park, Beachmere Conservation Park, and
Godwin Beach Environmental Reserve. There are also some
areas in the upper catchment and Deception Bay declared as
High Ecological Value (HEV) areas as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Caboolture River catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Caboolture River Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.1 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
540 GL/yr 392 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 2.6 GL/yr

Leakage 1.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 3.2 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 11.3 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 11.3 GL/yr 0.7 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 1.3 GL/yr
8.1 GL/yr

Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
4%
Storage Yield 3.6 GL/yr 62% 100% Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant 5.2 GL/yr 43% 69% 151GL/yr
TSS 8,829 t/yr
40,000 EP 113% 235% Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 155 t/yr
(Design) (Design) (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr
Stormwater
(South Caboolture) 45% 84% 96%
100,000 EP
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
49,500 EP 88% 120%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Burpengary East)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
87%
(Licence)
(Design)
94%
(Licence)
Population 69,500 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 3.7 GL/yr 19% 19%
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr 10,711 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 574% 752%
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr 25.9 t/yr
>118 GL/yr 142% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 128%
Water 11.7 GL/yr

Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
540 GL/yr
392 GL/yr Water 2.8 GL/yr

Leakage 2.5 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 5.5 GL/yr


Recycled Water
Reticulated water yield 17.2 GL/yr
0.7 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 17.2 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
8.1 GL/yr STPs
12%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
169 GL/yr
TSS 10,711 t/yr Total
TN 203 t/yr Stormwater
TP 25.9 t/yr 88%

Population 112,200
(No CIGA)
2031
Caboolture River (with CIGA)
Catchment 21

This catchment is the description of the Caboolture River


catchment with the Caboolture Investigation Growth Area Catchment Facts
(CIGA) included. The CIGA is an area approximately 4,160 ha
in size to the west of Caboolture which has been identified for ƒ Area: 38,440 ha
future residential development. The CIGA could potentially
ƒ Current Population: 69,500
accommodate a population of approximately 60,000 people.
ƒ Future Population: 172,200
Caboolture River (with CIGA) catchment is 38,440 ha in size,
ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 148%
with future land use consisting of approximately 44% urban,
27% agriculture and 29 % conservation area / green space. ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 44%
ƒ Potable water sourced from
The urban population in Caboolture River catchment is
Caboolture Weir, NPI and
approximately 69,500 people currently, and is expected to
North Pine Dam
increase to about 172,200 people in 2031 with development of
the CIGA. This is an increase of 102,700 people which ƒ Wastewater treated within
represents a 148% increase. catchment at Caboolture STP
and discharged into
Stormwater runoff is drained by Caboolture River, which is the Caboolture River upper
major waterway in this catchment. This river flows from the estuary
upper catchment areas through Caboolture township and
ƒ Burpengary East STP
eventually discharges into Deception Bay. Burpengary Creek
discharges into Caboolture
flows into Caboolture River in the lower reaches of the estuary.
River lower estuary
Caboolture catchment (freshwater) received an EHMP score of
C+ in 2010, while Caboolture estuary received a score of D. ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
C+ (Fresh) D (Estuarine)
Potable water is sourced from the Caboolture Weir, located on
the Caboolture River. This water is supplemented by water
from the reticulated water network, with supply from the
Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI) and North Pine Dam. It
should be noted that the increase in population relating to CIGA
will be above the Caboolture Weir, therefore potentially
impacting on its viability as a water source.

Wastewater is treated within the catchment at the Caboolture


sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges into the
Caboolture River upper estuary. Treated wastewater from the
Burpengary East STP (from adjoining Burpengary Creek
catchment) is also discharged into the Caboolture River lower
estuary.

Key conservation areas in Caboolture River catchment include


Sheep Station Creek Conservation Park, Charlie Moorhead
Nature Refuge, Beerburrum State Forest, Wararba Creek
Conservation Park, Beachmere Conservation Park, and
Godwin Beach Environmental Reserve. There are also some
areas in the upper catchment and Deception Bay declared as
High Ecological Value (HEV) areas as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Caboolture River (with CIGA) catchment,


showing water movement and key issues, is summarised on
the following page.
Caboolture River (with CIGA) Water Account

Outflows
Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Rainfall Evapotranspiration Water 8.1 GL/yr
540 GL/yr 392 GL/yr
Exported Reticulated
Water 2.6 GL/yr

Leakage 1.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 3.2 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 11.3 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 11.3 GL/yr 0.7 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 1.3 GL/yr
8.1 GL/yr

Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
4%
Storage Yield 3.6 GL/yr 62% 100% Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant 5.2 GL/yr 43% 69% 151GL/yr
TSS 8,829 t/yr
40,000 EP 113% 385% Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 155 t/yr
(Design) (Design) (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr Stormwater
(South Caboolture) 100,000 EP 45% 154% 96%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
49,500 EP 88% 156%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Burpengary East)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
87%
(Licence)
(Design)
155%
(Licence)
Population 69,500 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 3.7 GL/yr 19% 19%
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr 12,419 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 574% 915%
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr 32.7 t/yr
>118 GL/yr 158% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 128%
Water 20 GL/yr

Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
540 GL/yr
392 GL/yr Water 2.8 GL/yr

Leakage 3.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 5.5 GL/yr


Recycled Water
Reticulated water yield 25.5 GL/yr
0.7 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 25.5 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
8.1 GL/yr STPs
10%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
188 GL/yr
TSS 12,419 t/yr Total
TN 247 t/yr Stormwater
TP 32.7 t/yr 90%

Population 172,200 2031


Burpengary Creek Catchment 23

Burpengary Creek catchment is 8,435 ha in size, with future


land use consisting of approximately 25% urban, 14%
agriculture and 61% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Burpengary Creek catchment is
approximately 42,800 people currently, and is expected to ƒ Area: 8,435 ha
increase to about 64,400 people in 2031. This is an increase of ƒ Current Population: 42,800
21,600 people which represents a 51% increase.
ƒ Future Population: 64,400
Stormwater runoff is drained by Burpengary Creek, which is the ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 51%
major waterway in this catchment. This waterway drains into
Caboolture River near the coastline, which eventually ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 25%
discharges into Deception Bay. The receiving waters of ƒ Potable water sourced from
Deception Bay received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. NPI and North Pine Dam

Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network, ƒ Wastewater treated at
with water coming from the Northern Pipeline Interconnector Burpengary East STP and
(NPI) and North Pine Dam. discharged into Caboolture
River lower estuary
Wastewater is treated at the Burpengary East sewage ƒ EHMP Score 2010: D+
treatment plant (STP) which is located on the northern
catchment border and included in the Caboolture River (Deception Bay)
catchment summary. Wastewater from adjacent Sideling Creek
and Hays Inlet catchments is also treated at this STP. All
treated wastewater is discharged into the Caboolture River
lower estuary.

Freshwater National Park is a key conservation area in the


catchment.

The water account for Burpengary Creek catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Burpengary Creek Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 4.9 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
119 GL/yr 80 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.1 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 5 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 5 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0 GL/yr
1.8 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Constraint 2010 2031 from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 33.7 GL/yr
TSS 2,415 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant Total
N/A N/A N/A TN 34 t/yr
TP 4.5 t/yr Stormwater
100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 42,800 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 2,415 t/yr 2,832 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 34 t/yr 43 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 4.5 t/yr 6.3 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A 33.7 GL/yr 36.3 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 7.3 GL/yr
80 GL/yr
Rainfall
119 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 1.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.7 GL/yr Recycled Water


Reticulated water yield 8 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 8 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
36.3 GL/yr
TSS 2,832 t/yr Total
TN 43 t/yr Stormwater
TP 6.3 t/yr 100%

Population 64,400 2031


Upper Pine River Catchment 25

Upper Pine River catchment is 34,890 ha in size, with future


land use consisting of approximately 2% urban, 16% agriculture
and 82% conservation area / green space / surface water Catchment Facts
storage.
ƒ Area: 34,890 ha
The urban population in Upper Pine River catchment, located in
the township of Dayboro, is currently approximately 2,000 ƒ Current Population: 2,000
people. This is expected to increase to about 3,200 people in
ƒ Future Population: 3,200
2031, which represents a 60% increase.
ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 60%
Stormwater runoff is drained by North Pine River, which is the
ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 2%
major waterway in this catchment, which discharges into
Bramble Bay. The Pine catchment (freshwater) and Pine ƒ Potable water from North
estuary both received an EHMP score of C- in 2010. Pine Dam is distributed to
other catchments and
A dam constructed on North Pine River provides a regionally Brisbane
significant potable water storage in the form of North Pine Dam
ƒ Potable water in Dayboro
(Lake Samsonvale), which has a storage yield of 59 GL/yr.
sourced from groundwater
Potable water from North Pine Dam is treated at North Pine
borefield
water treatment plant (WTP), which has a capacity of 91.3
GL/yr. Water from this WTP is distributed to most other ƒWastewater treated at
catchments within the MBRC region, along with supplying the Dayboro STP
Brisbane City Council region via the Aspley reservoir.
ƒ Treated wastewater
irrigated to land
Potable water in Dayboro is sourced from a groundwater
borefield, which has a storage yield of 0.25 GL/yr. This water is ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
treated by the Dayboro WTP, which has a capacity of 0.4 GL/yr.
C- (Freshwater)
Wastewater from Upper Pine River catchment is treated within
the catchment at the Dayboro sewage treatment plant (STP),
which irrigates treated wastewater onto Council farmland. This
STP has a design capacity of 2,000 EP and a licence capacity
of <1,500 EP.

Key conservation areas in Upper Pine River catchment include


D’Aguilar National Park, Clear Mountain Forest Reserve, and
large areas in the upper catchment declared High Ecological
Value (HEV) areas as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Upper Pine River catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Upper Pine River Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 4.4 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
490 GL/yr 352 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 27.5 GL/yr

Leakage 4.1 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 23.6 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 28 GL/yr
Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 28 GL/yr
0.1 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 2.7 GL/yr
7.4 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield 59 GL/yr 39% 64% 101 GL/yr
TSS 4,466 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 91.3 GL/yr 26% 41% Total
TN 87 t/yr Stormwater
2000 EP 72% 108% TP 8 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) (Design)
(Design)
(Dayboro) <1500 EP 96% 144%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
Recycled Water Reuse 0.1–0.2 GL/yr 100% 100% Population 2,000 2010
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,781 t/yr 161% 161%
Sustainable Loads – TN 62 t/yr 140% 139%
Sustainable Loads - TP 8.4 t/yr 95% t/yr 83%
Environmental Flow N/A 101 GL/yr 101 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 4.4 GL/yr
352 GL/yr
Rainfall
490 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 41.7 GL/yr

Leakage 6.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 37.6 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 42 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 42 GL/yr 0.2 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
7.4 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
101 GL/yr
TSS 4,477 t/yr Total
TN 86 t/yr Stormwater
TP 7 t/yr 100%

Population 3,200 2031


Lower Pine River Catchment 27

Lower Pine River catchment is 28,280 ha in size, with future


land use consisting of approximately 11% urban, 4% agriculture
and 85% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Lower Pine River catchment is
ƒ Area: 28,280 ha
approximately 90,700 people currently, and is expected to
increase to about 133,000 people in 2031. This is an increase ƒ Current Population: 90,700
of 42,300 people which represents a 47% increase.
ƒ Future Population: 133,000
Stormwater runoff is drained by South Pine River, which is the ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 47%
major waterway in this catchment. This river converges with
ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 11%
North Pine River and eventually discharges into Bramble Bay.
The Pine catchment (freshwater) and Pine estuary both ƒ Potable water sourced from
received an EHMP score of C- in 2010. North Pine Dam and Lake
Kurwongbah
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network
ƒ Wastewater treated at
with water coming from both North Pine Dam and Lake
Murrumba Downs and
Kurwongbah.
Brendale STPs
Wastewater from the northern portion of Lower Pine River ƒ EHMP Score 2010:
catchment is treated at the Murrumba Downs sewage treatment
C- (Fresh) C- (Estuarine)
plant (STP), which discharges into the Pine River upper
estuary. Wastewater from the southern portion of the catchment
is treated by the Brendale STP which discharges into the South
Pine River. Murrumba Downs STP has a design capacity of
150,000 EP and pollutant load licence conditions. Brendale
STP has a design capacity of 40,000 EP and a licence capacity
of <50,000 EP.

Key conservation areas in Lower Pine catchment include


Dohles Rocks Reserve, Bunyaville Forest Reserve, Samford
Conservation Park, Clear Mountain Forest Reserve, and
D’Aguilar National Park. There are also some areas in the
upper catchment declared as High Ecological Value (HEV)
areas as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Lower Pine


River catchment, showing water
movement and key issues, is
summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Lower Pine River Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.8 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
432 GL/yr 298 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 1.6 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 2.4 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 11.2 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 11.2 GL/yr 2.1 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0.8 GL/yr
6.5 GL/yr

Constraints Table
Constraint 2010 2031 STPs
7%
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A 127 GL/yr
TSS 7,997 t/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr 42% TP 70% TP Total
Sewage Treatment Plant TN 136 t/yr
TN: 29 / 21 t/yr 74% TN 168% TN TP 16.1 t/yr Stormwater
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP 63% EP 121% EP 93%
(Design) (Design) (Design)
40,000 EP 100% 183%
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Brendale)
(Design)
<50,000 EP
(Licence)
(Design)
80%
(Licence)
(Design)
146%
(Licence)
Population 90,700 2010
Recycled Water Reuse 10.5 GL/yr 20% 31%
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 355% 428%
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 277% 353%
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 244% 327%
>92 GL/yr 156% Imported Reticulated
Environmental Flow 139%
Water 12.8 GL/yr

Rainfall
Evapotranspiration Exported Reticulated
432 GL/yr
298 GL/yr Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 2.5 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 4.4 GL/yr


Recycled Water
Reticulated water yield 17.2 GL/yr
3.3 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 17.2 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
6.5 GL/yr STPs
11%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
143 GL/yr
TSS 9,656 t/yr Total
TN 177 t/yr Stormwater
TP 22 t/yr 89%

Population 133,000 2031


Sideling Creek Catchment 29

Sideling Creek catchment is 5,267 ha in size, with future land


use consisting of approximately 18% urban, 18% agriculture
and 64% conservation area / green space / surface water Catchment Facts
storage.
ƒ Area: 5,267 ha
The urban population in Sideling Creek catchment is
approximately 1,400 people currently, and is expected to ƒ Current Population: 1,400
increase to about 2,600 people in 2031. This is an increase of
ƒ Future Population: 2,600
1,200 people which represents an 87% increase.
ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 87%
Stormwater runoff is drained by Sideling Creek, which is the
ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 18%
main waterway in this catchment, which converges with North
Pine River which eventually discharges to Bramble Bay. ƒ Potable water from Lake
Kurwongbah is distributed to
A dam constructed on Sideling Creek just prior to the adjacent catchments
confluence with the North Pine River provides potable water
ƒ Wastewater treated at
storage in the form of Lake Kurwongbah, which has a storage
Burpengary East STP in
yield of 7 GL/yr. Potable water from Lake Kurwongbah is
Burpengary Creek catchment
treated at the Petrie water treatment plant (WTP), which has a
capacity of 16.4 GL/yr. Water from this WTP is distributed to
other catchments within the MBRC region, including Hays Inlet,
Redcliffe and Lower Pine River catchments.

Wastewater from Sideling Creek catchment is treated at the


Burpengary East sewage treatment plant (STP) located in
Burpengary Creek catchment. Treated wastewater from this
STP discharges into the Caboolture River lower estuary.

A key area of conservation exists in the upper reaches of the


catchment around Mosquito Creek. This is declared as a High
Ecological Value (HEV) area in the EPP Water.

The water account for Sideling Creek catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Sideling Creek Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
74 GL/yr 53 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 5.3 GL/yr

Leakage 0.8 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 5.5 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 5.5 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 5.5 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0 GL/yr
1.1 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield 7 GL/yr 78% 81% 13.9 GL/yr
TSS 1,195 t/yr Total
Water Treatment Plant 16.4 GL/yr 33% 35% TN 15 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.8 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 1,400 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS 420 t/yr 285% 289%
Sustainable Loads – TN 9 t/yr 160% 171%
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.3 t/yr 142% 150%
Environmental Flow N/A 13.9 GL/yr 14 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr
Rainfall
74 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 5.4 GL/yr

Leakage 0.8 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 5.7 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 5.7 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 5.7 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.1 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
14 GL/yr
TSS 1,215 t/yr Total
TN 16 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.9 t/yr 100%

Population 2,600 2031


Hays Inlet Catchment 31

Hays Inlet catchment is 7,599 ha in size, with future land use


consisting of approximately 33% urban, 5% agriculture and Catchment Facts
62% conservation area / green space.
ƒ Area: 7,599 ha
The urban population in Hays Inlet catchment is approximately ƒ Current Population: 63,600
63,600 people currently, and is expected to increase to about
111,600 people in 2031. This is an increase of 48,000 people ƒ Future Population: 111,600
which represents a 76% increase. ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 76%

Hays Inlet catchment contains the future growth areas of ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 33%
Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes - collectively ƒ Potable water sourced from
known as the ‘Northern Growth Corridor’ – which can North Pine Dam and Lake
accommodate an additional 40,000 people by 2031. Kurwongbah

There are no major waterways in Hays Inlet catchment, ƒ Wastewater from southern
however stormwater runoff is drained by a number of minor catchment is treated at
waterways such as Freshwater Creek which drain into Hays Murrumba Downs STP
Inlet Conservation Park and into Bramble Bay. Bramble Bay ƒ Wastewater from northern
received an EHMP score of D+ in 2010. catchment is treated at
Burpengary East STP
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network
with water coming from both North Pine Dam and Lake ƒ Redcliffe STP discharges
Kurwongbah. wastewater from Redcliffe into
Hays Inlet
Wastewater from the southern portion of Hays Inlet catchment ƒ EHMP Score 2010: D+
is treated at the Murrumba Downs sewage treatment plant (Bramble Bay)
(STP), which discharges into the Pine River upper estuary.
Wastewater from the northern portion of the catchment is
treated at Burpengary East STP, which discharges into
Caboolture River lower estuary. Wastewater from the adjacent
Redcliffe catchment is treated at the Redcliffe STP and is
discharged into Hays Inlet. This STP has a design capacity of
70,000 EP and a licence capacity of <100,000 EP.

Key conservation areas in Hays Inlet catchment include Hays


Inlet Conservation Park, which is also a RAMSAR wetland and
a High Ecological Value (HEV) area as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Hays Inlet catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Hays Inlet Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 8.5 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
107 GL/yr 62 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 1.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.3 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 8.8 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 8.8 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0.2 GL/yr
1.6 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


11%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Constraint 2010 2031 from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 48.1GL/yr
TSS 2,613 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant Total
N/A N/A N/A TN 63 t/yr
TP 5.8 t/yr Stormwater
70,000 EP 94% 120% 89%
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design)
(Design) (Design)
(Redcliffe) <100,000 EP 66% 84%
(Licence) (Licence) (Licence)
Recycled Water Reuse 5.3 GL/yr 2% 2% Population 63,600 2010
Sustainable Loads - TSS 606 GL/yr 431% 666%
Sustainable Loads – TN 13 t/yr 467% 697%
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.8 t/yr 317% 530%
Environmental Flow N/A 48.1 GL/yr 57.1 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 14.7 GL/yr
62 GL/yr
Rainfall
107 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 2.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 1.3 GL/yr


Recycled Water
Reticulated water yield 16 GL/yr
0.1 GL/yr
Reticulated water demand 16 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.6 GL/yr STPs
12%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
57.1 GL/yr
TSS 4,035 t/yr Total
TN 94 t/yr Stormwater
TP 9.7 t/yr 88%

Population 111,600 2031


Redcliffe Catchment 33

Redcliffe catchment is 2,662 ha in size, with future land use


consisting of approximately 56% urban, 1% agriculture and
43% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Redcliffe catchment is approximately
49,600 people currently, and is expected to increase to about ƒ Area: 2,662 ha
72,900 people in 2031. This is an increase of 23,300 people ƒ Current Population: 49,600
which represents a 47% increase.
ƒ Future Population: 72,900
There are no major waterways in Redcliffe catchment, and the ƒFuture Pop. Growth: 47%
majority of stormwater runoff is drained via small drainage lines
and minor waterways into surrounding waters of Bramble Bay ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 56%
and Deception Bay. Both these bays received an EHMP score ƒ Potable water sourced from
of D+ in 2010. North Pine Dam and Lake
Kurwongbah
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network,
with water coming from both North Pine Dam and Lake ƒ Wastewater treated at Redcliffe
Kurwongbah. STP in Hays Inlet catchment
ƒ EHMP Score 2010: D+
Wastewater from Redcliffe catchment is treated at the Redcliffe
sewage treatment plant (STP) located in the adjacent Hays (Bramble & Deception Bays)
Inlet catchment. Treated wastewater from this STP discharges
into Hays Inlet.

While there are no key conservation areas within Redcliffe


catchment, directly adjacent is the Hays Inlet Conservation
Park, which is also a RAMSAR wetland and a High Ecological
Value (HEV) area as per the EPP Water. There is also a HEV
area adjoining the south-eastern side of Redcliffe catchment.

The water account for Redcliffe catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Redcliffe Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 6.1 GL/yr

Evapotranspiration
Rainfall 25 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
37 GL/yr
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.9 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.2 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 6.3 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 6.3 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0 GL/yr
0.6 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Constraint 2010 2031 from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 18.3 GL/yr
TSS 1,143 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A TN 19 t/yr Total
TP 2.6 t/yr Stormwater
100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 49,600 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS 205 558% 1,735%
Sustainable Loads – TN 5 380% 1,580%
Sustainable Loads - TP 0.6 433% 1,733%
Environmental Flow N/A 18.3 GL/yr 19.1 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 8.8 GL/yr
25 GL/yr
Rainfall
37 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 1.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.8 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 9.6 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 9.6 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
0.6 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
19.1 GL/yr
TSS 1,344 t/yr Total
TN 21 t/yr Stormwater
TP 3.1 t/yr 100%

Population 72,900 2031


Brisbane Coastal Catchment 35

Brisbane Coastal catchment is 1,530 ha in size, with future land


use consisting of approximately 78% urban and 22%
conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Brisbane Coastal catchment is ƒ Area: 1,530 ha
approximately 22,600 people currently, and is expected to
increase to about 24,100 people in 2031. This is an increase of ƒ Current Population: 22,600
1,500 people which represents a 6% increase. ƒ Future Population: 24,100

There are no major waterways in the Brisbane Coastal ƒ Future Pop. Growth: 6%
catchment, however stormwater runoff from the northern ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 78%
portion of the catchment drains to Cabbage Tree Creek, while
the southern portion drains into Kedron Brook (Lower Brisbane ƒ Potable water sourced from
Catchment) in the Brisbane City Council Region. The Lower North Pine Dam
Brisbane Catchment received an EHMP score of F in 2010. ƒ Wastewater from northern
catchment is treated at
Potable water is sourced from the reticulated water network, Brendale STP in adjacent
with water predominately coming from the North Pine water Lower Pine River catchment
treatment plant (WTP) at North Pine Dam.
ƒ Wastewater from southern
Wastewater from the northern part of the catchment is treated catchment is treated at
in the adjacent Lower Pine River catchment at the Brendale Luggage Point STP in
sewage treatment plant (STP), which discharges into the South Brisbane
Pine River. Wastewater from the southern part of the ƒ EHMP Score 2010: F
catchment (that drains towards Kedron Brook) is treated at
Luggage Point STP in Brisbane. (Lower Brisbane Catchment)

Key conservation areas in Brisbane Coastal catchment include


Samford Conservation Park.

The water account for Brisbane Coastal catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Brisbane Coastal Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 2.4 GL/yr
Rainfall Evapotranspiration
56 GL/yr 45 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.1 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 2.5 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 2.5 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0.1 GL/yr
0.8 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 12.6 GL/yr
TSS 922 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant Total
N/A N/A N/A TN 15 t/yr Stormwater
TP 2 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 22,600 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 922 t/yr 956 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr 15 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2 t/yr 2.1 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A 12.6 GL/yr 12.8 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 2.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr
Rainfall
56 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield 0.3 GL/yr


Reticulated water yield 2.8 GL/yr Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand 2.8 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit 0 GL/yr

Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
0.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
12.8 GL/yr
TSS 956 t/yr Total
TN 15 t/yr Stormwater
TP 2.1 t/yr 100%

Population 24,100 2031


Mary River Catchment 37

Mary River catchment is 3,541 ha in size, with future land use


consisting of approximately 3% urban, 53% agriculture and
44% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
The urban population in Mary River catchment is currently nil, ƒ Area: 3,541 ha
based on number of people connected to the reticulated water
network. ƒ Current Population: 0
ƒ Future Population: 0
There are no major waterways in Mary River catchment,
however stormwater runoff flows north into the Mary River in ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 3%
the Sunshine Coast Regional Council area. ƒ No reticulated water or
wastewater infrastructure
There is no reticulated water or wastewater infrastructure in this
catchment due to the limited population.

Key conservation areas in Mary River catchment include


Bellthorpe State Forest, along with an area declared as a High
Ecological Value (HEV) area as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Mary River catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Mary River Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
87 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
111 GL/yr
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A
Reticulated water demand N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water deficit N/A 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0.3 GL/yr
1.7 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr Total
Water Treatment Plant
N/A N/A N/A TN 20 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.6 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 0 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 797 t/yr 797 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 20 t/yr 20 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.6 t/yr 1.6 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A 24.5 GL/yr 24.5 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr
Rainfall
111 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand N/A 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit N/A

Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.7 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr Total
TN 20 t/yr Stormwater
TP 1.6 t/yr 100%

Population 0 2031
Byron Creek Catchment 39

Byron Creek catchment is 369 ha in size, with future land use


consisting of 100% conservation area / green space.
Catchment Facts
There is currently no urban population in Byron Creek
catchment due to the lack of urban land zoning.
ƒ Area: 369 ha
No major waterways are located in the Byron Creek catchment, ƒ Current Population: 0
however stormwater runoff flows into Byron Creek in the
ƒ Future Population: 0
Somerset Regional Council area, which eventually flows into
the Brisbane River (upstream of Wivenhoe Dam). ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 0%
ƒ No reticulated water or
There is no reticulated water or wastewater infrastructure in this
wastewater infrastructure in
catchment due to the lack of urban population.
catchment
Byron Creek Conservation Park constitutes the key area of
conservation within the catchment .

The water account for Byron Creek catchment, showing water


movement and key issues, is summarised on the following
page.
Outflows
Byron Creek Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
5.2 GL/yr 3.7 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A
Reticulated water demand N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water deficit N/A 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0 GL/yr
0.1 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant Total
N/A N/A N/A TN 1 t/yr Stormwater
TP 0.1 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 0 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 50 t/yr 50 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 1 t/yr 1 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 0.1 t/yr 0.1 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A 1.5 GL/yr 1.5 GL/yr

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand N/A 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit N/A

Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
1.7 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr Total
TN 1 t/yr Stormwater
TP 0.1 t/yr 100%

Population 0 2031
Neurum Creek Catchment 41

Neurum Creek catchment is 10,510 ha in size, with future land


use consisting of approximately 0.1% urban, 50% agriculture
and 49.9% conservation area / green space. Catchment Facts
There is currently no urban population in Neurum Creek due to ƒ Area: 10,510 ha
the lack of urban land zoning.
ƒ Current Population: 0
Stormwater runoff is drained by Neurum Creek, which is the ƒ Future Population: 0
main waterway in this catchment. Neurum Creek flows in a
westerly direction out of the MBRC region and discharges into ƒ Future Urban Land Use: 0.1%
Somerset Dam in the Somerset Regional Council area. This ƒ No reticulated water or
catchment is part of the greater Stanley River catchment, which wastewater infrastructure
received an EHMP score of B- in 2010.
ƒ EHMP Score 2010: B-
There is no reticulated water or wastewater infrastructure in this (Stanley River Catchment)
catchment due to the limited population.

Key conservation areas in Neurum Creek catchment include


Neurum Creek Conservation Park, Delaneys Creek State
Forest, Mount Mee State Forest, and an area declared as High
Ecological Value (HEV) as per the EPP Water.

The water account for Neurum Creek catchment, showing


water movement and key issues, is summarised on the
following page.
Outflows
Neurum Creek Water Account

Inflows
Imported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Rainfall Evapotranspiration
185 GL/yr 139 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A
Reticulated water demand N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water deficit N/A 0 GL/yr

Groundwater Rural Extractions


Drainage Loss 0.9 GL/yr
2.8 GL/yr

Constraints Table STPs


0%
Constraint 2010 2031 Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
Storage Yield N/A N/A N/A 42.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr Total
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A TN 36 t/yr Stormwater
TP 3.3 t/yr 100%
Sewage Treatment Plant N/A N/A N/A

Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A N/A Population 0 2010


Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,595 t/yr 1,595 t/yr
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 36 t/yr 36 t/yr
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.3 t/yr 3.3 t/yr
Environmental Flow N/A N/A N/A

Imported Reticulated
Evapotranspiration
Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr
Rainfall
185 GL/yr Exported Reticulated
Water 0 GL/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield N/A


Reticulated water yield N/A Recycled Water
Reticulated water demand N/A 0 GL/yr
Reticulated water deficit N/A

Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr
Groundwater
Drainage Loss
2.8 GL/yr STPs
0%
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
from Stormwater and STPs
52.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr Total
TN 36 t/yr Stormwater
TP 3.3 t/yr 100%

Population 0 2031
Key Catchment Issues 43
Existing and future water accounts and key catchment constraints (such as STP licence capacity, water
supply storage yield, environmental flow objectives) were used to identify the key water cycle
management issues within each catchment. Figure 2 illustrates the key water cycle management issues
identified for each catchment within Moreton Bay Regional Council.

The issues identified in Figure 2 also relate back to some of the key drivers identified for TWCM. Further
information on how these issues were identified can be found in the TWCM Strategy Technical Report.

It is noted that further detailed investigations will be required to identify the extent of flooding issues and
verify other key issues dependent upon constraints such as sustainable loads and environmental flows.
It is noted that detailed flooding investigations are currently underway and will be addressed in a
Floodplain Management Plan, that will serve as a companion document to the TWCM Plan.

A B
I C
Mary H D
G F E

Key Catchment Issues:

A Population Growth
A B
I C
H D B Water Supply
G F E
C Environmental Flow
Stanley
A B
I C D Climate Change
Pumicestone A B H D
I C G F E E Water Conservation
A B H D
Neurum I C G F E
H D Bribie F STP Capacity
G F E A B
I C
G Water Quality
H D
G F E Caboolture
H Water Quantity
A B (Flooding)
I C
H D A B
I C I Environmentally
G F E
Burpengary H D Sensitive Areas
G F E
Byron Redcliffe
A B A B A B
I C I C I C A B
H D I C
H D H D
G F E G F E G F E H D
G F E
Sideling Hays Inlet
Upper Pine

A B
I C
H D
G F E

Lower Pine
A B Brisbane
I C
H D Coastal
G F E

Figure 2 Key Water Cycle Management Issues Within MBRC Catchments


Solutions 44

Developing Solutions to Address Key Catchment Issues


A number of potential management responses or ‘solutions’ have been identified to address the key
issues identified within each catchment. All possible solutions were identified at a conceptual level
without regard to practicality or costs to ensure that all possible options were sufficiently considered.

In developing solutions, it is recognised that each solution may address a number of issues, rather than
just one. For example, stormwater harvesting addresses both water supply and water quality issues.
Additionally, it is likely that a number of solutions (a ‘solution set’) may be required for each catchment,
depending on the specific issues identified within each individual sub catchment. A range of solutions
were developed to ensure a wide variety of options were put forward for review in each catchment,
ranging from centralised to decentralised solutions, and incorporating conventional to innovative ideas.

Assessing Solutions Using Multi Criteria Analysis


To assist in the selection of solutions to be further investigated during the detailed planning stage, Multi
Criteria Analysis (MCA) was used.

Criteria with which to assess the performance of each solution were developed around Triple Bottom
Line (TBL) principles that address the Environmental, Social and Economic objectives of MBRC. Each
solution was scored against 16 individual criteria reflecting TBL objectives. Although each criteria was
assigned a weighting according to the importance placed on that criteria, an even weighting distribution
between Environmental, Social and Economic criteria was adopted since sensitivity analyses indicated
that changing the weighting of Environmental, Social and Economic criteria did not significantly affect the
preferred (i.e. highest scoring) solutions for each catchment.

Solutions were scored over 3 half day workshops by an Options Analysis Team that was nominated by
MBRC and approved by Councillors. Workshop participants invited to attend included:

• Councillors;

• Council’s existing Strategic Coordination Advisory Group (SCAG);

• MBRC representatives; and

• Unitywater representatives.

During the workshops, each solution was scored by the Options Analysis Team for all relevant
catchments. Scoring of the outcomes generated by each solution against each individual assessment
criteria was undertaken using a qualitative scoring system (i.e. from very much better to very much
worse) due to project resource and time constraints. The overall score of each solution was then
determined by adding together the weighted scores for each of the 16 criteria. An overall weighted score
was then determined to represent the performance of all relevant solutions in each catchment.

Each solution was then ranked from highest to lowest in each catchment to assist in the selection of
solutions to address the key issues identified in each catchment.
Solutions 45

Selecting Solutions for Further Detailed Investigations


Solutions
Using results of the MCA process, the top ranking solutions in each catchment were chosen as a ‘solution
set’ for further investigation in the detailed planning phase. The solution sets for each catchment were
chosen to ensure that the key issues identified in each catchment, as shown in Figure 2, would be
sufficiently addressed.

A summary of the catchment solutions recommended for further investigation in the detailed planning
phase are shown in Table 1. Solution descriptions are included in Appendix F of the TWCM Strategy
Technical Report. An indication of the key mechanism for implementing each solution has been indicated
using a colour key (i.e. Council Policy, Council Infrastructure, Unitywater Infrastructure).

It is noted that as no key issues were identified in the Mary River, Byron Creek and Neurum Creek
catchments, solution sets for these catchments were not deemed necessary.

The detailed planning phase will further investigate in detail the solutions identified in Table 1, taking into
account the findings of previous key studies on sustainable loads and integrated water management within
the catchment.

Table 1 Catchment Solution Sets

Solution Catchment
Implementation Key:

Brisbane Coastal
Caboolture CIGA
Pumicestone

Council Policy Council Infrastructure Unitywater


Burpengary

Lower Pine
Upper Pine
Caboolture

Redcliffe
Sideling
Stanley

Bribie

Hays

S5: Recycled Water Supplied to Urban Users X X X X X X


S6: Recycled Water Supplied to Agricultural Users X X X
S7: Sewer Mining - Small Community Based Plants to Treat and Reuse Sewage X X X X X X X X
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) X X X
S9: Rainwater Tanks Retrofitted for Non-Potable Uses X X X X X X X X
S10: Stormwater Harvesting for Non-Potable Uses X X X X X X X X X
S14: Pressure Reduction on Trunk Water Supply Infrastructure X
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and Investment in Incentive Schemes X X X X X X X X X X X X
S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X X X X X
S25: Diversion of Sewage to STPs with Capacity X X X
S26: Smart Sewers (Reduced Infiltration/Inflows) X X X X X X X X X
S27: Prevention of Illegal Stormwater Inflow Connections to Sewer X X X X X X X
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones (3/4 Order Streams) X X X X X X X X X X X
S30: Increased Implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on Development Sites X X X X X X X X X X X X
S31: Existing Water Sensitive Urban Design (WSUD) Retrofit X X X X X X X X X X X
S32: Future Development WSUD Measures Achieve No Worsening X X X X X X X X X X X X
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. Limiting Erosion etc) X X X X X X X X
S35: Cap at current Population Without Any Other Solutions Implemented X X X X
Conclusions 46
By undertaking Phase 1 of the TWCM planning process, the following outcomes were achieved:

¾ Identification of the drivers of the TWCM process specific to the MBRC area;

¾ Description of the existing and future water cycle issues through preliminary water accounting;

¾ Identification of key water cycle management issues in each relevant catchment in the MBRC region;

¾ Development and preliminary assessment of solutions to address these issues using a Multi Criteria
Analysis (MCA) approach; and

¾ Selection of potential solution sets specific to each catchment for further detailed assessment.

This TWCM Strategy has been instrumental in identifying the specific water cycle management issues
within each catchment and the potential solutions to address these issues. The shortlist of potential
solutions will need to be assessed in further detail in Phase 2 of the TWCM planning process
(development of the TWCM Plan), for which this Strategy provides a basis.

In carrying out phase 2, it is noted that essential data gaps (such as sustainable loads) will also need to be
addressed. Further information on the detailed findings, assumptions and technical information
associated with the TWCM Strategy is included in the TWCM Strategy Technical Report.
TWCM STRATEGY TECHNICAL REPORT I

TWCM STRATEGY TECHNICAL REPORT

CONTENTS
TWCM Strategy Technical Report i
Contents i
List of Figures iv
List of Tables v

1 INTRODUCTION 1-1
1.1 Background 1-1
1.2 Definition of Total Water Cycle Management 1-2

2 TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-1


2.1 Population Growth 2-1
2.2 Water Supply 2-2
2.3 Environmental Flows 2-5
2.4 Climate Change 2-6
2.5 Water Conservation 2-7
2.6 Wastewater Management 2-8
2.7 Water Quality 2-14
2.8 Water Quantity (Flooding) 2-19
2.9 Water Industry Institutional Arrangements 2-20
2.10 Protection of Environmentally Sensitive Areas 2-23
2.11 Legislative and Policy Drivers 2-24
2.12 Summary of Drivers 2-28
2.12.1 Additional Considerations 2-30

3 WATER ACCOUNTING 3-1


3.1 Catchment Summary 3-1
3.2 Current Water Accounts 3-4
3.2.1 Water Accounting Methodology 3-4
3.2.1.1 Rainfall 3-4
3.2.1.2 Evapotranspiration 3-5

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
CONTENTS II

3.2.1.3 Groundwater Drainage Loss 3-6


3.2.1.4 Rural Extractions 3-7
3.2.1.5 Reticulated water yield 3-7
3.2.1.6 Reticulated water demand 3-9
3.2.1.7 Exported reticulated water 3-10
3.2.1.8 Imported potable water 3-11
3.2.1.9 Reticulated network leakage 3-11
3.2.1.10 Stormwater discharges 3-12
3.2.1.11 Wastewater Discharges 3-13
3.2.1.12 Recycled water 3-15
3.2.2 Catchment Constraints 3-16
3.2.2.1 Storage yield 3-16
3.2.2.2 Water Treatment Plant Capacity 3-17
3.2.2.3 Environmental Flows 3-17
3.2.2.4 Sustainable Loads 3-18
3.2.2.5 STP Design Capacity 3-19
3.2.2.6 STP Licence Capacity 3-20
3.3 Future Accounts 3-21
3.3.1 Future Water Accounting Methodology 3-21
3.3.1.1 Rainfall 3-21
3.3.1.2 Evapotranspiration 3-22
3.3.1.3 Groundwater Drainage Loss 3-22
3.3.1.4 Rural Extractions 3-22
3.3.1.5 Reticulated Water Yield 3-22
3.3.1.6 Reticulated Water Demand 3-24
3.3.1.7 Exported reticulated water 3-24
3.3.1.8 Imported reticulated water 3-24
3.3.1.9 Reticulated network leakage 3-25
3.3.1.10 Stormwater discharges 3-25
3.3.1.11 Wastewater discharges 3-26
3.3.1.12 Recycled water 3-28
3.3.2 Future Catchment Constraints 3-29
3.4 Data Gaps 3-30
3.4.1 Sustainable Load Targets 3-30
3.4.2 Environmental Flows 3-30
3.4.3 Flood Studies 3-31
3.4.4 Water Sensitive Urban Design 3-31
3.4.5 Water / Wastewater Network Capacity 3-31
3.5 Water Account Figures 3-32

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
CONTENTS III

4 KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-1


4.1 Population Growth Issues 4-1
4.2 Water Supply Issues 4-2
4.3 Environmental Flow Issues 4-4
4.4 Climate Change Issues 4-5
4.5 Water Conservation Issues 4-5
4.6 Sewage Treatment Plant Capacity Issues 4-5
4.7 Water Quality Issues 4-9
4.8 Water Quantity Issues 4-12
4.9 Environmentally Sensitive Area Issues 4-12
4.10 Summary of Issues 4-13

5 SOLUTIONS 5-1
5.1 Development of Solutions 5-1
5.2 Assessment of Solutions using MCA 5-4
5.2.1 Development of Criteria for Evaluating Solutions 5-4
5.2.2 Weighting the Criteria 5-6
5.2.3 Scoring the Options 5-7
5.2.4 Calculation of Overall Weighted Scores 5-8
5.2.5 Selection of Preferred ‘Solution Sets’ for Detailed Investigation 5-11
5.3 Recommended Solution Sets 5-12

6 STUDY CONCLUSIONS 6-1

7 REFERENCES 7-1

APPENDIX A: STP LICENCES A-1

APPENDIX B: SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC


COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-1

APPENDIX C: EXISTING WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES C-1

APPENDIX D: FUTURE WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES D-1

APPENDIX E: HSTP & SEPTIC SYSTEM POLLUTANT LOADS E-1

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF FIGURES IV

APPENDIX F: SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-1

APPENDIX G: MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING G-1

APPENDIX H: MCA WORKSHOP PARTICIPANTS H-1

APPENDIX I: EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED


PLANNING (PHASE 2) I-1

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1 Moreton Bay Regional Council Area 1-3


Figure 2-1 Sustainable Loads for TN in Caboolture River Predicted to be
Exceeded by 2021 2-12
Figure 2-2 Approval Conditions for TN Predicted to be Exceeded by 2016 at
Murrumba Downs STP (discharge to lower North Pine River) 2-12
Figure 2-3 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded
by 2016 at Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for
Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming No Diversion of Flows to
BCC 2-13
Figure 2-4 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded
by 2021 at Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for
Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming Diversion of Flows to BCC 2-13
Figure 2-5 STP Licence Capacity, Design Capacity and Current EP 2-14
Figure 2-6 Freshwater EHMP Grades 2000 - 2009 2-16
Figure 2-7 Estuary and Bay EHMP Grades 2000 - 2009 2-16
Figure 2-8 Water Industry Entities in Moreton Bay Region and Functional
Responsibilities 2-22
Figure 2-9 Policy and Planning Framework for Total Water Cycle
Management in SEQ (Source: QWC Sub-regional TWCM Framework) 2-27
Figure 3-1 Key Catchment Characteristics 3-3
Figure 3-2 SILO Rainfall Data and Trend 3-5
Figure 3-3 SILO PET Data and Trend 3-6
Figure 4-1 Urban Population Growth per Catchment 4-2
Figure 4-2 Current STP Capacity 4-6
Figure 4-3 Future (2031) EP and Design Capacity Constraints 4-7
Figure 4-4 Future (2031) EP and Licence Capacity Constraints 4-8
Figure 4-5 TSS Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources) 4-10
Figure 4-6 TN Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources) 4-11
Figure 4-7 TP Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources) 4-11
Figure 5-1 MCA Solution Results for Whole of Region (MBRC), Rural and
Urban Catchments 5-12

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF TABLES V

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2-1 Population Growth Forecast in Moreton Bay Regional Council Area 2-1
Table 2-2 EHMP Grades for Catchments within MBRC and Receiving Waters 2-14
Table 2-3 Healthy Waterways Strategy Action Plans Applicable to MBRC
(HWP 2007) 2-17
Table 3-1 Summary of Key Catchment Characteristics 3-2
Table 3-2 Rural Water Extraction per Catchment 3-7
Table 3-3 Reticulated Water Yield per Catchment 3-9
Table 3-4 Stormwater Discharges per Catchment 3-13
Table 3-5 Current STP Discharge to Receiving Waters 3-13
Table 3-6 Current 2010 Median STP Effluent Concentrations 3-14
Table 3-7 Current 2010 Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse) 3-14
Table 3-8 Current 2010 Recycled Water Use 3-15
Table 3-9 Annual Storage Yields 3-17
Table 3-10 Water Treatment Plant Capacities 3-17
Table 3-11 Sustainable Load Estimates 3-19
Table 3-12 Sustainable Load Target Estimates for Catchments Draining to
Pine River Estuary 3-19
Table 3-13 Current Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Design Capacity 3-20
Table 3-14 Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Licence Capacity 3-20
Table 3-15 Licence STP Pollutant Loads Limits 3-21
Table 3-16 Current and Future Estimated Rainwater Tank Yields 3-23
Table 3-17 Future (2031) Modelled Stormwater Discharges per Catchment 3-25
Table 3-18 Predicted Future (2031) STP Discharge to Receiving Waters 3-26
Table 3-19 Predicted Future (2031) Median STP Effluent Concentrations 3-27
Table 3-20 Predicted 2031 Annual Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters
(after reuse) 3-27
Table 3-21 Future (2031) Recycled Water Use 3-28
Table 4-1 2031 Population Predictions 4-1
Table 4-2 Modelled Existing and Future Water Demand per Catchment 4-3
Table 4-3 Reticulated Water Production Data and WTP Capacities 4-3
Table 4-4 Environmental Flow Criteria and Modelled Flows 4-4
Table 4-5 Current and Future STP Capacity Issues 4-6
Table 4-6 Murrumba Downs Future Licence Constraints 4-8
Table 4-7 EHMP Scores 4-10
Table 4-8 Summary of Issues per Catchment 4-14
Table 5-1 Solutions Assessed for Each Catchment 5-2
Table 5-2 Adopted MCA Criteria 5-6
Table 5-3 Adopted Criteria Weighting 5-7

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
LIST OF TABLES VI

Table 5-4 MCA Scoring System 5-8


Table 5-5 Results of MCA Sensitivity Analysis 5-10
Table 5-6 Stanley River Catchment Solution Set 5-13
Table 5-7 Pumicestone Creek Catchment Solution Set 5-14
Table 5-8 Bribie Island Catchment Solution Set 5-14
Table 5-9 Burpengary Creek Catchment Solution Set 5-15
Table 5-10 Caboolture River Catchment Solution Set 5-16
Table 5-11 Caboolture River Catchment with CIGA Solution Set 5-17
Table 5-12 Upper Pine River Catchment Solution Set 5-18
Table 5-13 Lower Pine River Catchment Solution Set 5-19
Table 5-14 Sideling Creek Catchment Solution Set 5-20
Table 5-15 Hays Creek Catchment Solution Set 5-20
Table 5-16 Redcliffe Catchment Solution Set 5-21
Table 5-17 Brisbane Coastal Creeks Catchment Solution Set 5-21

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
INTRODUCTION 1-1

1 INTRODUCTION
This Total Water Cycle Management Strategy presents the results of a study investigating the drivers
and issues influential in the development of a Total Water Cycle Management (TWCM) Plan for
Moreton Bay Regional Council. This document represents the first phase in a two phase process, as
follows:

• Phase 1 - the preparation of a TWCM Strategy document, which involves the identification of
water cycle management drivers and issues in the MBRC region, development of solutions to
address the identified issues, and preliminary assessment of these solutions resulting in a short
list of solutions for further detailed analysis in Phase 2.; and

• Phase 2 - the preparation of the final TWCM Plan, which will involve a comprehensive
assessment of the costs and benefits of total water cycle management options (i.e. solutions).

Concurrent to this project, Water By Design released a draft Guideline in September 2010 to outline a
process to develop and implement a TWCMP that would ensure compliance with the legislative
requirements of the EPP (Water) 2009. This document is consistent with general intention of these
guidelines.

1.1 Background

With the recent ‘Millennium Drought’ experienced in SEQ, which saw regional bulk water supplies
drop below 20%, the issue of water security has become a high priority. This, combined with the high
population growth currently being experienced (and forecast to continue) in the region, demonstrates
that detailed planning in regard to the utilisation of water resources in the SEQ region is essential.
This planning will ensure that existing environmental, social and economic values in the region are
maintained or improved.

In this context, the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water) was revised and
released in August 2009 and has replaced the original policy which was first released in 1997, in
addition to subsequent amendments. This updated version of the EPP Water now prescribes that all
Local Government Areas (LGAs) that contain over a certain population must develop and implement
a TWCM Plan specific to its local government area (DERM, 2009a).

The EPP Water describes the matters that must be taken into account when an LGA is preparing a
TWCM Plan (refer to Section 2.11 for details). The primary intent of the EPP Water is to use TWCM
Plans to enable equitable and informed decisions to be made about the use of water in a way that
results in water quality improvements.

The SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 (Chapter 11, DIP, 2009b) also supports the use of TWCM Plans
as the preferred method for ensuring land use and infrastructure planning is environmentally
sustainable, and to ensure reliable water supplies to cater for forecast population growth.

Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) is one of the first LGAs in Queensland to commence the
process of TWCM Planning. Previous water cycle management plans have been developed in recent
years for the Pine Rivers area. These studies include:

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
INTRODUCTION 1-2

• Pine Rivers Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Concept Study (MWH, 2005);

• Northern Growth Corridor (NGC) Integrated Urban Water Management Study (MWH, 2006); and

• Moreton Bay Regional Council Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management
Strategy (MWH, 2009).

The TWCM Plan for MBRC will build on the findings of these previous studies, along with other
studies undertaken in the area such as sustainable load studies for a number of major waterways in
the region.

Concurrent to the TWCM planning activities being undertaken by MBRC and other LGAs, the
Queensland Water Commission (QWC) is also required to develop sub-regional TWCM Plans in
areas identified in the South East Queensland Regional Plan 2009-2031 (SEQ Regional Plan), as
areas where large scale development and significant infrastructure is to occur. The focus of sub-
regional TWCM Plans is on water supply values in key development areas. In this context, within
MBRC region, along with a local TWCM Plan, a sub-regional TWCM Plan also needs to be prepared
for an area west of Caboolture - the Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA) - identified as a
significant growth area within the SEQ Regional Plan.

For a general overview of the Moreton Bay Regional Council area, refer to Figure 1-1.

1.2 Definition of Total Water Cycle Management


The concept of total water cycle management is outlined in the latest SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031
(DIP, 2009b), and indicates that TWCM recognises the interrelationships between the human uses of
water and its role in the environment. Key principles of TWCM include:

• Natural cycles - minimising the alteration to natural flow and water quality regimes;

• Sustainable limits - ensuring that the volume of water extracted from a source is sustainable for
the community and the environment;

• Water conservation - minimising water use and losses by reducing demand and by maximising
efficient use and reuse;

• Diversity in new supplies - considering all potential sources of water when new supplies are
needed, including reusing water and stormwater;

• Water quality - managing the water cycle at all phases to preserve water quality for the
community and the environment; and

• Water quality ‘fit for purpose’ - aiming for water supply quality to be no better than is required for
the proposed use, i.e. not supplying potable water for uses that do not require potable quality.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-1

2 TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES


The purpose of this section is to briefly present and discuss some of the drivers and issues which
influence the TWCM planning process. While this specifically focuses on the area within Moreton Bay
Regional Council’s (MBRC’s) boundaries, most of the drivers discussed relate to the South East
Queensland (SEQ) region generally and may also be of relevance to other Local Government
Authorities (LGAs) outside the region.

The drivers discussed in this section include the environmental, social, and economic factors which
influence the need for TWCM planning and also provide the context in which the planning process is
to be undertaken. These drivers can also be considered as water cycle management ‘issues of
concern’ which play a vital role in water cycle management in the region.

2.1 Population Growth

Population in the SEQ region has grown from around 1.5 million people 25 years ago to more than
2.5 million people currently. This historic population growth in SEQ, coupled with our economic
profile, suggests the region’s population will continue to grow at a rapid rate for at least the next 50
years (DIP, 2009b).

The Planning Information and Forecasting Unit (PIFU) of the Office of Economic and Statistical
Research (OESR) provides population growth figures for SEQ based on low, medium and high
growth scenarios. The SEQ Water Security Strategy was prepared on the basis that future population
growth in SEQ will trend between the medium and high series projections. Based on a high series
projection, the population of SEQ could surpass six million people by 2056.

For the MBRC area, Table 2-1 includes projected population growth figures based on low, medium
and high growth scenarios. These figures indicate that by 2031 the projected population is expected
to reach approximately 585,000 in the MBRC area based on a high growth scenario, a 58% increase
from the current population (approximately 370,000). This additional population growth will put
pressure on existing infrastructure and increase detrimental impacts on the environment, unless
appropriately managed. Suitable planning is required so that adequate water supply and wastewater
treatment/reuse infrastructure is in place to ensure that this additional population growth can be
accommodated, and adverse impacts on the region’s waterways are minimised.

Table 2-1 Population Growth Forecast in Moreton Bay Regional Council Area

Population Growth Scenarios


Year
Low Medium High
2011 369,224 376,949 385,726
2016 404,156 422,146 442,424
2021 435,987 464,155 497,416
2026 459,107 498,194 545,334
2031 473,107 523,037 585,895
Source: PIFU, 2009

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-2
To accommodate this additional population growth, certain areas within MBRC have been nominated
as ‘future growth areas’. These growth areas are largely greenfield sites with no existing infrastructure
and are typically located outside of Council water supply and sewerage headworks zones. These
areas have been nominated due to the limited amount of infill development sites within Moreton Bay
region that are capable of accommodating predicted population growth.

The future growth areas, as per the SEQ Regional Plan (DIP, 2009b), include the following:

• Caboolture Investigation Growth Area (CIGA) (potentially supporting an additional 60,000


people);

• Morayfield and Narangba Transport Precincts (supporting an additional 33,500 people by 2031);

• Elimbah East; and

• The Northern Growth Corridor – including Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and North Lakes
(expected to support an additional 40,000 people by 2031).

As part of the TWCM planning process, this additional population growth will need to be considered in
terms of additional resources and infrastructure required along with additional pressures on
environmental values. Future scenarios will require detailed analysis of where the population growth
will occur, how it will occur (i.e. population densities), and the additional inputs and outputs into the
water accounting equation.

2.2 Water Supply

Security of water supply is a driver of TWCM planning in the region. With the impacts of population
growth and climate impacts placing pressure on water supplies, adequate planning is required to
ensure water resources are used efficiently and are able to supply the future population.

With the recent drought, the issue of water security was highlighted in SEQ. As a result, the SEQ
Regional Plan includes targets and objectives to ensure water is efficiently managed in the SEQ
region. This Plan states that “the principle of water supply planning is to supply sufficient water to
support a comfortable, sustainable and prosperous lifestyle, while meeting the needs of urban,
industrial and rural growth, and the environment” (DIP, 2009b).

To achieve the water supply objectives stated in the SEQ Regional Plan, the SEQ Water Strategy
was developed. This document includes specific measures to ensure an adequate supply of water is
maintained in SEQ, including a ‘water supply guarantee’. This water supply guarantee is more of a
vision statement and, as per the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010), includes the following:

Known as the Water Supply Guarantee, this water security vision will be achieved by:

• Balancing community expectations of water security, quality and cost;

• Embedding water efficiency throughout the water supply and demand chain;

• Managing water security through diversified and integrated water supplies and drought
preparedness; and

• Improving environmental outcomes, including healthier waterways, through integrated strategic


planning and catchment management.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-3
This ‘water supply guarantee’ will be achieved through Level of Service (LOS) objectives. As per the
SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010), these LOS objectives are as follows:

• During normal operations sufficient water from the SEQ Water Grid will be available to meet an
average total urban demand of 375 litres per person per day (including residential, non-
residential and system losses), of which 230 litres per person per day is attributed to residential
demand;

• Sufficient investment will also occur in the water supply system with the objectives of ensuring
that:

¾ Medium Level Restrictions will not occur more than once every 25 years, on average;

¾ Medium Level Restrictions need only achieve a targeted reduction in consumption of 15%
below the total consumption volume in normal operations;

¾ The frequency of triggering drought response infrastructure will be not more than once every
100 years, on average;

¾ The frequency that combined regional storage reserves decline to 10% of capacity will be
not more than once every 1000 years, on average;

¾ Regional water storages must not be permitted to reach 5% of combined storage capacity;
and

¾ Wivenhoe, Hinze and Baroon Pocket dams must not be permitted to reach minimum
operating levels.

• It is expected that Medium Level Restrictions will last longer than six months no more than once
every 50 years, on average.

In response to the ‘Millennium Drought’, the SEQ Water Grid has recently been developed. Currently,
most infrastructure projects related to this Water Grid have been constructed, while other projects are
still in the construction or pre-construction stages. Prior to the SEQ Water Grid, SEQ was supplied
from eight largely discrete water supply zones, with differing levels of reliability and, until recently,
different owners and operators.

The section of the SEQ Water Grid relevant to the MBRC area comprises the Northern Pipeline
Interconnector. Stage 1 of this pipeline has been constructed and connects Landers Shute Water
Treatment Plant near Eudlo on the Sunshine Coast (using water from Baroon Pocket Dam) to the
Morayfield reservoirs, where it links with the Caboolture and Brisbane water networks. It is able to
transfer up to 65 megalitres of water per day. Stage 2 of the pipeline, yet to be constructed, will
provide a two-way connection within the Sunshine Coast area and reverse flow capacity will also be
installed onto the Stage 1 Interconnector (DIP, 2010) so that water can be transferred towards the
Sunshine Coast from the North Pine Dam.

In terms of other water supply sources being contemplated, the SEQ Water Strategy indicates that
desalination facilities will underpin future water security (QWC, 2010). Four potential sites for
desalination plants have been identified in the SEQ region, with one located within MBRC. These
sites are to be included in planning schemes so that they may be utilised in the future if desalination
is required to supplement potable water supplies. Desalination sites have been identified at:

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-4

• Lytton;

• Marcoola;

• Tugun (next to existing); and

• Bribie Island (MBRC).

Existing potable water supply sources in the MBRC region currently include the following:

• Lake Samsonvale (North Pine Dam);

• Lake Kurwongbah;

• Caboolture River (Caboolture Weir);

• Stanley River (Woodford Weir);

• Bribie Island Borefields (groundwater);

• Dayboro Borefields (groundwater); and

• Northern Pipeline Interconnector (from Baroon Pocket Dam on Sunshine Coast).

While assessments have been undertaken which quantify annual yields from these water supply
sources (refer to the SEQ Regional Water Security Program - DNRM&E, 2006), to date there is no
information available in regard to their sustainable yields. Determination of sustainable yields would
require issues such as environmental flow objectives and conjunctive use arrangements to be taken
into account. The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the sustainable yield of the
Brisbane groundwater aquifers, including Bribie Island and Dayboro borefields, is currently being
determined. Also, the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 includes environmental flow objectives
(see Section 2.3 for further details) which could be used in determining sustainable yields.

Despite this lack of information, further investigation into other alternative water supply sources, such
as stormwater harvesting, rainwater harvesting, and recycled water will need to be considered to
ensure sustainable yields on existing potable water sources is maximised.

As discussed in Section 2.5, The Queensland Development Code (MP4.2 and 4.3) requires that new
low/medium density residential and new commercial development achieves minimum potable water
savings using an alternative water source. The alternative source could include rainwater harvesting,
stormwater harvesting, wastewater recycling or greywater use. This requirement sets a legislative
basis for including decentralised water sources in water supply planning.

Rainwater harvesting for non-potable uses is well established in new development at an individual
household scale. In addition, a number of projects are currently being developed that aim to harvest
roofwater at a community scale for both potable and non-potable substitution.

Interest in stormwater harvesting has increased in SEQ in recent years and a number of significant
urban harvesting projects are currently in development or proposed. Stormwater runoff is seen by
many as a wasted resource and as a potentially significant supplementary water supply source. In
addition, the frequent flow rules addressed in the State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters and in the
Implementation Guideline No.7 under the SEQ Regional Plan, are likely to encourage stormwater
harvesting as part of an integrated strategy to protect waterway health for new developments with
relatively un-degraded waterways.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-5
Wastewater recycling is a potential source of water supply and an important component of any
strategy to reduce the environmental impacts of wastewater discharges to receiving waters. Reuse
could include non-potable residential, industrial, open space or agricultural uses. It could also
potentially be potable use through a new Purified Recycled Water (PRW) scheme similar to the
recently completed Western Corridor Pipeline scheme. In the Moreton Bay Region a PRW scheme
would most probably supply water into the North Pine Dam impoundment, and the potential yield from
such a scheme was evaluated for earlier versions of the SEQ Water Strategy.

Despite the ‘water supply guarantee’ outlined in the SEQ Water Strategy, it is evident that security of
water supply in the MBRC area is a driver of the TWCM planning process. When developing the
TWCM Plan for MBRC, these water supply sources and their future security will need to be
considered. It will also be important to investigate other potential sources of potable water in the
region (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting) so that reliance on the current, largely
catchment runoff-based sources is diversified.

2.3 Environmental Flows

Environmental flow can be defined as the flow regime required in a waterway to maintain the health
of aquatic ecosystems. This flow regime correlates not only to the baseflow experienced during
periods of low rainfall in a catchment, but also the extent of the hydrologic regime necessary to
ensure that the requirements of the aquatic ecosystem are maintained, such as flushing flows, dry
weather spells, rates of flow change and degrees of bed stress.

Currently in the SEQ region, the majority of our water supply is sourced from surface waters in the
form of dams, weirs and direct extraction from rivers and creeks. The process of extracting these
surface waters for water supply purposes can significantly alter natural flow regimes and affect
downstream environmental flows.

Currently within MBRC and the rest of SEQ there is no provision for the release of flow from dams,
such as North Pine Dam, to ensure downstream flows are maintained (MWH, 2005). Releases of
water from these storages typically only happen in times of high rainfall in the catchment when
surplus water is allowed to overflow dam walls into downstream reaches, usually to maintain dam
safety requirements. As a consequence, during periods of low rainfall, downstream reaches of
waterways such as the Pine River experience reduced flows which potentially impacts on the health
of aquatic ecosystems.

To address the issue of environmental flows in the major waterways of SEQ, environmental flow
objectives have been included in the various Water Resource Plans developed under the Water Act
2000. The Plan relevant to MBRC is the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007, which includes
environmental flow objectives for a number of locations within MBRC, including:

• Pumicestone Creeks at end of system (AMTD 0.0km);

• Caboolture River at end of system (AMTD 0.0km);

• Pine River at end of system (AMTD 0.0km);

• South Pine River at North Pine River confluence (AMTD 7.5km); and

• Stanley River at Woodford Weir inflow (AMTD 64.0km).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-6
The environmental flow objectives specified in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007 for these
locations include a range of flow requirements that need to be achieved under low, medium and high
flow scenarios, based on historical flow records. Wherever possible, these environmental flow
objectives attempt to mimic the natural flow regime of a catchment system.

Environmental flows are also addressed in the SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan 2009–2031
(SEQ NRM Plan) (DERM, 2009b). This Plan includes targets and objectives in regard to the
protection of SEQ’s natural resources which aim to meet outcomes specified in the SEQ Regional
Plan. In terms of environmental flows in waterways of SEQ, the SEQ NRM Plan includes the following
targets:

• By 2031, environmental flows will meet aquatic ecosystem health and ecological process
requirements;

• By 2017, water resource plans will determine environmental flow targets to meet ecosystem
requirements;

• By 2017, the impacts on aquatic ecosystem health and ecological processes caused by
interaction between surface and groundwater will be assessed; and

• By 2017, the impact of peak flows on aquatic ecosystem health and ecological processes will be
assessed.

In terms of TWCM planning, the consequence of having to maintain these environmental flow
objectives in the waterways of MBRC can potentially adversely impact on available water supply and
associated harvestable yield in the region. If water storages are required to release a certain amount
of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce yields. Combine this with the potential impacts of
climate change (see Section 2.4) and increasing population on water supplies, and it is evident that
the TWCM planning process will need to account for environmental flow requirements in any future
water accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are properly determined.

2.4 Climate Change

In terms of water supply in the region, climate change may potentially have an impact on the yields of
surface water storages. This is mainly due to the predicted increase of hotter days and lower rainfall
impacting on inflows into the storages and also losses from these storages from increased
evapotranspiration.

The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) makes reference to climate change, stating that “climate
change may have a dramatic impact on the supply from our dams. The majority of climate modelling
done to date indicates that SEQ is likely to become hotter and drier, reducing inflows to dams and
increasing demand for water. A mid-range estimate of a 10% reduction in the yield of dams and weirs
has been used for scenario analysis. This estimate is based on modelling of climate, rainfall and
inflow projections for SEQ”.

The Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan (DIP, 2009a) has recently been developed which
includes actions to implement the climate change policies included in the SEQ Regional Plan. The
aim of these actions is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in SEQ (mitigation) and to undertake
measures which mitigate the effects of climate change (adaptation).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-7
To predict the impacts that climate change may have on weather systems, global climate change
models have been developed. These models attempt to predict the climate system’s response to
human-induced impacts such as the production of greenhouse gases. They simulate oceanic and
atmospheric processes and the important connections between land, oceans and the atmosphere.
However, these global models typically have a grid resolution of between 150 and 300 km, which
increases the uncertainty of climate change predictions on a regional scale (DIP, 2009a).

To address the uncertainty which is inherent in these course global scale models, regional scale
models are currently being developed which aim to increase the resolution of the SEQ region. These
models should provide more reliable climate change predictions for the region by downscaling the
global model simulations from a grid resolution of 150 to 300 km to a resolution of 14 to 20 km for
SEQ (DIP, 2009a).

The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) states that the majority of climate-catchment modelling results
for SEQ catchments indicate the region is likely to become drier and suggests climate change may
dramatically impact on regional water supplies. This means less water is likely to be available from
water catchments and dams. These changes are expected to occur over the medium to long-term,
linked to increases in average temperature. The SEQ Water Strategy also includes results from case
studies which indicate that by 2031 the annual streamflow for the Brisbane River downstream of Mt
Crosby Weir could be reduced by up to 28% in a ‘dry’ scenario or increased by up to 14% in a ‘wet’
scenario (QWC, 2010).

While it is expected that climate change will impact on future weather patterns to some degree, there
is still a considerable degree of uncertainty in these predictions. More work is required to improve our
understanding of climate change impacts, and such work is currently being conducted by the
Queensland Government Climate Change Centre of Excellence and the SEQ Urban Water Security
Research Alliance. Until this work is complete, the SEQ Water Strategy has adopted a mid-range
climate change scenario of a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield by 2030.

In terms of the TWCM planning process, it is essential that this 10% reduction in surface water
supply/yield is considered in any future water supply scenarios. This also places emphasis on the
need for investigation of other sources of water (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting)
which are less susceptible to climate change impacts, given the current reliance on surface water
supplies in the region.

2.5 Water Conservation

Water conservation is an essential component of TWCM planning and plays a key role in water
supply security and wastewater discharge minimisation. Since the recent drought, water conservation
has been a focus area in SEQ with the imposition of significant water restrictions, and the introduction
of a broad range of water saving initiatives.

Water restrictions have been instrumental in reducing per capita water consumption. However, with
the breaking of the drought and water supplies returning to near capacity, it is expected that over time
these lower levels of water consumption may drift back towards pre-drought levels.

A number of initiatives and measures have been implemented in order to assist with long term water
conservation and to encourage the population to reduce its water consumption. These include the

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-8

setting of water use targets, along with statutory requirements to install water savings fixtures and
devices in new buildings and a range of measures to encourage and subsidise the installation of
water saving systems, such as rainwater tanks, pool covers, shower heads and tap fittings.

The SEQ Regional Plan specifies a residential water use target of 230L/person/day. Demand
management measures significantly reduced water consumption during the ‘Millennium Drought’ from
an average of 296 L/person/day before restrictions were introduced, to 129 L/person/day for the year
to end July 2008 (DIP, 2009b). While these water restrictions have been relaxed and water
consumption has probably increased, the target of 230 L/person/day is considered realistic in the long
term. Therefore, this should be the water demand figure utilised for future scenario analysis in the
TWCM planning process.

The installation of water savings fixtures and devices in certain new buildings is now a statutory
requirement. The Queensland Development Code requires that every new detached house in SEQ
must meet water savings targets by supplying 70,000 litres of non-grid water per year, while each
new townhouse must supply 42,000 litres (DIP, 2009b). This requirement can be achieved through
rainwater tanks, local recycled water schemes, stormwater harvesting or alternative measures.

Additionally, all businesses must use water efficiently. Non-residential activities that use more than 10
million litres per year must complete a water efficiency management plan that demonstrates how they
are achieving, or will achieve, best practice water use. Businesses using more than one million litres
of water per year must install water-efficient appliances such as low-flow taps, trigger sprays,
showerheads, urinals and cooling towers (DIP, 2009b).

In terms of rural water use, the SEQ Regional Plan includes provisions to investigate opportunities to
provide recycled water for rural irrigation, and to improve the efficiency of rural water use, particularly
irrigation systems, through information and incentives.

While the TWCM Plan may include solutions for additional water supplies, it is essential that water
conservation maintains a continued focus in order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or
eliminate the need for future water infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also
contribute to wastewater flow/load reduction targets.

2.6 Wastewater Management

Eight Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) are located within MBRC:

• Woodford (discharges to Stanley River);

• Bribie Island (discharges to groundwater);

• Burpengary East (discharges to Caboolture River);

• South Caboolture (discharges to Caboolture River);

• Dayboro (irrigated to land);

• Murrumba Downs (discharges to lower North Pine River);

• Brendale (discharges to South Pine River); and

• Redcliffe (discharges to Hays Inlet).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-9
Of the above STPs, South Caboolture and Murrumba Downs both operate Advanced Water
Treatment Plants that treat a portion of water from these STPs to A+ Class recycled water. This
water is supplied to users in the Caboolture district (from South Caboolture) and to AMCOR in the
Lower Pine River Catchment (from Murrumba Downs).

Each STP operated under DERM development permits with approval conditions which constrain the
discharge of treated water to receiving waters. The existing development permits all include
concentration based discharge limits with a limit to daily discharge volume. Specific nutrient loads
are not conditioned, apart from Murrumba Downs, which has mass load limits in addition to
concentration based limits in its new licence conditions. It is also noted that negotiations are currently
being undertaken to transfer the Caboolture and Burpengary STP licences to mass load limits.
Copies of current STP licences are contained in Appendix A for reference.

In 2007, concentration-based water quality objectives (WQOs) for waterways in SEQ were introduced
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 (EP Act), specifically through Schedule 1 of the
Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water). Section 14.2 of the EPP Water stipulates
that wastewater discharged from a proposed development must meet the target WQOs, and where
discharge from a STP cannot immediately meet these WQOs, then future capacity upgrades must
result in a practical reduction in the total amount of pollutants released so that receiving waters are
improved. Section 20 of the EPP Water also stipulates that a local government’s TWCM Plan must
include provisions for effluent management, waste water recycling, sewerage system overflows and
biosolids management. It is noted that Unitywater is currently reviewing its biosolids management
strategy.

Section 22 of the EPP (Water) 2009 also specifies that a local government or sewerage service
provider should develop and implement an Environmental Plan about Trade Waste Management to
control trade waste entering its sewerage services. This plan must be included in its TWCM Plan.
MBRC currently has Trade Waste Policies/Environmental Plans for each of its former LGAs (Pine,
Caboolture and Redcliffe). Unitywater intends to develop a common Trade Waste Policy for all areas
within the next two years that will satisfy this requirement. Apart from the development of a common
policy for the amalgamated MBRC LGA, no significant trade waste issues are identified within
Moreton Bay Regional Council. Currently trade waste within MBRC is low relative to STPs in other
areas and is primarily from low risk activities (e.g. shopping centres). South Caboolture, Murrumba
Downs, Bribie Island, Redcliffe, Dayboro and Woodford all have trade waste flows of 3 to 4% of total
flow.

Trade waste generated at Burpengary East and Brendale constitute between 4 and 5% of total flow.
These two plants have a slightly higher risk profile due to the Narangba Industrial Area and the
Brendale (light) industrial area, however there have been no incidents which have threatened the
biological processes at these plants. There are some small scale metal finishing and plating
industries which have the potential to release quantities of heavy metals that could pose a risk to the
STPs or the environment, however these are closely monitored with strict controls in place.

The setting of specific water quality objectives for receiving waters (under the EPP Water) has
significant implications on wastewater discharges from STPs. A number of the STPs within MBRC
are currently nearing their approved capacity, and will require upgrades to meet future increased
flows from new development and expected population growth. These upgrades would be subject to
development approval and be required to meet WQOs and provisions of the EPP Water. The

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-10

approval process under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) will also reinforce the need to
comply with the EPP Water and associated WQOs.

As receiving waters at present are generally in poor condition (refer Table 2-2), it is not expected that
any increase in current discharge limits will be allowed, and future studies quantifying sustainable
loads may in fact require significant decreases to current licence limits. Therefore STPs will be
required to improve treatment technologies, reduce discharge (through reduced water use/infiltration
etc) and/or increase reuse to comply with the EP Act and EPP Water.

Forecasts by Unitywater indicate the following timeframes for STPs to exceed current DERM licence
conditions, assuming business as usual:

• Brendale: 2016 with no diversion of flows to BCC or 2021 with BCC diversion (>9.4 ML/d Q);

• Murrumba Downs: 2016 (>58 kg/d TN);

• Burpengary East STP: 2014 no diversion, 2019 with temporary diversion of 70,000 EP to
Murrumba Downs (>50,000 EP);

• Redcliffe STP: potentially 2011 – 2015 (TN concentration > 5mg/L); and

• South Caboolture STP: 2025 (ADWF >16.3 ML/day);

Furthermore, sustainable load limits for the Caboolture River identified by the EPA in 1998 for Total
Nitrogen (75 kg/day) will be exceeded by discharge from the South Caboolture and Burpengary STPs
around 2021. It is, however, noted that additional investigation of sustainable loads is required to
establish the accuracy of this figure.

Figure 2-1 to Figure 2-4 (sourced from Unitywater) illustrate some of the above forecast timeframes.

Figure 2-5 shows the current DERM licenced capacity of each STP, in comparison to the current
design capacity and the current loads received for treatment at each STP.

Figure 2-5 illustrates the need for upgrades of design capacities at most STPS, however it is
anticipated that these upgrades will not trigger the need for development approval, as they are likely
to remain within licenced capacities. Future upgrades are planned for Woodford (prior 2011),
Brendale (prior 2015), South Caboolture (prior 2016), Burpengary East (prior 2016) and Redcliffe
(prior 2017).

To ensure compliance with current and future legislation, a combination of improved treatment
technologies, reduced discharge (through reduced water use/infiltration etc) and increased reuse will
be required. Current best practice treatment technologies in conventional STPs produce effluent
nutrient concentrations that are still an order of magnitude greater than receiving waterway WQOs.
Therefore it is evident that treatment technologies alone will not fulfil legislative requirements to
enable effectively unlimited discharges from STPs.

The use of treatment technologies to improve water quality also has the following key financial and
environmental impacts to be considered:

• High capital costs and associated increases in contributions to sewerage infrastructure charges,
which in turn affects housing affordability;

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-11

• Significant increases to greenhouse gas emissions due to the high energy consumption by the
treatment technology used to achieve very low concentrations of nitrogen; and

• High chemical costs for reducing phosphorus to low concentrations.

Considering the financial and environmental impacts of treatment technologies alone, the potential to
reuse effluent to meet agricultural, residential, commercial and industrial demands may potentially
provide a more sustainable and cost effective solution for STPs to achieve WQOs and legislative
discharge requirements. However, it is noted that reuse of effluent may also have similar financial
and environmental impacts that will also need to be investigated and considered as part of the
TWCMP process.

If sustainable solutions cannot be delivered, there would be a need to cap the volume of wastewater
or nutrient loads discharged in order to comply with legislative requirements and thereby protect the
environmental values of receiving waters. This may necessitate a cap on further development in the
catchment which would have significant social and economic impacts. This prospect has already
been raised by the former Moreton Bay Water to Councillors and key staff in MBRC for development
in the Caboolture River Catchment in 2021 (when it is estimated that sustainable TN loads from STPs
will be exceeded) (MBRC 2009a).

In summary, from a wastewater perspective, the key drivers of TWCM will be the need to comply with
legislative requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the EPP Water while
accommodating future development and growth within MBRC.

In order to achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant
load that waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs) will need to be
determined and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs (i.e. diffuse
loads) in the context of Total Water Cycle Management.

An additional driver is Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012,
and specifically the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan, which has a target of 100%
reuse of dry weather flows from STPs.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-12

South Caboolture + Burpengary Treatment Plants ML/day


Kg/day
(Nitrogen Load Limit - 5N reduced to 3N after 2011 for ADWF) 30

140

25
120

100 20

80
15

60

10

40

5
20

0 0
2004 2005 2011 2016 2021 2022
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) - Burpengary
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) - South Caboolture
Licence Limit for Max Daily Av Dry Weather Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) -Total
Licence Limit for Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day)

Figure 2-1 Sustainable Loads for TN in Caboolture River Predicted to be Exceeded by 2021

Murrumba Downs Treatment Plant


ML/day
Kg/day (Load Limits With Advanced Water Treatment Plant, 3N:1P for ADWF)
40

100
35

30
80

25

60
20

40 15

10

20
5

0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Licence Limit for Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) Licence Limit for Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day)

Figure 2-2 Approval Conditions for TN Predicted to be Exceeded by 2016 at Murrumba


Downs STP (discharge to lower North Pine River)

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-13

Brendale Treatment Plant


ML/day
Kg/day (Load Limits Without BCC Diversion, 5N:1P for ADWF)
60 16

14
50

12

40
10

30 8

6
20

10
2

0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) (Baseline Scenario) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day) (Baseline Scenario)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Baseline Scenario) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Medium Growth Scenario) Daily Discharge (ML/day) (High Growth Scenario)

Figure 2-3 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded by 2016 at
Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming No
Diversion of Flows to BCC

Brendale Treatment Plant


Kg/day (Load Limits With BCC Diversion, 5N:1P for ADWF) ML/day
60 16

14
50

12

40
10

30 8

6
20

10
2

0 0
2008 2009 2011 2016 2021 2026 2027
Daily Nitrogen Loading (kg/day) (Baseline Scenario) Daily Phosphorus Loading (Kg/day) (Baseline Scenario)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Baseline Scenario) Licence Limit for Daily Discharge (ML/day)
Daily Discharge (ML/day) (Medium Growth Scenario) Daily Discharge (ML/day) (High Growth Scenario)

Figure 2-4 Approval Conditions for Daily Discharge Predicted to be Exceeded by 2021 at
Brendale STP (discharge to South Pine River) for Medium Growth Scenario and Assuming
Diversion of Flows to BCC

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-14

Licence EP Capacity
140000 Current EP 140000
Design EP Capacity

120000 120000
Equivalent Persons (EP)

100000 100000

80000 80000

60000 60000

40000 40000

20000 20000

0 0
Burpengary East
Bribie Is

Murrumba Downs
Dayboro
Woodford

Brendale

Redcliffe
South Caboolture 

Figure 2-5 STP Licence Capacity, Design Capacity and Current EP

2.7 Water Quality

The Ecosystem Health Monitoring Program (EHMP), coordinated by the SEQ Healthy Waterways
Partnership, provides regional assessments of the ambient ecosystem health for each of SEQ’s 19
major catchments, 18 river estuaries, and Moreton Bay, highlighting where the health of SEQ’s
waterways is getting better or worse. The program commenced in 2000, however a snapshot of the
most recent EHMP Report Card grades for catchments that largely fall within MBRC and ultimately its
receiving waters (estuaries and bays) is presented in Table 2-2. Where report card grades have
declined from the previous year, grades are highlighted in red text. Improvements are highlighted in
blue text.

Table 2-2 EHMP Grades for Catchments within MBRC and Receiving Waters
Catchment Freshwater Estuary/Marine
2009 2010 2009 2010
Stanley River Catchment1 B B-
Pumicestone Passage Catchment & Estuary1 B C- C+ D+
Caboolture River Catchment & Estuary C C+ D- D
Pine Rivers Catchment & Estuary C- C- D+ C-
Deception Bay D- D+
Bramble Bay F D+
Overall Moreton Bay D C
Report Card Ratings: A = Excellent B = Good C = Fair D = Poor F = Fail
1
Catchment and monitoring sites also extend into other SEQ Council jurisdictions

As demonstrated in Table 2-2, only freshwaters in the Stanley River and the Pumicestone Passage
(2009) catchments received an Ecosystem Health rating of ‘good’ in 2009, and while freshwaters

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-15

within Caboolture and Pine River catchments rated ‘sound’, receiving estuaries in these catchments
were rated as ‘poor’. Furthermore, the health of the Bays that ultimately receive all waters were rated
from ‘poor’ to ‘fail’.

The EHMP results in Table 2-2 generally show a slight improvement in estuary health since the
previous year, except for Pumicestone Passage which has declined in 2010. A summary of all
EHMP results recorded for catchments and receiving waters within MBRC between 2000 and 2010 is
presented in Figure 2-6 (freshwater) and Figure 2-7 (estuary and bays).

Figure 2-7 indicates that there was a general decline in all receiving estuaries and waters in SEQ in
2009 due to significant rainfall over the year causing high diffuse loads of sediment and nutrients.
This had a significant impact on receiving waters of Moreton Bay which declined from a B- in 2008 to
a D in 2009, the lowest ecosystem health rating in over a decade of monitoring. However, in 2010
the EHMP results indicate that the estuaries are improving in water quality, with Moreton Bay
improving to a C.

The results show that a key challenge to maintaining waterway health in SEQ is managing diffuse
stormwater pollutant loads in both urban and non-urban areas. This is likely to be a key pressure
within MBRC catchments due to future predicted increases in population and development in the
region. Important measures to manage diffuse stormwater pollutant loads include riparian restoration,
channel stabilisation and water sensitive urban design (in new and existing urban areas).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-16

Figure 2-6 Freshwater EHMP Grades 2000 - 2009

Figure 2-7 Estuary and Bay EHMP Grades 2000 - 2009

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-17

The SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012 (HWP, 2007) has developed issue based Action
Plans for WSUD, Protection and Conservation, Non-Urban Diffuse Source Pollution, and Coastal
Algae Blooms which assist to contribute to the maintenance and improvement of waterways in SEQ
through the management of diffuse pollutant loads. It also has a specific action plan developed to
address Point Source Pollution, and an Area Based Action Plan for Moreton Bay. Table 2-3
summarises the overarching management target of each of the aforementioned Healthy Waterways
Action Plans that are applicable within MBRC. These Action Plans are also supported by the Desired
Regional Outcome for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan.

Table 2-3 Healthy Waterways Strategy Action Plans Applicable to MBRC (HWP 2007)

Action Plan Target


Water Sensitive Urban Design By 2026, all developed urban land in SEQ will meet consistent
regional standards for Water Sensitive Urban Design
Protection and Conservation By 2026, SEQ waterways and wetlands, and vegetated areas
making important contributions to water quality and waterway
health, are protected and conserved.
Non-Urban Diffuse Source By 2026, non-urban diffuse source pollutant loads entering
Pollution receiving waters will be reduced by 50 percent of the loads in
2006 and in-stream ecosystem health will improve in targeted
catchments.
Coastal Algae Blooms By 2026, the intensity, frequency and extent of existing Coastal
Algal Blooms have been reduced in all SEQ estuarine and marine
waterways, with their impacts minimised and no new bloom
events occurring.

Point Source Pollution By 2026, 100 percent of nutrient loads originating from point
Management sources are prevented from entering receiving waterways and
Moreton Bay.
Moreton Bay By 2026, the Environmental Values and Water Quality Objectives
of Moreton Bay are achieved with critical habitats and species
protected and key ecological processes maintained.

Key actions that MBRC have committed to undertake to improve water quality as part of the SEQ
Healthy Waterways Strategy are further detailed in Appendix B.

The SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan (DERM, 2009b) also articulates measurable targets
for receiving waters and water resources that are aligned with desired regional outcomes (DRO) and
policies in the SEQ Regional Plan. A number of targets in the Plan are aligned with the DRO for
Water Management, which includes the principles of TWCM and the protection and enhancement of
waterway health. Examples of specific targets include the maintenance of High Environmental Value
(HEV) waterways; restoration of ecosystem health and ecological processes for waterways that are
currently classified as slightly to moderately disturbed and/or highly disturbed; and the maintenance
and enhancement of waterways to achieve or exceed scheduled WQOs (under the EPP Water).
HEV Waterways, EVs and WQOs have been scheduled under the EPP Water (2009) for the following
catchments and receiving waters within MBRC:

• Basin No.141 (part) Waters of the Stanley River Freshwater Catchment (draft only, no EVs and
WQOs scheduled);

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-18

• Basin No. 141 (part): Pumicestone Passage;

• Basin No. 142 (part): Caboolture River;

• Basin No. 142 (part): Pine Rivers and Redcliffe Creeks;

• Basin No. 142 (part): Brisbane Creeks – Bramble Bay; and

• Basins No. 144 and adjacent to basins 141 to 143, 145 and 146: Moreton Bay, North Stradbroke,
South Stradbroke, Moreton and Moreton Bay Islands.

As discussed previously, in 2007 Environmental Values (EVs) and concentration-based WQOs for
receiving waterways in SEQ were introduced under the Environmental Protection Act 1994,
specifically through Schedule 1 of the EPP Water (2009). These WQOs have been set to protect and
enhance the Environmental Values of SEQ waterways. While Council is committed to protecting
these Environmental Values for the good of the local community and future generations, under the
EPP Water MBRC is also required to develop a TWCM Plan that addresses urban stormwater quality
management to improve the quality and flow of stormwater. To date, this has been undertaken for the
Pine Rivers Catchment only (MWH, 2009). This was undertaken as an Integrated Urban Water Cycle
Management (IUWCM) Strategy to fulfil commitments made by the former PRSC in the SEQ Healthy
Waterways Strategy WSUD Action Plan.

In order to develop management strategies to protect EVs, sustainable loads to receiving waterways
need to be quantified. Sustainable loads can be defined as the annual pollutant load that waterways
can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs (as set by the EPP Water). To date,
sustainable loads targets have been quantified for the Pine River and Caboolture River Catchments
only. However, it is noted that a study is currently being undertaken to review sustainable loads to the
Caboolture River. Sustainable loads for all receiving waters within MBRC need to be quantified in
order to develop appropriate management options to satisfy the EPP Water and protect the health of
receiving waterways.

Findings of both the Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy (MWH,
2009) and the Pine River Sustainable Pollutant Load Study (BMT WBM, 2008) indicated that the
following management actions are necessary to assist in achieving sustainable loads and WQOs that
protect the EVs of the waterways within the Pine Rivers Catchment:

• Maximising reuse and minimising discharge of wastewater;

• Implementing best practice WSUD (80/60/45% load reductions of TSS/TP/TN) for all Greenfield
urban developments;

• Progressive retrofit of WSUD in existing urban areas as opportunities arise (e.g. during road
resurfacing and urban drainage improvement works);

• Revision of existing catchment and stormwater management planning documents, processes


and capital works programs to include WSUD practices; and

• Management actions to reduce non-urban diffuse loads.

It is evident from the above that WSUD is a key management action for improving water quality and
should be considered in any TWCMP. As mentioned previously, the SEQ Regional Plan DRO for
Water Management adopts TWCM as a key principle and framework for managing urban water
quality in SEQ. As part of this approach, the SEQ Regional Plan endorses the adoption of water

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-19

sensitive urban design (WSUD), with Policy 11.1.2 specifying that planning and management of
urban stormwater should comply with the design objectives as set out in the SEQ Regional Plan
2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design. This document sets
stormwater management design objectives for water quality, waterway stability and waterway
frequent flow management. The design objectives in this document are consistent with design
objectives for best practice urban stormwater management developed by the Healthy Waterways
Partnership and documented in the SEQ Healthy Waterways WSUD Action Plan. The key purpose
of the Implementation Guideline is to set design objectives as a consistent standard for all new
assessable urban development within SEQ. It is noted that the SEQ urban stormwater management
design objectives advocated in this Implementation Guideline are also strengthened by the State
Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective February 2010). The purpose of this policy is to ensure
that any development for urban purposes under the SPA 2009, including community infrastructure, is
planned, designed, constructed and operated to manage stormwater and wastewater to a lesser
extent) in ways that protect the environmental values prescribed in the Environmental Protection
(Water) Policy 2009.

In summary the key water quality drivers for TWCM within MBRC will be to:

• Meet the regulatory requirements of the EP Act 1994 and EPP Water (2009) which prescribes
the development of a TWCM Plan and to achieve WQOs to protect Environmental Values;

• Meet commitments of the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve
waterways and catchments that are healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles
of people in SEQ by 2026;

• Meet targets in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with Desired
Regional Outcomes and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and

• Implement planning and management of urban stormwater and wastewater to comply with the
Sustainable Planning Act (2009) and SPP for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011), as
well as the design objectives set out for stormwater in the SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031
Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design. This Guideline is aligned with
principles and policies for Total Water Cycle Management and Desired Regional Outcomes for
Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan.

Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.

2.8 Water Quantity (Flooding)

Changes in natural overland flow regimes can result from land use changes associated with
urbanisation. This is mostly a consequence of vegetation clearing and an increase in impervious
areas, resulting in an increase in runoff volumes entering downstream waterways. This increase in
runoff volume can also result in an increase in the extent of flood impacted areas, with associated risk
and safety issues. Harvesting or interference with overland flows as part of agricultural activities can
also alter natural overland flow regimes.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-20
The SEQ Regional Plan stipulates that areas of flood risk should be identified, including the projected
effects of climate change, and programs undertaken to mitigate this risk. Natural flow and inundation
patterns should be restored in flood hazard areas, including connectivity between rivers and
floodplains and beneficial flooding of agricultural areas. This will also minimise the concentration of
flows and downstream flooding. The flood hazard area should be determined based on a defined
flood event, taking into account the effects of climate change on rainfall and storm surges (DIP,
2009b).

In urban areas, one way to assist in managing these flow alterations is by using water sensitive urban
design (WSUD) wherever possible. However, it should be noted that WSUD alone will not alleviate
flooding risks entirely. All developments should be assessed to ensure flow alterations are acceptable
in relation to flood risk and environmental flows.

The TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when developing management
solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the solutions developed, and
ideally the target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment as well as downstream
impacts, where possible. Council is currently developing a flood plain management plan as a
companion document to the TWCM Plan, that will identify flood risks and appropriate management
measures.

2.9 Water Industry Institutional Arrangements

With the development of the SEQ Water Grid, the Queensland Government has taken the first steps
in implementing water industry institutional reform. This reform aims to ensure effective operation and
management of the Water Grid and the efficient use of the range of water supplies in SEQ.

The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the reform is to be implemented in stages, with
the first stage completed in July 2008 comprising the establishment of four new entities that own and
operate the SEQ Water Grid, including:

• Queensland Bulk Water Supply Authority, trading as Seqwater, which owns all dams,
groundwater infrastructure and water treatment plants in SEQ;

• Queensland Manufactured Water Authority, trading as WaterSecure, which owns the


desalination plant at the Gold Coast and the Western Corridor Recycled Water Project;

• Queensland Bulk Water Transport Authority, trading as Linkwater, which owns all major pipelines
in SEQ; and

• SEQ Water Grid Manager.

The second stage of the reform commenced on 1 July 2010, and involved the establishment of three
combined distribution/retail entities that own the water and sewerage infrastructure and sell water
supply and sewage disposal services to customers. The service areas of the entities are the following
Council groups:

• Brisbane, Scenic Rim, Ipswich, Somerset, Lockyer Valley – trading as Queensland Urban
Utilities;

• Gold Coast, Logan, Redlands – trading as Allconnex Water; and

• Sunshine Coast, Moreton Bay – trading as Unitywater.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-21

This water industry reform involves a restructuring of functional responsibilities for LGAs and water
businesses. MBRC is responsible for stormwater, town planning, growth management, development
control, and environmental management, while Unitywater is responsible for water and recycled
water supply, wastewater treatment, and trade waste. Refer to Figure 2-8 for a description of water
industry entities relevant to the Moreton Bay region and associated functional responsibilities.

For the MBRC area, Unitywater is the new water distribution and retail business serving the needs of
the Moreton Bay and Sunshine Coast communities. Any implications associated with the
establishment of this new entity and the functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater
will need to be considered in the TWCM Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for
delivering many of the water cycle solutions developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed
amendment to the EPP Water will require MBRC to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by the
local Water Distribution Retailer. At the same time, The TWCM Plan must have sufficient information
to inform Unitywater’s Netserv Plan, due to be completed by 2013.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-22

Water Industry Entity Functional Responsibility

Supplies desalinated water to the Water


Water Secure Grid and supplies purified recycled water to
power stations and other customers

Catches, stores and treats water by


managing catchments, storages, and water
SEQ Water treatment plants. Supplies water to SEQ
Water Grid Manager

Manages, operates and maintains SEQ’s


potable bulk water pipelines. Moves water
Linkwater from dams and other sources through bulk
pipeline networks

Operates the SEQ Water Grid and


SEQ Water Grid oversees the flow of water around the Grid.
Purchases the services to store, treat and
Manager transport bulk water to sell water to the
retail and distribution entitiy

Unitywater Sells and delivers water to customers and


(Distribution and Retail Business) collects, transports and treats sewage

Moreton Bay Regional Responsible for stormwater, town planning,


growth management, development control,
Council and environmental management

Figure 2-8 Water Industry Entities in Moreton Bay Region and Functional Responsibilities

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-23

2.10 Protection of Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Within the MBRC region, there exist a number of environmentally sensitive areas comprising national
parks, state forests, conservation areas, reserves, wetlands and High Ecological Value (HEV) areas.
These areas are important for several reasons including species richness and diversity, habitat
quality, and aesthetic values. The environmental values associated with these areas require
protection, and in this regard the TWCM planning process needs to consider existing environmental
stressors on these areas along with potential impacts from future development.

Examples of areas which are environmentally important in the MBRC region include the following:

• High Ecological Value (HEV) areas – these areas, as per Schedule 1 of the EPP Water, have
been identified as being of high ecological importance. In these areas, water quality is required to
either be maintained (no worsening) or certain water quality standards achieved;

• Hays Inlet - this area is a saltwater inlet off Bramble Bay. The slender inlet borders the suburb of
Clontarf to the east and the suburbs of Mango Hill and Griffin to the west. Hays Inlet is a
declared fish habitat and is recognised as an internationally significant migratory wader bird
habitat under the Ramsar Convention. It provides important habitat and breeding grounds for the
Black-winged Stilt, Bar-tailed Godwit and other wader birds that migrate here every year. In the
past, green algae blooms have developed in Hays Inlet due to high nutrient concentrations
(PRCA, 2010). Hays Inlet is also classified as a HEV area;

• Pumicestone Passage – this passage is a narrow, shallow estuary with a meandering system
of channels, sand banks and islands. It is located between Bribie Island and the mainland,
extending from Caloundra in the north to Deception Bay in the south. The passage has a
diversity of environmental values, with many significant species such as turtles, dugongs and
migratory birds making their homes amongst the mangroves, mud flats, coastal dunes and
seagrass meadows. For this reason the passage is recognised on a local, regional, national and
international scale (SCRC, 2010). Also, the northern part of Pumicestone Passage is classified
as a HEV area;

• D’Aguilar Range National Park – this national park (formerly Brisbane Forest Park) is located
on the western border of MBRC and totals approximately 35,000ha. This park protects the core
of vast bushland area in the D'Aguilar Range The town of Dayboro is situated on the lower
foothills midway along the range and Woodford lies at the northern most point of the range.
Some areas within this National Park are identified as HEV areas;

• Other environmentally sensitive areas in the MBRC region include the following:

¾ Bribie Island National Park – located in Bribie Island catchment;

¾ Beerburrum State Forest – located in Pumicestone Passage, Stanley River and


Caboolture River catchments;

¾ Charlie Moorhead Nature Refuge - located in Caboolture River catchment;

¾ Dohles Rocks Reserve – located in the Lower Pine catchment;

¾ Godwin Beach Reserve – located in the Caboolture River catchment

¾ Glasshouse Mountains National Park – located in Pumicestone Passage catchment;

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-24

¾ Bellthorpe Forest – located in Mary River and Stanley River catchments;

¾ Peachester Forest – located in Stanley River catchment;

¾ Delaneys Creek State Forest – located in Neurum Creek catchment;

¾ Wararba Creek Conservation Park – located at western extent of Caboolture River


catchment;

¾ Clear Mountain Forest Reserve - located at the border of Upper Pine and Lower Pine
catchments;

¾ Buckleys Hole Conservation Park – located on Bribie Island;

¾ Byron Creek Conservation Park – located in Byron Creek catchment;

¾ Bunyaville Forest Reserve – located in Lower Pine catchment;

¾ Samford Conservation Park - located in Lower Pine and Brisbane Coastal catchments;

¾ Freshwater National Park – located in Burpengary Creek catchment;

¾ Sheep Station Creek Conservation Park – located in Caboolture River catchment; and

¾ Beachmere Conservation Park – located on the coastline of the Caboolture River


catchment.

Refer to Figure 3-1 in Section 3.1 for locations of these environmentally sensitive areas within the
MBRC region.

These areas are important environmental assets, on both a local and regional scale. One outcome
from the TWCM planning process will be the development of measures which minimise existing and
future environmental impacts on these areas.

2.11 Legislative and Policy Drivers

A brief description of the legislative and policy drivers which play a significant role in the above
mentioned drivers is included here to provide an indication of their relevance in the context of TWCM
planning process. Legislative and policy drivers include the following:

• Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) - The Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA), which
replaced the Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) in 2009, is Queensland’s principal planning
legislation. It provides a framework for integrated and coordinated assessment of new
development through the Integrated Development Assessment System (IDAS);

• Environmental Protection Act 1994 - provides a regulatory framework for protection of the
environment and promotes an environmental stewardship approach. The Act also gives force
and effect to the recently revised Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (EPP Water),
which specifies environmental values and water quality objectives for waterways in Queensland.
The EPP Water also prescribes the requirement for development of total water cycle
management plans for LGAs (section 19 of EPP Water). Along with the requirements of these
Plans set out in section 19, these TWCM Plans must include provisions for sewage management
(section 20), urban stormwater quality (section 21), and trade waste management (section 22);

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-25

• Water Act 2000 - establishes a system for the planning, allocation and use of water. Sustainable
management under the Act requires that water be allocated for the wellbeing of the people of
Queensland and the protection of the biological diversity and health of natural ecosystems, within
limits that can be sustained indefinitely. Under the Act, a number of catchment-based water
resource plans have been developed which take into account surface water, groundwater and
overland flow, and provide for environmental needs as well as human uses by providing secure
water entitlements with a specified probability of supply. For the MBRC area, the relevant water
resource plan is the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. The Water Act provides authority to
the Queensland Water Commission (QWC) to impose water restrictions;

• Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act 2008 - includes provisions dealing with drinking
water that aim to protect public health by requiring drinking water service providers to undertake
monitoring and reporting on drinking water quality, and to develop and implement a Drinking
Water Quality Management Plan. Catchment management is a core element of managing the
quality of drinking water, and is achieved by managing existing uses, planning new development
to manage risks, and rehabilitating catchments. Local Government planning schemes must
identify drinking water catchment areas and include appropriate development controls. Planning
studies in these areas must consider how to avoid future types or scales of development that
would pose an unacceptable risk to water quality. Where development is permitted, strict controls
may be required to protect the natural water cycle. Infrastructure should also be located and
designed with regard to water quality risks. The Act also addresses the treatment and supply of
recycled water for potable and non-potable uses, including the requirement to develop a
Recycled Water Management Plan (RWMP). A key driver for the Act was to provide a regulatory
basis for the development of the Western Corridor Purified Recycled Water project;

• Public Health Regulation 2008 - provides minimum water quality requirements for water
recycling for both potable and non-potable uses;

• State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (SPP for Healthy Waters) - this State Planning
Policy was approved by government in October 2010 and becomes effective on 28 February
2011. It aims to ensure that any development under the Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA),
including community infrastructure, is planned, designed, constructed, and operated to manage
stormwater and wastewater in ways that protect the environmental values specified in the EPP
Water (2009). In other words, this would require developers to demonstrate how they have
adopted water sensitive urban design principles in their development applications. The SPP for
Healthy Waters applies to:

¾ The stormwater water quality management of development proposals that comprise at least
six lots or dwellings;

¾ Development for urban purposes with wastewater for discharge to a waterway; and

¾ Planning at all scales including new green field urban areas as well as infilling and
redevelopment of existing built-up areas.

The Policy does not apply to development associated with single detached dwellings. This policy
has been developed under IPA 1997 and the SPA 2009 and applies to the whole of Queensland.

• Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design - this guideline forms part of
the SEQ Regional Plan 2009 -2031. It includes Water Sensitive Urban Design Objectives for

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-26

Urban Stormwater Management, and applies to the SEQ region only. The three key design
objectives in the Guideline for managing urban stormwater are intended to:

¾ Manage urban stormwater quality;

¾ Improve waterway stability; and

¾ Manage the frequency of flows.

The guideline applies to:

¾ A previously developed site (redevelopment);

¾ An undeveloped site in a developed area (infill development); and

¾ An undeveloped site in an undeveloped area (greenfield development).

The new SPP for Healthy Waters advocates the use of the stormwater management objectives
in these guidelines for applicable development within SEQ.

• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 (DIP, 2009b) - The SEQ Regional Plan is the overarching
planning document for the SEQ region. The purpose of the Plan is to manage regional growth
and change in the most sustainable way to protect and enhance quality of life in the region. The
State Government recently reviewed the previous version of the SEQ Regional Plan (2005-2026)
to address emerging regional growth management issues, and refined and modified the strategic
directions, principles and policies of the SEQ Regional Plan 2005-2026 to respond to emerging
issues;

• SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2009) - this plan sets out the means to ensure a secure water
supply over the next 50 years and beyond, to support our lifestyles and provide for our water use
needs as well as those of the environment. The Strategy includes a water supply guarantee
which is to be met by a range of supply infrastructure, such as dams, desalination, purified
recycled water and a grid linking them up, as well as an ongoing demand management program;

• SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy (HWP, 2007) - is an integrated set of Action Plans which aim
to maintain and improve the health of the waterways and catchments of SEQ. The Strategy
addresses aquatic ecosystem health and water quality issues in SEQ, and provides measures to
avoid or ameliorate the impacts of human activities on waterways under an adaptive
management framework. This Strategy has been developed with the understanding that to
manage water sustainably, it is necessary to address the total water cycle. This includes
managing water resources, land use, waterways, and water quality, to protect the significant
aquatic environmental values that underpin the economy, lifestyle and wellbeing of the region’s
residents;

• SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan (DERM, 2009b) - includes targets in regard to the
protection of SEQ’s natural resources. This Plan is the pre-eminent, non-statutory environment
and natural resource management plan for the region. It articulates measurable targets for the
condition and extent of environment and SEQ Regional Plan 2009–2031, and has been
prepared to provide baseline data and spatial information to complement and inform preparation
and review of the South East Queensland State of the Region Report;

• SEQ Regional Water Security Program (DNRM&E, 2006) - the legislative and policy
framework for water management in SEQ includes specification of a number of required (and
enforceable) programs and plans. The Regional Water Security Program is one of these. The

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-27

SEQ Regional Water Security Program is made by the Minister for Natural Resources, Mines &
Energy. It specifies, at a high level, how regional water security is to be achieved. A Regional
Water Security Program for SEQ was adopted on 13 November 2006, providing for the
construction of significant infrastructure; and

• Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan (DIP, 2009a) - includes draft actions to
implement the climate change policies of the SEQ Regional Plan. The proposed actions will help
to make future development, infrastructure and communities in SEQ more resilient to the
possible impacts of climate change and help reduce regional greenhouse gas emissions to
support international, national and Queensland Government mitigation policies.

The relationship that these planning documents have to each other in the water planning context is
presented in Figure 2-9.

Figure 2-9 Policy and Planning Framework for Total Water Cycle Management in SEQ
(Source: QWC Sub-regional TWCM Framework)

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-28

2.12 Summary of Drivers

In summary, the drivers which have been identified as being influential in terms of TWCM planning in
MBRC can be summarised as follows:

Population growth – it is estimated that population growth will remain strong in SEQ and in certain
parts of MBRC in particular (e.g. Northern Growth Corridor). This additional population growth will
need to be considered in terms of additional resources and infrastructure required along with
additional pressures on environmental values. Future scenarios will require detailed analysis of where
the population growth will occur, how it will occur (i.e. population densities), and the additional inputs
and outputs into the water accounting equation;

Water supply – despite the ‘water supply guarantee’ outlined in the SEQ Water Strategy, it is evident
that security of water supply in the MBRC area is a driver of the TWCM planning process. When
developing the TWCM Plan for MBRC, these water supply sources and their future security will need
to be considered. It will also be important to investigate other potential sources of potable water in the
region (such as recycled water and stormwater harvesting) so that reliance on the current, largely
catchment runoff-based sources is diversified;

Environmental flows – environmental flow objectives for a number of waterways in MBRC are
contained in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. The consequence of having to maintain
environmental flow objectives in these waterways can potentially adversely impact on the available
water supply and associated harvestable yield in the region. If water storages are required to release
a certain amount of water to downstream reaches, this can reduce yields. Combine this with the
potential impacts of climate change and increasing population on water supplies, and it is evident that
the TWCM planning process will need to account for environmental flow requirements in any future
water accounting scenarios to ensure that storage yields are properly determined;

Climate change – in SEQ, it is estimated that climate change may impact on future water supplies.
This impact may potentially result in a 10% reduction in surface water supply/yield, and it is therefore
essential that this impact is considered in any future scenarios from a water supply perspective. This
also places emphasis on the need for the investigation of other sources of water which are less
susceptible to climate change impacts, given the current reliance on surface water supplies in the
region;

Water conservation – water savings targets have been set in the SEQ Regional Plan in order to
reduce residential and non-residential water demand. While the TWCM Plan may include solutions
for additional water supplies, it is essential that water conservation maintains a continued focus in
order to minimise inefficient water use. This may delay or eliminate the need for future water
infrastructure upgrades, such as desalination plants, and also contributes to wastewater flow/load
reduction targets;

Wastewater management – the key driver in terms of wastewater management is the current need
for STPs to comply with legislative requirements of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 and the
EPP Water while also accommodating for future development and growth within MBRC. In order to
achieve this, sustainable pollutant loads for receiving waterways (i.e. the annual pollutant load that
waterways can assimilate without exceeding concentration based WQOs) will need to be quantified

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-29

and inputs from wastewater will need to be considered along with other inputs (i.e. diffuse loads) in
the context of Total Water Cycle Management.

Additionally, Council’s commitment to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and
specifically the Point Source Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100%
of nutrient point sources from entering Moreton Bay by 2026 - is another key driver;

Water quality - the key water quality drivers in terms of water quality are: to meet regulatory
requirements of the EP Act 1994 and EPP Water 2009 which prescribe the development of a TWCM
Plan and to achieve WQOs to protect Environmental Values; to meet commitments of the SEQ
Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012, which aims to achieve waterways and catchments that are
healthy ecosystems supporting the livelihoods and lifestyles of people in SEQ by 2026; meet targets
set in the SEQ Natural Resources Management Plan that are aligned with desired regional outcomes
and policies for Water Management in the SEQ Regional Plan; and to implement planning and
management of urban stormwater to comply with the design objectives as set out in the SEQ
Regional Plan 2009-2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design, as well as
management of urban stormwater and waste water to comply with the SPA (2009) and State
Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (effective 28 February 2011).

Considering the current condition of waterways, and the future population growth and development
pressures in the region, existing water quality pressures on receiving waters in the region are likely to
significantly increase. These are key challenges that will need to be addressed in the TWCM planning
process.

Water quantity (flooding) - the TWCM planning process will need to consider flooding impacts when
developing management solutions. There should be no increase in flooding risk from any of the
solutions developed, and ideally the target should be to decrease the flooding risk in each catchment
as well as downstream impacts, where possible;

Water industry institutional arrangements - a recent water industry reform has resulted in the
formation of a new water distribution and retail business serving the needs of both the Moreton Bay
and Sunshine Coast communities. This new entity is called Unitywater and commenced operations
on 1 July 2010. Any implications associated with the establishment of this new entity and the
functional responsibility split between MBRC and Unitywater will need to be considered in the TWCM
Plan. Unitywater will be the responsible organisation for delivering many of the water cycle solutions
developed for the TWCM Plan and a foreshadowed amendment to the EPP Water will require MBRC
to seek the endorsement of the TWCM Plan by the local Water Distribution Retailer; and

Protection of environmentally sensitive areas - a number of areas have been identified within
MBRC which are environmentally sensitive and require protection from adverse environmental
stressors. These areas are important environmental assets, on both a local and regional scale. One
outcome from the TWCM planning process will be the development of measures which minimise
existing and future environmental impacts on these areas.

Legislative and Policy Drivers - the various legislation and policy which are relevant in the context
of TWCM planning include the following:

• Sustainable Planning Act 2009;

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
TWCM DRIVERS AND ISSUES 2-30

• Environmental Protection Act 1994;

• Water Act 2000;

• Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act 2008;

• Public Health Regulation 2008;

• State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters (SPP for Healthy Waters, effective 28 February 2011);

• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-20031 Implementation Guideline No. 7: Water Sensitive Urban Design;

• SEQ Regional Plan 2009-2031;

• SEQ Water Strategy;

• SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy;

• SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan;

• SEQ Regional Water Security Program; and

• Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan.

2.12.1 Additional Considerations

In addition to the key drivers discussed in the previous section, the following drivers are also
important and will be an integral part of the detailed phase of the TWCM planning process:

Infrastructure Timing and Cost Optimisation - the extensive investment in the upgrades to STPs,
stormwater management and water supply source augmentation required over the next 5 to 10 years
will place significant financial pressures upon the owners of that infrastructure. The TWCM Plan will
assist with determining the most cost effective means of providing that infrastructure (in a triple
bottom line way) and determine anticipated timing of expenditure and look at options that may result
in deferral or elimination of significant capital costs.

Areas and Standards of Service - the need to increase recycling of water has been established,
however the need to determine how much and where this is to occur and to make appropriate
changes to planning provisions is required.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-1

3 WATER ACCOUNTING
A key step in the TWCM planning process is to develop water accounts for a defined area. These
water accounts attempt to quantify, as much as practical, the inputs and outputs of water in the water
cycle, and to identify where water related issues, such as water shortages and water quality impacts,
may exist currently and in the future (i.e. 2031).

Figures representing the existing and future water accounting results for each catchment are included
in Appendix C (existing) and Appendix D (future).

3.1 Catchment Summary

For water accounting purposes, the MBRC region was split into 14 catchments. These catchments
were delineated based on major drainage basins to be consistent with catchment delineation as per
the MBRC Regional Floodplain Database, and also to be consistent with catchment modelling
undertaken concurrently for MBRC.

Key characteristics of each of the 14 catchments is summarised in Table 3-1. These key
characteristics, including environmentally sensitive areas, are also presented in Figure 3-1.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-2

Table 3-1 Summary of Key Catchment Characteristics


Area Population Land Use 2 Water
Sewage Treatment Potable Water
Catchment Treatment
(Ha) 2010 2031 Urban Rural Plant Storage
Plant
Banksia Beach Bribie Island
Bribie Island 10,710 17,133 21,830 10% 90% Bribie Island STP
WTP Borefields
Pumicestone
18,480 11,415 12,183 15% 85% - - -
Passage
Redcliffe 2,662 49,638 72,858 56% 44% - - -
Mary River 3,541 0 0 3% 97% - - -
South Caboolture
Caboolture
10,710 69,546 112,227 33% 67% Caboolture WTP and Burpengary Caboolture Weir
River 1
East STPs
Burpengary
8,435 42,766 64,396 25% 75% - - -
Creek
Hays Inlet 7,599 63,613 111,641 33% 67% - Redcliffe STP -
Brisbane
1,530 22,601 24,058 78% 22% - - -
Coastal
Byron Creek 369 0 0 0% 100% - - -
Neurum Creek 10,510 0 0 0.1% 99.9% - - -
Sideling Creek 5,267 1,397 2,609 18% 82% Petrie WTP - Lake Kurwongbah
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs
28,280 90,695 132,974 11% 89% - -
River and Brendale STPs
North Pine Dam,
Upper Pine North Pine and
34,890 2,014 3,223 2% 98% Dayboro STP Dayboro
River Dayboro WTPs
Borefields
Stanley River 31,830 4,073 8,642 2% 98% Woodford WTP Woodford STP Woodford Weir

Total 202,543 374,890 566,642


Notes:
1
Future population figure does not include the Caboolture Investigation Growth Area (CIGA) – estimated to be an additional 60,000 people
2
Land use based on 2031

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-4

3.2 Current Water Accounts

This section presents the methodology used to develop the current water accounts (i.e. 2010).

3.2.1 Water Accounting Methodology

For each of the 14 catchments, water cycle accounting was undertaken by quantifying each of the
following elements:

• Rainfall – accounts for all rainfall on the catchment, based on catchment area and average
annual rainfall;

• Evapotranspiration – volume of water evaporating from the ground and surface waters, along
with transpiration losses from vegetation;

• Groundwater drainage loss – volume of water lost out of the system in the form of groundwater
infiltration. This water does not flow back into surface waters;

• Rural extractions – volume of water extracted from both surface water and groundwater for
irrigation and stock watering purposes;

• Reticulated water yield – volume of potable water available in each catchment from surface
water and groundwater storages, and also from the SEQ Water Grid;

• Reticulated water demand – residential and non-residential reticulated water demand within
reticulated water network catchments.

• Exported reticulated water – volume of reticulated water exported out of the catchment in trunk
water infrastructure (i.e. SEQ Grid);

• Imported reticulated water – volume of reticulated water imported into the catchment;

• Reticulated network leakage (non-revenue water) – volume of water lost from reticulated
network infrastructure due to leakage;

• Stormwater discharges – surface runoff and groundwater (baseflow) entering receiving waters;

• Wastewater discharges – volume of wastewater discharged from STPs into receiving waters;
and

• Recycled water – wastewater treated at STPs and recycled back into the water network (e.g.
through third pipe systems) as a substitute for potable water in some uses.

The methodology for calculating each of the above elements is included in the following sections.

3.2.1.1 Rainfall

Rainfall volume was calculated for each catchment using catchment area multiplied by the average
annual rainfall for the MBRC region sourced from gridded SILO data (DNRW, 2009), for the period
January 1980 to October 2009. Annual rainfall totals from the SILO data are depicted in Figure 3-2.
Average annual rainfall for the MBRC region is 1,405 mm/year.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-5
3000
Annual Rainfall (mm)
Average Rainfall (mm/yr)
2500 3 Year Moving Average Rainfall (mm)

2000
Rainfall (mm)

1500

1000

500

0
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 3-2 SILO Rainfall Data and Trend

Pollutant concentrations for rainfall were sourced from studies conducted in regard to pollutants in
road runoff and rainfall (WBM, 2003), which were also used as inputs into a catchment model
developed concurrently for MBRC (BMT WBM, 2010). These pollutant concentrations for rainfall are
0.4 mg/L for total nitrogen and 0.006 mg/L for total phosphorus.

Assumptions:

• That each catchment experiences the same average annual rainfall per year; and

• Rainfall volumes for 2010 are similar to the average annual rainfall for the period 1980 – 2009.

3.2.1.2 Evapotranspiration

To calculate the volume of water lost out of each catchment through evapotranspiration, initially
potential evapotranspiration (PET) data was sourced from gridded SILO data (DNRW, 2009), for the
period January 1980 to October 2009. Annual PET totals from the SILO data are depicted in Figure
3-3. This gives an annual average PET for the MBRC region of 1,490 mm/yr.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-6
1600
Annual PET (mm)
Average PET (mm/yr)
1550 3 Year Moving Average PET (mm)

1500

1450
PET (mm)

1400

1350

1300

1250

1200
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 3-3 SILO PET Data and Trend

As can be seen, the average annual PET (1,490 mm/yr) is higher than the average annual rainfall
(1,405 mm/yr). This is due to PET relating to the potential of the atmosphere to remove water from
the catchment assuming no control on water supply. Therefore, for each catchment, the actual
evapotranspiration (i.e. the quantity of water actually removed from the catchment due to evaporation
and transpiration) was estimated.

To achieve this, the input into each catchment from rainfall was balanced with outputs such as runoff
and groundwater drainage loss, to give an estimation of actual evapotranspiration. This resulted in an
actual evapotranspiration volume below the average annual PET and which varied in each catchment
between 810 mm/yr and 1,130 mm/yr.

3.2.1.3 Groundwater Drainage Loss

Water lost out of each catchment through groundwater infiltration and drainage loss was calculated
as being the equivalent to 1.5% of annual rainfall. This figure was based on modelling studies
undertaken in Australia which modelled deep drainage of groundwater (i.e. water moving to below the
root zone). The studies concluded that groundwater deep drainage coefficients (i.e. modelled
average annual deep drainage as a percentage of average annual rainfall) range between 1.5% and
1.8% (National Water Commission, 2010). The lower figure of 1.5% was utilised for water accounting
purposes in each catchment.

Assumptions:

• It is assumed that the groundwater drainage loss (1.5% of annual rainfall) includes the
component of groundwater infiltration that drains into aquifers as groundwater recharge, and is
effectively lost to the system. Groundwater that eventually flows into surface waters is included in
the stormwater discharges component of the water cycle account; and

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-7

• The deep drainage coefficient assumes that soil types and drainage characteristics are
consistent throughout all catchments in the MBRC region, and also consistent with other areas
along the eastern seaboard of Australia.

3.2.1.4 Rural Extractions

To determine approximate volumes of water extracted from groundwater and surface water sources
for rural applications in each catchment, water licence data was sourced from the Department of
Environment and Resource Management (DERM).

The water licence data contains details regarding the location of rural water extraction points and the
irrigation area in hectares. Based on data from recent surveys of water use on Queensland farms
(ABS, 2010), an average irrigation application rate of 4.0 ML/ha was used to calculate the
approximate volume of water extracted for rural applications in each catchment.

Using this methodology, the volume of water currently extracted and used in rural applications is
presented in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Rural Water Extraction per Catchment


Rural Water Extraction
Catchment
(GL/yr)
Bribie Island 0
Pumicestone Passage 3.6
Redcliffe 0.0
Mary River 0.3
Caboolture River 1.3
Burpengary Creek 0.0
Hays Inlet 0.2
Brisbane Coastal 0.1
Byron Creek 0.0
Neurum Creek 0.9
Sideling Creek 0.0
Lower Pine River 0.8
Upper Pine River 2.7
Stanley River 3.6

Assumptions:

• The application rate of 4.0 ML/ha assumes that all water extracted for rural purposes is used
predominantly for irrigation.

3.2.1.5 Reticulated water yield

The reticulated water yield was calculated for each catchment, which includes in-catchment raw
water yield from surface water storages, groundwater storages, recycled water from STPs, and
rainwater tanks, along with imported reticulated water. While rainwater tanks are not part of the
reticulated water network, they supplement water from the reticulated water network so were factored
into the calculations.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-8
To calculate raw water yield from surface water and groundwater storages, production data for water
treatment plants (WTPs) in the MBRC region was provided by Unitywater. This included daily
production data for the previous 12 month period, with the average daily production volume being
utilised in the water yield calculations.

Water supply data for the Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI), which is part of the SEQ Water Grid
and supplies water from Barron Pocket Dam on the Sunshine Coast to the MBRC region, was
provided by Linkwater and the SEQ Grid Manager. The NPI supplies water to the Caboolture
catchment via the Elimbah and Morayfield reservoirs, the Burpengary catchment via the Narangba
reservoir, and also gets distributed to other catchments via inflow into the North Pine Dam water
treatment plant.

Rainwater tank yields were estimated by first determining the number of people in each catchment
using a GIS demand model. This model, developed by Unitywater, contains the population in
equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the MBRC region from 2010 through to 2031
(Unitywater, 2009 and 2010).

To determine the volume of water used in rainwater tanks, a number of general assumptions were
used in the calculations as follows:

• The uptake of rainwater tanks currently in the MBRC region is assumed to be approximately
25% (based on pers. comm. A Sloan, 26 July 2010);

• 2% of these tanks are plumbed internally, the remainder are used for outdoor gardening only
(based on pers. comm. A Sloan, 26 July 2010);

• An average of 2.5 EP per household;

• Indoor reticulated water savings for internally plumbed tanks is 76 L/day (based on Water by
Design, 2009); and

• Outdoor reticulated water savings is 95 L/day (based on Water by Design, 2009).

Table 3-3Table 3-3 presents a summary of the catchment raw water yield, imported water, and
overall reticulated water yield for each catchment.

Table 3-3 Reticulated Water Yield per Catchment


Reticulated Water Yield (GL/yr)
Catchment Catchment Raw Water Yield Imported Water
Surface Ground- Rainwater Recycled From other
NPI
Water water Tanks Water catchments
Bribie Island 0 0.74 0.06 0 1.4 0
Pumicestone Passage 0 0 0.04 0 1.2 0
Redcliffe 0 0 0.17 0 6.1 0
Mary River 0 0 0 0 0 0
Caboolture River 2.23 0 0.25 0.73 4.5 3.6
Burpengary Creek 0 0 0.15 0 1.7 3.2
Hays Inlet 0 0 0.22 0.11 8.5 0

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-9
Reticulated Water Yield (GL/yr)
Catchment Catchment Raw Water Yield Imported Water
Surface Ground- Rainwater Recycled From other
NPI
Water water Tanks Water catchments
Brisbane Coastal 0 0 0.08 0 2.4 0
Byron Creek 0 0 0 0 0 0
Neurum Creek 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sideling Creek 5.46 0 0 0 0 0
Lower Pine River 0 0 0.32 1.01 9.8 0
Upper Pine River 23.3 0.14 0.01 0 0 4.4
Stanley River 0.67 0 0.01 0 0 0

Assumptions:

• All WTPs are assumed to be operational and producing water at a constant volume based on
average daily production figures derived from previous 12 months of data. It should be noted that
Woodford WTP was out of operation for a number of months and was sourcing water from the
Caboolture catchment (pers comm. Greg Marriot, Unitywater), however this was not accounted
for in the current accounts; and

• All water not used within MBRC is assumed to be exported to Brisbane via the Aspley reservoir.

3.2.1.6 Reticulated water demand

Similar to rainwater tank yield estimations (section 3.2.1.5 above), reticulated water demand was
calculated in each catchment through the use of a GIS demand model developed by Unitywater. This
model provides an estimation of the population in equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the
MBRC region from 2010 through to 2031 (Unitywater, 2009 and 2010).

The base unit of demand allocation is an equivalent person (EP). For residential A, residential B and
rural residential demand allocation, one EP is considered equal to one person. For non-residential
demand allocation, one EP is defined as a person using the same amount of water as a person living
in an equivalent tenement (ET) which has an area between 500 to 1,000 m2 (Unitywater, 2010).

Using the estimates of EP in each catchment derived from the GIS demand model, water demand
figures were initially calculated using an assumed water usage of 375 L/EP/day (which includes
residential use, non-residential use and system losses). This water usage is based on planning
assumptions included in the SEQ Regional Plan and the SEQ Water Strategy. The SEQ Water
Strategy includes a planning assumption for residential water demand only of 230 L/person/day, with
375 L/person/day for total urban water demand from the grid (QWC, 2010).

However, when these water demand figures were compared to the actual water production data for
the previous 12 months in the MBRC region, it was discovered that the water demand figures were
over-estimating water usage. To rectify this, the assumed water usage (i.e. 375 L/EP/day) was
modified so that water demand figures better matched water production data. This was achieved by
assuming that water demand management in the MBRC region (including water savings devices,
behavioural change, improved industrial water efficiency, etc) results in a reduction in water usage of
approximately 90 L/EP/day, giving a current water usage of 285 L/EP/day.

G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-10

Assumptions:

• Water use per EP is assumed to be 285 L/EP/day. This is based on the SEQ Regional Plan
planning assumption of 375 L/EP/day minus the water demand management adjustment (90
L/EP/day). This water usage includes residential, non residential and system losses;

• The unknown variable in the water balance calculations is the volume of water exported to
Brisbane. Therefore, the balance of water production data to water demand estimates assumes
that water exported to Brisbane accounts for 0.75% (250 ML/yr) of total water production from
North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah; and

• Water demand figures are derived from the GIS demand model with associated assumptions
including, for example: population growth rates (slightly higher than medium series PIFU
projections); occupancy rates for residential dwellings; adopted demand for proposed greenfield
development sites; and demand assumptions for non-residential users. For further details refer to
Unitywater (2009 and 2010).

3.2.1.7 Exported reticulated water

With reticulated water trunk infrastructure (including the SEQ Water Grid infrastructure) forming a
network across the catchments, potable water is allowed to flow between catchments depending on
where the water demand is.

This flow of water was quantified by examining where the water is supplied from, combined with
where the water demand is across all catchments with a reticulated water network. Water supply data
and water demand figures, as discussed in Sections 3.2.1.5 and 3.2.1.6 above, were used in this
process.

The volume of reticulated water exported out of each catchment was determined in catchments
where the reticulated water yield was greater than the reticulated water demand (e.g. Upper Pine and
Sideling Creek - comprising North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah respectively). Furthermore,
catchments which supply adjacent catchments with reticulated water (e.g. Caboolture catchment
supplying Pumicestone and Bribie catchments) were identified and volumes of exported water
quantified accordingly.

G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-11

Assumptions:

• The water balance of reticulated water throughout the MBRC region assumes that water
exported to Brisbane accounts for 4% (1.3 GL/yr) of total water production from North Pine Dam
and Lake Kurwongbah. This figure corresponds to the volume of water remaining once water
demand in each catchment is accounted for.

3.2.1.8 Imported potable water

The volume of reticulated water imported into each catchment was calculated using water demand
figures (from GIS demand model) and water production data. Where there was a deficit in water
supply in a catchment after all in-catchment sources (i.e. surface and groundwater storages,
rainwater tanks, and recycled water) were accounted for, this deficit was balanced out with imported
water from adjacent catchments and the SEQ water grid.

Most catchments in the MBRC region import reticulated water from North Pine Dam and Lake
Kurwongbah in the Upper Pine and Sideling Creek catchments respectively. A significant proportion
also gets imported from the SEQ water grid, specifically the Northern Pipeline Interconnector (NPI).
This pipeline, which supplies water from Baroon Pocket Dam on the Sunshine Coast to the MBRC
region, has a capacity of 65 ML/day. However, based on current data supplied by Linkwater and the
SEQ Grid Manager, this pipeline is currently supplying approximately 30 ML/day on average to the
MBRC region via reservoirs in the Caboolture and Burpengary catchments and directly into North
Pine Dam.

To determine where water is imported from in catchments with reticulated water supply deficits,
reticulated water trunk infrastructure mapping was examined. This provided an indication of the
extent of the reticulated water network, and water flow pathways. For example, this showed that the
Caboolture catchment was a supply hub for Pumicestone and Bribie catchments. Accordingly, the
Caboolture catchment requires more reticulated water imported from North Pine Dam and the SEQ
water grid to accommodate the additional demand from these adjacent catchments.

Once these reticulated water network linkages had been examined, the volume of bulk water
produced from North Pine Dam, Lake Kurwongbah and the NPI was distributed throughout the
catchments with a reticulated water deficit. Based on current production data, this resulted in an
approximate volume of 33 GL/yr being distributed, with some water being exported to Brisbane.

Assumptions:

• As in section 3.2.1.7, the water balance of reticulated water throughout the MBRC region
assumes that water exported to Brisbane accounts for 4% (1.3 GL/yr) of total water production
from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah. This figure corresponds to the volume of water
remaining once water demand in each catchment is accounted for.

3.2.1.9 Reticulated network leakage

Reticulated network leakage, or non-revenue water, refers to water which leaks out of reticulated
water infrastructure. It is sometimes referred to as non-revenue water as the water does not reach the
consumer and therefore the consumer cannot be charged for its use.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-12
In the water accounts, this water is assumed to be lost out of the system. Previous studies in the Pine
Rivers area have analysed non-revenue water data and determined that average non-revenue water
loss is 13% of total water production (MWH, 2009). Therefore, this figure of 13% was added to the
water demand figures (which already accounted for system losses) to derive a total water production
figure for each catchment. Using this total water production figure, reticulated network leakage was
then calculated as 13% of this number.

Assumptions:

• That reticulated network leakage across the entire MBRC region is consistent with previous
studies in the Pine Rivers area, which found non-revenue water loss at 13% of total water
production; and

• For the purposes of water accounting, it is assumed that all reticulated network leakage is lost
out of the system, and does not flow to groundwater or surface waters.

3.2.1.10 Stormwater discharges

Stormwater discharges relate to surface runoff after rainfall events as well as groundwater flow (i.e.
baseflow) from both urban and rural land uses in each catchment. In the water accounts, these
stormwater discharges are represented by average annual flow volume and associated pollutant
loads into receiving waterways at the bottom of each catchment (e.g. the mouth of the Caboolture
River).

To quantify stormwater discharges, results of recent catchment modelling studies undertaken for the
MBRC region were utilised. This involved the use of a ‘Source Catchments’ model developed for
MBRC (BMT WBM, 2010), which also used a similar catchment delineation (i.e. 14 catchments). This
catchment model was calibrated to existing flow and water quality data sourced from the Department
of Environment and Resource Management (DERM) gauging stations.

In the catchment model, the modelled stormwater discharges also included wastewater discharges
from sewage treatment plants (STPs), although these wastewater discharges were separated out in
the water accounts, and are discussed further in section 3.2.1.11.

The volume of water extracted from surface water storages (e.g. North Pine Dam) was also
incorporated into the catchment model. Consequently, modelled stormwater discharge is the
stormwater runoff after accounting for water harvested from large surface water storages.

Pollutants modelled in the ‘Source Catchments’ model include total suspended solids (TSS), total
nitrogen (TN), and total phosphorus (TP). As inputs into the system, pollutant concentrations for
rainfall were sourced from previous studies which found that typical concentrations of TN and TP in
rainfall are 0.4 mg/L and 0.006 mg/L respectively (WBM, 2003).

Flows and pollutant loads for each catchment are presented in Table 3-4.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-13

Table 3-4 Stormwater Discharges per Catchment


Stormwater Discharges (without STP loads)
Catchment Flow TSS TN TP
(GL/yr) (t/yr) (t/yr) (t/yr)
Bribie Island 14.2 585 13 1.4
Pumicestone Passage 93.4 3,111 73 9.3
Redcliffe 18.3 1,143 19 2.6
Mary River 24.5 797 20 1.6
Caboolture River 145 8,816 136 16.3
Burpengary Creek 33.7 2,415 34 4.5
Hays Inlet 42.9 2,603 42 5.3
Brisbane Coastal 12.6 922 15 2
Byron Creek 1.5 50 1 0.1
Neurum Creek 42.7 1,595 36 3.3
Sideling Creek 13.9 1,195 15 1.8
Lower Pine River 118.6 7,980 109 12.6
Upper Pine River 101.3 4,466 87 8
Stanley River 158.4 5,981 133 12.7

3.2.1.11 Wastewater Discharges

Wastewater generated by each Sewage Treatment Plant within Moreton Bay Regional Council was
estimated using data provided by UnityWater. Where available, data recorded during 2009 was used
to estimate the current annual wastewater discharged from each STP. Where this data was
unavailable, wastewater discharge from each STP was estimated using predicted 2010 EPs
(Equivalent Persons) provided by UnityWater and typical wastewater generation assumptions
outlined below. A summary of current wastewater discharges for each STP is detailed in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5 Current STP Discharge to Receiving Waters

Equivalent Discharge
Catchment STP
Persons (EP) (ML/yr)
Stanley Woodford 2,115 136
Bribie Bribie Is 21,000 1,975
Burpengary East 43,500 3,563
Caboolture
South Caboolture 45,000 2,956
Upper Pine Dayboro 1,438 0
Murrumba Downs 95,000 7,121
Lower Pine
Brendale 40,000 2,340
Hays Redcliffe 66,000 5,184
Total Wastewater Discharge 23,275
Note: Bribie Island STP discharges to groundwater, establishing a groundwater divide that prevents saltwater intrusion to the
waters used for the WTP.

Existing 2009 data on the quality of wastewater effluent discharged from each STP was also used to
estimate current pollutant loads discharged to receiving waters (based on wet and dry weather flows).
Where no records of existing water quality were available, existing concentrations were based on

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-14

design performance standards of the STP. Pollutant loads for Total Nitrogen (TN), Total Phosphorus
(TP) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) were estimated using the following method:

Annual Pollutant Load = Annual Wastewater Discharge x Median Pollutant Concentration

The adopted effluent concentrations for each STP, based on existing data or alternatively design
treatment standards (where no data exists) is summarised in Table 3-6, and the resulting pollutant
loads discharged by each STP is summarised in Table 3-7.

Table 3-6 Current 2010 Median STP Effluent Concentrations

Catchment STP Median Concentration (mg/L)


Total Suspended Total Nitrogen Total Phosphorus
Solids
Stanley Woodford 2 3.1 0.22
Bribie Bribie Is 2 1.5 0.18
Caboolture Burpengary East 2 3.9 0.12
South Caboolture 2 1.6 0.20
Upper Pine Dayboro 5 10.6 8.49
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 2 3.0 0.50
Brendale 2 3.8 0.20
Hays Redcliffe 2 4 0.10

Table 3-7 Current 2010 Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse)

Catchment STP Annual Loads (kg/yr)


Total Suspended Total Nitrogen Total Phosphorus
Solids
Stanley Woodford 271 421 30
Bribie Bribie Is 3,949 2,962 355
Caboolture Burpengary East 7,126 13,895 428
South Caboolture 5,912 4,729 591
Upper Pine Dayboro 0 0 0
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 14,242 21,363 3,561
Brendale 4,681 8,894 468
Hays Redcliffe 10,369 20,738 518

In estimating the annual pollutant loads and flows discharged to receiving waters from each STP,
reuse of effluent was also accounted for. The quantities of wastewater reused (i.e. recycled water)
were based on estimates provided in the project brief and are discussed further in Section 3.2.1.12.

It should be noted that although wastewater will be generated in each catchment, for the purposes of
establishing the current water balance and quantifying pollutant loads to receiving waters in each
catchment, wastewater has been accounted for in the particular catchment that effluent is discharged
within. Where more than one STP exists in a catchment, the sum of the flows and pollutant loads for
each STP has been calculated for that catchment (i.e. Caboolture South and Burpengary East STPs

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-15

both discharge to the Caboolture River in the Caboolture River Catchment, therefore the existing
catchment account for Caboolture reflects flows and pollutant loads for both STPs.)

Assumptions:

• Wastewater generation: Average Dry Weather Flow (ADWF) = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater
discharge = 1.2 x ADWF;

• South Caboolture effluent discharge concentrations based on combined effluent from STP and
Advanced Water Treatment Plant;

• Wet weather overflows are not accounted for due to their highly variable nature and the difficulty
in accurately quantifying such flows and pollutant loads. However wet weather pollutant loads,
while locally significant, are not expected to significantly affect catchment pollutant loads, as they
make up a small proportion of total STP flows/pollutant loads; and

• Although Household Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTPs) and septic systems may have
significant localised impacts, pollutant loads are estimated to constitute a small proportion of total
catchment pollutant loads. Calculations demonstrating this are detailed in Appendix E.
Although estimates have been undertaken to quantify these pollutant loads, they are considered
conservative and have not been included in the catchment accounts due to the difficulty in
accurately estimating pollutants discharged to receiving waters.

3.2.1.12 Recycled water

Volumes of recycled water (i.e. reused wastewater) currently used at each STP have been accounted
for in each catchment based on estimated quantities provided in the project brief. These reuse
figures are presented in Table 3-8 below.

Pollutant loads have been estimated assuming the concentrations in Table 3-8 applied to the
volumes of recycled water used. As per wastewater discharges, the water account for flow volumes
and pollutant loads of recycled water have been assigned to those catchments that the STP would
normally discharge to. Recycled water flows and pollutant loads have been subtracted from STP
discharges to waterways as previously discussed (refer Section 3.2.1.11).

Table 3-8 Current 2010 Recycled Water Use


Catchment STP Recycled Water Use
(ML/yr)
Stanley Woodford 0
Bribie Bribie Is 0
Caboolture Burpengary East 0
South Caboolture 730
Upper Pine Dayboro 88
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 1,755
Brendale 350
Hays Redcliffe 108
Total Current Recycled Water Use 3,031

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-16

Assumptions:

• Recycled water use based on quantities provided by Council / UnityWater;

• AWTP reuse from Murrumba Downs includes 3 ML/day (1,095 ML/yr) reuse to supply AMCOR
(current AWTP capacity 4 ML/day), plus an additional 1.8 ML/day (660 ML/yr) used for irrigating
golf courses;

• No discharge of effluent to surface waterways from Dayboro STP (100% land irrigation); and

• Approximately 108 ML/yr recycled water from Redcliffe STP used for irrigating golf course.

3.2.2 Catchment Constraints

In the water accounting process, various constraints in the management of the water cycle in each
catchment were identified. These include:

• Storage yields – the annual yield of surface water and groundwater storages in each catchment,
which places an upper limit on the volume of water available for potable water supply;

• Water treatment plant capacity – the ability of infrastructure to treat and distribute potable water
from storages, which also places an upper limit on potable water supply in each catchment;

• Environmental flow targets – one component of these targets sets minimum average annual flow
volumes for a number of major waterways in the MBRC region which potentially limits the
volume of water that can be extracted from these waterways;

• Sustainable loads – these targets limit the pollutant loads that can sustainably be discharged into
receiving waters while meeting water quality objectives; and

• Sewage treatment plant (STP) capacity – the design and licence capacities of STPs place a limit
on the discharges from STPs, and consequently limits the population able to be serviced by each
STP.

3.2.2.1 Storage yield

While assessments have been undertaken which quantify annual yields from water supply storages
(refer to the SEQ Regional Water Security Program - DNRM&E, 2006), to date there is no information
available in regard to their sustainable yields. Determination of sustainable yields would require
issues such as environmental flow objectives and conjunctive use arrangements to be taken into
account. The SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010) indicates that the sustainable yield of the Brisbane
groundwater aquifers, including Bribie Island and Dayboro borefields, are currently being determined.

It should be noted that potable water on Bribie Island is currently sourced from the northern
groundwater aquifer. Information sourced from the SEQ Grid Manager indicates that a sustainable
yield of 1.6 GL/yr has been estimated for this aquifer, with water being treated by the Banksia Beach
WTP. A southern aquifer exists, however the WTP associated with this aquifer (Woorim WTP) is not
currently operational. If both borefields were operational, Bribie Island would be a net exporter of
potable water. However, due to the Woorim WTP being shut down, Bribie Island currently requires
additional water imported from the Caboolture catchment.

G:\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-17

yields were based on water allocation figures included in Resource Operations Plans and presented
in the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010). These figures were also confirmed by the SEQ Water Grid
Manager.

Storage yields for surface water and groundwater storages in the MBRC are presented in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9 Annual Storage Yields


Annual Storage Yield
Storages
(GL/yr)
North Pine Dam 59
Lake Kurwongbah 7
Woodford Weir 1.1
Caboolture Weir 3.6
Bribie Island Borefield 1.6
Dayboro Borefield 0.25

Assumptions:

• Annual storage yields are assumed to be the same as the water allocation figures (i.e. volumetric
water entitlement) included in the SEQ Water Strategy (QWC, 2010); and

• The Bribie Island annual storage yield is based on a sustainable yield from Banksia Beach
Borefields of 1,576 ML/annum.

3.2.2.2 Water Treatment Plant Capacity

Water treatment plant (WTP) capacity figures were derived from a number of sources, including
SEQWater, Unitywater, and the SEQ Water Grid Manager, and are presented in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10 Water Treatment Plant Capacities


WTP Capacity
Water Treatment Plant
(GL/yr)
North Pine treatment plant (North Pine Dam) 91.3
Petrie treatment plant (Lake Kurwongbah) 16.4
Caboolture treatment plant (Caboolture Weir) 5.22
Woodford treatment plant (Woodford Weir) 1.46
Dayboro treatment plant (Dayboro borefields) 0.40
Banksia Beach treatment plant (Bribie Island borefields) 1.31

It should be noted that the WTP capacity is a nominal capacity. Treatment plant capacity at any given
time is dependent on a number of factors, such as raw water quality, scheduled maintenance and
SEQWater rostering.

Assumptions:

• That WTP capacity is constant throughout the year, at the nominal capacity rate.

3.2.2.3 Environmental Flows

Environmental flow objectives are set in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007. While these
objectives are expressed as low flow, medium and high flow objectives, for the purposes of water

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-18

accounting the mean annual flow objectives were used. These objectives are expressed as a
percentage of the mean annual flow for the pre-development flow volume. Pre-development flows are
defined as flows modelled as if there were no dams or other water infrastructure, and no water was
extracted under water authorisations. Mean annual flow must be at least the following percentage of
pre-development flow at the following specified nodes:

• Caboolture River at river mouth – 84% of pre-development flows;

• Stanley River at Woodford Weir – 95% of pre-development flows;

• Pumicestone Passage at end of system – 96% of pre-development flows;

• Pine River at mouth – 66% of pre-development flows; and

• South Pine River at confluence with North Pine River – 81% of pre-development flows.

Pre-development flows are typically quantified using DERM’s Integrated Quantity and Quality
Modelling (IQQM) computer program. However, for the purpose of water accounting, pre-
development flows were estimated using the Model for Urban Stormwater Improvement
Conceptualisation (MUSIC).

By using the mean annual environmental flow objectives and the estimated pre-development flows,
an environmental flow constraint was identified in each relevant catchment. Peak flow environmental
flow targets were not considered in this phase of the study, however they play an important role in the
management of waterway health and should be investigated further as part of phase 2 (detailed
planning).

Environmental flows and modelled pre-development and stormwater flows are discussed further in
section 4.3 and presented in Table 4-4.

Assumptions:

• In determining pre-development flows using MUSIC, catchment areas were modelled using
forested nodes, which assumes that pre-development not only relates to no water infrastructure
in place, but also no urban development in the catchment; and

• Environmental flow objectives have been based on mean annual environmental flow targets.
While it is noted that low flow and high flow objectives have been set and are important to
quantify, it was beyond the scope of this phase of the study to determine these objectives.

3.2.2.4 Sustainable Loads

Review of existing information indicates that limited studies have been undertaken to date to quantify
sustainable loads for receiving waters. Current estimates of sustainable loads in the catchment are
detailed in Table 3-11.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-19

Table 3-11 Sustainable Load Estimates


Receiving Sustainable Load Estimate (t/yr)
Waters Total Suspended Solids Total Nitrogen Total Phosphorus
Caboolture
River Estuary - 27 -
1

Pine River
6060 t/yr 135 18.3
Estuary 2
1 2
Source DERM (1998) Source BMT WBM (2008)

The sustainable load target of 75 kg/day (27 t/yr) is believed to have been set in 1998 by DERM,
however the original source of this study cannot be located. Therefore the reliability and assumptions
around this figure cannot be appropriately assessed. It is noted that a receiving water quality model
(RWQM) exists for the Caboolture River Estuary that was previously used to investigate management
strategies targeting point sources (BMT WBM, 2007). Although scenarios investigated in this study
did not meet water quality objectives (and hence sustainable loads), this model can be used as a
basis to quantify sustainable load targets for the Caboolture River Estuary in the next stage of this
study (detailed planning phase).

The sustainable load estimates for the Pine River Estuary (BMT WBM, 2008) are based on pollutant
load modelling from an area approximating the Upper Pine, Lower Pine, Sideling Creek and Hays
Inlet catchments in the current study. In order to estimate the sustainable load targets for each
catchment separately, the sustainable load estimate for the Pine River Estuary has been
proportioned among the catchments based on the total land area. The resulting sustainable load
targets for these catchments using this methodology are summarised in Table 3-12. It should be
noted that these targets are indicative only, and further investigation to verify sustainable load targets
will be required in the detailed planning phase (Phase 2) of this study.

Table 3-12 Sustainable Load Target Estimates for Catchments Draining to Pine River
Estuary
Catchment Area (ha) % of Study Approximate Sustainable Load Target (t/yr)
Area1 TSS TN TP
Upper Pine 34,890 46% 2781 62 8.4
Lower Pine 28,280 37% 2254 50 6.8
Sideling 5,267 7% 420 9 1.3
Hays 7,599 10% 606 13 1.8
Total 76,036 100% 6060 135 18.3
1
Refers to the approximate proportion of catchment area modelled in the sustainable loads study for the Pine River Estuary
(BMT WBM, 2008). This has been used to estimate the proportion of sustainable loads from each catchment.

3.2.2.5 STP Design Capacity

The current design capacity for each STP (in Equivalent Persons (EP)) has been sourced from
information provided by UnityWater. The design capacity indicates the current treatment capacity of

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-20

the plant, which may not be the same as the STP’s licenced capacity. The Design capacity is an
important constraint to consider as it can be used to give an indication of the likely timing and extent
of works (and hence expenditure) required for STP infrastructure upgrades to accommodate future
population growth.

The existing design capacity of each STP is summarised in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13 Current Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Design Capacity


Catchment STP Design Capacity (EP)
Stanley Woodford 2,000
Bribie Bribie Is 38,000
Caboolture Burpengary East 49,500
South Caboolture 40,000
Upper Pine Dayboro 2,000
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 150,000
Brendale 40,000
Hays Redcliffe 70,000

Assumptions:

• For Bribie Island STP, the design EP has been estimated using information on the design
treatment flow, and using wastewater generation assumptions (as detailed below); and

• Wastewater generation: ADWF = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater discharge = 1.2 x ADWF.

3.2.2.6 STP Licence Capacity

The current licence capacity for STPs within Moreton Bay Regional Council is summarised in Table
3-14. The existing licence capacity is important as new development approvals will be required for
works that require STPs to upgrade above the licenced capacity. Due to anticipated stringent future
environmental requirements, these upgrades may be cost prohibitive.

All STP licences, apart from Murrumba Downs, are licenced based around Equivalent Persons.
Murrumba Downs, however, has licence conditions based on pollutant loads. Therefore the licence
conditions for Murrumba Downs has been summarised separately in Table 3-15.

Table 3-14 Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Licence Capacity


Catchment STP Licence Capacity (EP)
Stanley Woodford <4,000
Bribie Bribie Is <50,000
Caboolture Burpengary East <50,000
South Caboolture <100,000
Upper Pine Dayboro <1,500
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs >100,000
Brendale <50,000
Hays Redcliffe <100,000

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-21

Table 3-15 Licence STP Pollutant Loads Limits

STP Annual Licence Limits (based on ADWF)


Discharge (ML/yr) TP (kg/yr) TN (kg/yr)
Murrumba Downs 29,0001
11,907 8,470
21,1752
South Caboolture3 5,004 25,020
1
Current target licence conditions
2
Target licence conditions from 2013
3
Conditions in negotiation with DERM, and are yet to be licenced

Future STP licences issued by DERM are anticipated to be based around annual load limits in
addition to volumetric discharges. It is noted that Unitywater is currently considering an offer by
DERM to convert the STP licence for South Caboolture to a load limit approach as well. The current
DERM offer is included in Table 3-15, however it should be noted that these conditions have not yet
been licenced.

Copies of the licences for each STP are included in Appendix A.

3.3 Future Accounts

This section presents the methodology used to develop the future water accounts. These future water
accounts represent a 2031 future scenario and were developed assuming that development and
water cycle management practices would follow a ‘business as usual’ (i.e. current practices) path.
This allowed water cycle issues to be identified (refer to Section 4) and management options to be
developed (refer to Section 5).

The water accounting elements for the future accounts are the same as the current accounts (Section
3.2), and the methodology used to quantify most of these elements is also the same. The elements
which differ from the current account are those that are impacted by increased development as a
result of population growth (e.g. wastewater discharges, water demand, etc). Other elements, such
as rainfall and evapotranspiration, are assumed to be consistent with current accounts.

The future water accounts also included assessment of potential growth associated with the
Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA) in the Caboolture catchment. Therefore, to accommodate
this option, the future water accounts contain the ‘Caboolture catchment’ and the ‘Caboolture
catchment with CIGA’.

3.3.1 Future Water Accounting Methodology

The following sections outline the methodology used to develop the future accounts (i.e. 2031).

3.3.1.1 Rainfall

Average annual rainfall volumes in 2031 were assumed to be the same as current accounts.
Although climate change predictions suggest that rainfall may be impacted by 2031, with the

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-22

uncertainty of the predictions it was assumed that rainfall volumes would remain relatively
unchanged.

Assumptions:

• Annual rainfall volumes in 2031 remain similar to current accounts, which are based on average
annual rainfall for the 29 years preceding 2010.

3.3.1.2 Evapotranspiration

Water lost out of the system due to evapotranspiration was assumed to remain unchanged from
current accounts. As with rainfall, climate change may potentially impact on potential
evapotranspiration rates, however with no firm data to base it on it was decided that
evapotranspiration would remain unchanged in the future accounts.

Assumptions:

• Annual average evapotranspiration rates in 2031 remain similar to current accounts.

3.3.1.3 Groundwater Drainage Loss

Groundwater drainage loss remained unchanged from current accounts due to it being a function of
rainfall which remains the same.

Assumptions:

• Groundwater drainage loss remaining constant though to 2031 assumes that increased
development in some catchments would not impact to any significant level on groundwater
drainage loss. While this may not be the case, due to increased impervious areas, for the water
accounting exercise it was considered appropriate to simplify this element by making this
assumption.

3.3.1.4 Rural Extractions

Volume of water extracted for rural applications was assumed to remain unchanged in 2031. This is
due to the rural land use remaining relatively unchanged, hence the volume of rural water extractions
remaining constant.

Assumptions:

• Rural management practices, including irrigation rates, remain unchanged from current levels;
and

• In line with the ‘business as usual’ approach to future water accounting, no rural water is
supplemented by other sources such as recycled water.

3.3.1.5 Reticulated Water Yield

For future accounts, reticulated water yield remained consistent with current accounts for the most
part. This assumed that surface and groundwater storages remained the same, while water imported
into the MBRC region via the NPI also remained the same as current accounts.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-23
The only varying factors in the reticulated water yield calculations were rainwater tanks and recycled
water use at Murrumba Downs. Future recycled water use from Murrumba Downs STP was
assumed to increase to 8 ML/day as per required licenced reuse conditions.

Due to an increase in urban development as part of the future scenario, rainwater tank yields
increased based on an increased population and using the following assumptions:

• 55% uptake of rainwater tanks by 2031, which includes existing dwellings plus all new dwellings
as per requirements in the building code;

• 50% of tanks are plumbed internally, while 50% are only used for outdoor gardening
requirements; and

• All other rainwater tank assumptions, such as reticulated water savings, remained the same as
current accounts.

Table 3-16 presents the estimated rainwater tank yields for existing scenario (2010) and future
scenario (2031) based on the assumptions used.

Table 3-16 Current and Future Estimated Rainwater Tank Yields


Rainwater Tank Yield
Catchment (GL/yr)
2010 2031
Bribie Island 0.06 0.23
Pumicestone Passage 0.04 0.13
Redcliffe 0.17 0.78
Mary River 0 0.00
Caboolture River 0.25 1.20
Burpengary Creek 0.15 0.69
Hays Inlet 0.22 1.19
Brisbane Coastal 0.08 0.26
Byron Creek 0 0.00
Neurum Creek 0 0.00
Sideling Creek 0 0.03
Lower Pine River 0.32 1.42
Upper Pine River 0.01 0.03
Stanley River 0.01 0.09
Total 1.32 6.05

Assumptions:

• That climate change does not significantly impact on storage yields. Although it has been
suggested that storage yields will decrease by 10%, with no definitive data it was deemed
appropriate to keep the storage yields consistent with current accounts. At any rate, the future
water accounts indicate that reducing surface water yields by 10% does not impact on the ability
to meet future water demand (refer to section 4.2 for further details); and

• Recycled water usage remains constant apart from Murrumba Downs (8 ML/day reuse as per
licence conditions) which is consistent with the ‘business as usual’ approach.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-24
3.3.1.6 Reticulated Water Demand

Reticulated water demand for future accounts was calculated in a similar manner as current
accounts, i.e. by using a GIS demand model developed by Unitywater. This model provides an
estimation of the population in equivalent persons (EP) allocated to each lot in the MBRC region in
2031.

Using the modelled future population estimates derived from the GIS demand model, water demand
was calculated using a water usage figure of 285 L/EP/day, consistent with current accounts. Existing
and future water demand is discussed further in section 4.2 and modelled water demand figures for
each catchment are presented in Table 4-2.

Assumptions:

• Water use per EP, assumed to be 285 L/EP/day, remains constant through to 2031.This
assumes that water restrictions and water conservation measures remain the same and do not
affect average water usage in the future.

3.3.1.7 Exported reticulated water

The methodology used to calculate exported reticulated water for future accounts was similar to that
used in the current accounts. The volume of exported water changed in response to increasing water
demand in each catchment.

Assumptions:

• This assumes that water exported to Brisbane remains the same as current accounts, i.e. 4%
(1.3 GL/yr) of total water production from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah. While
Brisbane will no doubt require more water due to increased population, it is assumed that
reticulated water there will be sourced internally or from other areas of the SEQ water grid.

3.3.1.8 Imported reticulated water

The methodology used to calculate imported reticulated water for future accounts was similar to that
used in the current accounts. The volume of imported water changed in response to increasing water
demand in each catchment.

Assumptions:

• The increased volume of imported reticulated water assumes that trunk infrastructure has the
required capacity to cope with the additional volume;

• It is assumed that imported water from the Sunshine Coast via the NPI remains constant. While
there is extra capacity in this pipeline, it is assumed that growth in the Sunshine Coast region
would utilise this extra capacity; and

• It is assumed that all additional reticulated water required in the future accounts was sourced
from North Pine Dam and Lake Kurwongbah.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-25
3.3.1.9 Reticulated network leakage

Reticulated network leakage was consistent with the methodology used in the current accounts, i.e.
derived by calculating 13% of the total water production in each catchment.

Assumptions:

• As reticulated network leakage in future accounts is consistent with current accounts, it is


assumed that network infrastructure is neither improved nor deteriorates, but is maintained at a
current state.

3.3.1.10 Stormwater discharges

Stormwater discharges for future accounts were quantified with the use of a Source Catchments
model. This model, developed for MBRC and utilised in the current accounts, was used to determine
stormwater flows and pollutant loads based on a 2031 future land use.

The modelled stormwater discharges also included a predicted increase in wastewater discharges
from sewage treatment plants (STPs) in 2031 (assuming a ‘business as usual’ approach). Similar to
current accounts, these wastewater discharges were separated out in the water accounts.

Table 3-17 presents the modelled stormwater discharges for the future scenario (2031).

Table 3-17 Future (2031) Modelled Stormwater Discharges per Catchment


Stormwater Discharges (without STP loads)
Catchment Flow TSS TN TP
(GL/yr) (t/yr) (t/yr) (t/yr)
Bribie Island 15 725 15 1.7
Pumicestone Passage 95.7 3,557 79 10.4
Redcliffe 19.1 1,344 21 3.1
Mary River 24.5 797 20 1.6
Caboolture River 155.7 10,684 167 21.9
Caboolture with CIGA 169.7 12,382 199 27.2
Burpengary Creek 36.3 2,832 43 6.3
Hays Inlet 50.3 4,021 60 9
Brisbane Coastal 12.8 956 15 2.1
Byron Creek 1.5 50 1 0.1
Neurum Creek 42.7 1,595 36 3.3
Sideling Creek 14 1,215 16 1.9
Lower Pine River 127.5 9,625 132 17.4
Upper Pine River 101.2 4,477 86 7
Stanley River 158.9 6,118 135 13.2

Assumptions:

• Note stormwater modelling did not include 80% / 60% / 45% pollutant load removal for TSS, TN
and TP respectively for future development.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-26
3.3.1.11 Wastewater discharges

Future (2031) wastewater generated by each STP within Moreton Bay Regional Council was
estimated using future EP predictions provided by UnityWater’s demand model. Assumptions on
typical wastewater generated by each EP are outlined below (refer assumptions). A summary of
predicted future 2031 wastewater discharges (and EP) calculated for each STP using the below
assumptions is detailed in Table 3-18. Table 3-18 includes a scenario for the Caboolture Catchment
that includes the Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA).

Table 3-18 Predicted Future (2031) STP Discharge to Receiving Waters


Catchment STP EP Discharge
(ML/yr)
Stanley Woodford 4,373 358
Bribie Bribie Is 36,361 2,978
Caboolture Burpengary East 77,410 6,340
South Caboolture 94,034 6,972
South Caboolture
(includes CIGA) 154,034 11,886
Upper Pine Dayboro 2,157 0
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 181,023 11,907
Brendale 73,000 5,629
Hays Redcliffe 84,080 6,779

Notes:
Bribie Island STP discharges to groundwater, establishing a groundwater divide that prevents saltwater intrusion to the waters
used for the WTP.
Discharge does not include wastewater that is reused (recycled water)
CIGA – Caboolture Identified Growth Area

Future predicted design treatment performance of STPs (incorporating upgrades in some instances)
and existing data on the quality of wastewater effluent (as per existing scenario) were used to
estimate future pollutant loads discharged to receiving waters. Pollutant loads for Total Nitrogen
(TN), Total Phosphorus (TP) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) were estimated using the following
method:

Annual Pollutant Load = Annual Wastewater Discharge x Median Pollutant Concentration

The adopted effluent concentrations for each STP is summarised in Table 3-19, and the resulting
pollutant loads discharged by each STP is summarised in Table 3-20.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-27

Table 3-19 Predicted Future (2031) Median STP Effluent Concentrations

Catchment STP Median Concentration (mg/L)


Total Suspended Total Nitrogen Total Phosphorus
Solids
Stanley Woodford 2 5.0 1.00
Bribie Bribie Is 2 1.5 1.00
Caboolture Burpengary East 2 3.0 0.30
South Caboolture 2 2.5 0.30
Upper Pine Dayboro 5 10.6 8.49
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 2 3.0 0.50
1
Brendale 2 2.5 0.50
Hays Redcliffe 2 5 0.1
1
Assumes plant upgrade

Table 3-20 Predicted 2031 Annual Pollutant Loads Discharged to Waters (after reuse)

Catchment STP Annual Loads (kg/yr)


Total Suspended Total Nitrogen Total Phosphorus
Solids
Stanley Woodford 716 1,791 358
Bribie Bribie Is 5,956 4,467 2,978
Caboolture Burpengary East 12,681 19,021 1,902
South Caboolture 13,944 17,430 2,092
South Caboolture
23,773 29,716 3,566
(Includes CIGA)
Upper Pine Dayboro 0 0 0
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 23,814 35,721 5,953
Brendale 11,258 14,073 2,815
Hays Redcliffe 13,557 33,893 678

In estimating the annual pollutant loads and flows discharged to receiving waters from each STP,
reuse of effluent was also accounted for. The quantities of wastewater reused (i.e. recycled water)
were based on estimates provided in the project brief and are discussed further in Section 3.3.1.12.

It should be noted that although wastewater will be generated in each catchment, for the purposes of
establishing the future water accounts and quantifying pollutant loads to receiving waters in each
catchment, wastewater has been accounted for in the particular catchment that effluent is discharged
within. Where more than one STP exists in a catchment, the sum of the flows and pollutant loads for
each STP has been calculated for that catchment.

Assumptions:

• Wastewater generation: ADWF = 187 L/EP/day; and wastewater discharge = 1.2 x ADWF;

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-28

• Zero discharge to surface waters at Dayboro STP. Existing wet weather storage dam and
irrigation areas have spare capacity to service current headworks area growth;

• Brendale STP loads assume expansion outside of headworks area and includes CSR land,
Strathpine Transport Oriented Development (TOD) and Albany Creek Redevelopment;

• Effluent concentrations are based on future treatment design standards where available (likely to
be conservative) or existing performance data;

• Wet weather overflows are not accounted for due to their highly variable nature and the difficulty
in accurately quantifying such flows and pollutant loads. However wet weather pollutant loads,
while locally significant, are not expected to significantly affect catchment pollutant loads, as they
make up a small proportion of total STP flows/pollutant loads; and

• Although Household Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTPs) and septic systems may have
significant localised impacts, pollutant loads are estimated to constitute a small proportion of total
catchment pollutant loads. Calculations demonstrating this are detailed in Appendix E.
Although estimates have been undertaken to quantify these pollutant loads, they have not been
included in the catchment accounts due to the difficulty in accurately estimating pollutants
discharged to receiving waters.

3.3.1.12 Recycled water

Volumes of future recycled water (i.e. reused wastewater) used at each STP have generally been
assumed to remain the same as existing quantities. The exception to this is Dayboro and Murrumba
Downs, where increased reuse has been assumed to satisfy licence conditions.

Pollutant loads have been estimated assuming the concentrations in Table 3-19 applied to the
volumes of recycled water used. As per wastewater discharges, the water account for flow volumes
and pollutant loads of recycled water have been assigned to those catchments that the STP would
normally discharge to. Recycled water flows and pollutant loads have been subtracted from STP
discharges to waterways as previously discussed (refer Section 3.2.1.11).

Table 3-21 Future (2031) Recycled Water Use


Catchment STP Recycled Water Use
(ML/yr)
Stanley Woodford 0
Bribie Bribie Is 0
Caboolture Burpengary East 0
South Caboolture 730
Upper Pine Dayboro 177
Lower Pine Murrumba Downs 2,920
Brendale 350
Hays Redcliffe 108
Total Current Recycled Water Use 1,936

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-29

Assumptions:

• Future recycled water use assumed to be the same as existing (based on quantities provided by
Council / UnityWater) apart from Dayboro, which is assumed to irrigate 100% of effluent;

• 8 ML/day recycled water use from Murrumba Downs to meet licence conditions (Water 19 &
Water 20, refer to Appendix A);

• No discharge of effluent to surface waterways from Dayboro STP (100% land irrigation to meet
licence conditions); and

• Approximately 296 kL/day recycled water from Redcliffe STP used for irrigating golf course.

3.3.2 Future Catchment Constraints

Catchment constraints in the future accounts are consistent with current accounts. This assumes that
the following catchments constraints remain unchanged:

• Storage yields;

• Water treatment plant capacities;

• Sewage treatment plant capacities;

• Environmental flow targets; and

• Sustainable load targets.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-30

3.4 Data Gaps

During the water accounting process, a number of data gaps were identified which impacted on the
ability to accurately identify and quantify some water cycle issues in the catchments. Ideally, during
detailed planning (Phase 2) of the TWCM planning process, these data gaps will need to be
addressed in order to effectively assess recommended solution sets. These data gaps are discussed
briefly in the following sections.

3.4.1 Sustainable Load Targets

Sustainable loads can be defined as the pollutant loads generated by a catchment (i.e. nutrients and
sediment) that a waterway can assimilate while maintaining good ecosystem health. It is important
to quantify sustainable load targets for catchments so that appropriate catchment management
strategies can be identified and assessed using these targets.

As identified in Section 3.2.2.4, limited information currently exists to reliably quantify sustainable load
targets for the catchments delineated within MBRC. Sustainable load targets derived from existing
studies are outlined in Table 3-11and Table 3-12. As noted previously, the sustainable load
estimates used for the current investigation are indicative only, and it is recognised that further
modelling and assessment is required to more accurately quantify sustainable pollutant loads.

Review of available information has indicated that receiving water quality models have been
developed for receiving estuaries and bays within the study region. These models, however, would
ideally need to be recalibrated to include wet weather events, and remodelled to specifically quantify
the sustainable pollutant loads generated from each contributing subcatchment. This would then be
used to assist in targeting management strategies at a catchment level.

Furthermore, it is noted that the existing receiving water quality models do not extend to freshwater
reaches of the catchments (hence sustainable loads in freshwater reaches have not been estimated
in the current study). Significant resources would be required to develop receiving water quality
models in freshwater reaches of the catchment to identify sustainable load targets in these waters.

3.4.2 Environmental Flows

While environmental flow targets have been set in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007, most of
these targets are set at the end of systems (i.e. river mouths) and are modelled flows. To better
understand and assess environmental flows in the major waterways in the MBRC region, it would be
beneficial to set additional targets higher up in the catchments. This would enable flow monitoring
data to be collected using flow gauging equipment, providing actual flow data as opposed to modelled
flow data.

Environmental flow analysis studies which assessed the flow regime required in each waterway in
order to maintain ecological health would also be beneficial.

With little in the way of environmental flow criteria, for the water accounting process undertaken in
this study, environmental flows were crudely assessed using MUSIC to determine pre-developed
flows in each relevant catchment. This was then compared to modelled catchment flows from a
‘Source Catchments’ model. While this provided some sort of preliminary indication as to where each

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-31

waterway was in terms of meeting environmental flow targets at the end of systems, further studies
and environmental flow data would provide a better indication of the health of waterways in the
MBRC region currently and in the future.

3.4.3 Flood Studies

During the current investigation, there was limited information readily available to identify existing /
future flooding pressures within the catchments. Therefore, in order to identify where flooding issues
may occur, it was decided that catchments with large areas of urban development were more likely to
have potential flooding issues.

However, it should be noted that while TWCM Planning can be beneficial for flooding it may not
resolve broader issues of floodplain management. To address this, MBRC is developing a Floodplain
Management Plan in parallel with the TWCM Plan. This will be a companion document to the TWCM
Plan, and will include:

• Estimates of damage associated with flooding in the Moreton Bay region, based on Regional
Floodplain Database, Storm Tide Hazard Study and other investigations;

• Condition of the existing infrastructure and determination of future infrastructure needs in order to
manage flooding and to inform capital works program;

• Other non-structural measures such as planning controls; and

• Evacuation plans for high risk areas including vulnerable communities, and at-risk infrastructure
such as hospitals, schools, aged care facilities, etc.

It is envisaged that Phase 2 of the TWCM Plan (detailed planning phase) should be undertaken in
close consultation with the Floodplain Management Plan study to identify any opportunities to
integrate solutions as part of a total water cycle management approach. For example, opportunities
to investigate stormwater harvesting where there are flooding issues, or implement WSUD /water
quality treatment measures where inundated land may need to be reclaimed.

3.4.4 Water Sensitive Urban Design

Water sensitive urban design (WSUD) devices were not accounted for in the water accounts due to a
lack of existing information on these devices. While MBRC has mapping data with the location and
type of some WSUD devices in the region, further information was not readily accessible in regard to
attributes such as size of device, upstream catchment area, and other design details.

Therefore, impacts of existing WSUD devices on water quality were not considered in the water
accounts. Nevertheless, when compared to the magnitude of other elements in the water accounts
(e.g. stormwater discharges), the impact of WSUD could be considered negligible due to the limited
number of WSUD devices in the MBRC region at present.

3.4.5 Water / Wastewater Network Capacity

The capacity of wastewater and reticulated water trunk infrastructure was not considered in the water
accounting process. While it is assumed that this data exists, the complexity of assessing the
capacity of these networks was beyond the scope of work for this phase of the TWCM planning

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
WATER ACCOUNTING 3-32

process. The detailed planning phase will require a thorough assessment of network capacity to
determine whether certain solutions are feasible and whether upgrades are required.

Therefore, for the preliminary assessment of issues in the future water accounts, a major assumption
made was that wastewater and reticulated water infrastructure could cope with the additional volumes
resulting from population growth.

3.5 Water Account Figures

Figures representing existing and future water cycle accounts developed using the above
methodology are included in Appendix C (existing water accounts) and Appendix D (future water
accounts).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-1

4 KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES


Once the current and future water accounts were developed, this enabled the identification of
relevant water cycle management issues which may potentially be experienced in the future (2031) in
each catchment. These issues relate back to some of the drivers for the TWCM process in the MBRC
region (refer to section 2), and the following sections outline the key issues in each catchment and
the process by which they were identified.

4.1 Population Growth Issues

Population growth predictions were derived from the GIS demand model (Unitywater, 2009 and
2010), which includes the population within reticulated water network catchments. Hence, these
population growth estimates predominantly relate to the urban population as rural areas are generally
not connected to the reticulated water network. Nevertheless, in line with the SEQ Regional Plan
2009-2031 (DIP, 2009b), most of the population growth is planned to be within a defined urban
footprint, so the urban population growth predictions developed using the GIS demand model
compare well to population growth predictions developed by the Planning Information and
Forecasting Unit (PIFU) for the MBRC region. This is demonstrated in Table 4-1, which includes the
population predictions for 2031 from the GIS demand model along with those from PIFU. This shows
that the GIS demand model predictions lie somewhere between the medium and high growth
scenario PIFU predictions.

Table 4-1 2031 Population Predictions

PIFU Medium Growth GIS Demand Model PIFU High Growth


Scenario Scenario
523,037 566,642 585,895

In determining whether population growth was an issue in each catchment, the urban population
growth predictions were used as an initial indicator. In catchments where the urban population was
expected to increase by more than 20,000 people, population growth was flagged as an issue in that
catchment.

Additionally, if a catchment’s predicted growth was below 20,000 people but the percentage increase
was greater than 100% (i.e. doubling of population), then population growth was flagged as an issue.
The only catchment where this was relevant was the Stanley catchment, which includes the towns of
Woodford and D’Aguilar. This doubling of population in these towns would place significant pressures
on water cycle management, therefore by flagging this catchment as having a population growth
issue, solutions could be developed and assessed.

During solution assessment workshops (refer to section 5), it was decided that Pumicestone
catchment, despite not meeting the above criteria, should also be flagged as potentially having a
population growth issue. This is due to a proposed large industrial development planned for the
catchment which may place pressures on water cycle management.

Figure 4-1 provides an indication of population numbers in each catchment for 2010, 2031, and the
increase in population. Rural catchments - such as Mary River, Neurum Creek, and Byron Creek –

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-2

are not included as they contain limited urban population and the rural population is not expected to
increase by any significant extent.

190,000
180,000 2010
170,000 2031
160,000
2010 - 2031 Increase
150,000
140,000
130,000
Urban Population Growth

120,000
110,000
100,000
90,000
80,000
70,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
0

e
l
k
e
A

ek
er

er
r
e

ta
le

e
e

ag
in

n
iff
IG

iv

iv
iv
s
re
In

re
la
P

cl

oa

ss
R

R
R
C

Is
C

C
ed
s
er

Pa
C
re

ay

ne
y
ith

ie

g
w

le
R

ar

lin
ltu

e
H

ib
w

Pi
Lo

an
e
an
ng

Br

de
oo

on
re

er
St
b
e

Si
ltu

ab

pp
is
rp

es
Br
oo

Bu

U
ic
ab

m
Pu
C

Figure 4-1 Urban Population Growth per Catchment

Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having population
growth issues:

• Caboolture • Redcliffe

• Lower Pine • Stanley

• Burpengary • Pumicestone

• Hays Inlet

4.2 Water Supply Issues

Water supply was considered an issue in catchments if future reticulated water demand could not be
met by existing water supplies. Through the water accounting process it was discovered that, even
though water demand significantly increases in the region, there is sufficient capacity in the existing
storages to accommodate this increase in demand.

To illustrate this, Table 4-2 provides a summary of reticulated water demand per catchment in 2010
and in 2031, based on GIS demand model results. This indicates that current demand is
approximately 47 GL/yr, and in 2031 this demand will be approximately 83 GL/yr (including CIGA) –
an increase of 36 GL/yr.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-3

Table 4-2 Modelled Existing and Future Water Demand per Catchment
Reticulated Water Demand
Catchment (GL/yr)
2010 2031 Increase
Caboolture with CIGA 8.7 22.7 14
Lower Pine 11.2 17.2 6
Hays Inlet 8.8 16.0 7.2
Redcliffe 6.3 9.6 3.3
Burpengary Creek 5.0 8.0 3
Brisbane Coastal 2.5 2.8 0.3
Bribie Island 2.2 2.9 0.7
Pumicestone Passage 1.2 1.4 0.2
Stanley River 0.7 1.2 0.5
Upper Pine River 0.3 0.5 0.2
Sideling Creek 0.2 0.4 0.2
Mary River 0.0 0.0 0
Neurum Creek 0.0 0.0 0
Byron Creek 0.0 0.0 0
Total 47.1 82.7 35.6

When compared to water storage data (current production, storage yields and WTP capacities) in
Table 4-3, it can be seen that there is potentially an extra 59 GL/yr of capacity which could easily be
used to accommodate the predicted increase in water demand in 2031 of 36 GL/yr. Furthermore,
even when a 10% reduction in surface water yields due to potential climate change impacts is
factored in, there is sufficient capacity to accommodate this increased future water demand.

Table 4-3 Reticulated Water Production Data and WTP Capacities


Average Current Extra
Storage Yield WTP Capacity
Water Supply Production Capacity
(GL/yr) (GL/yr)
(GL/yr) (GL/yr)
North Pine Dam 23.30 59 91.3 35.70
Lake Kurwongbah
5.46 7 16.4 1.54
(Petrie)
Woodford Weir 0.67 1.1 1.46 0.43
Caboolture Weir 2.23 3.6 5.22 1.37
Bribie Island Borefields 0.74 1.6 1.31 0.57
Dayboro Borefields 0.14 0.25 0.40 0.11
NPI 11.24 23.7 n/a 19.26
Rainwater tanks 1.32 n/a n/a n/a
Recycled Water 1.83 n/a n/a n/a
Total 46.9 96.2 116.1 59.0

It should be noted that this assumes that WTPs are able to realistically increase production up to their
nominated capacities and the associated trunk infrastructure can accommodate the increase in

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-4

volume. This also assumes that demand for water from other areas, such as Brisbane, does not
increase.

While this indicates that water supply is not an issue, the Stanley catchment was identified as
potentially having water supply issues. This is due to Woodford and D’Aguilar being relatively isolated
and the water accounting process indicating that the Woodford Weir will be at or near capacity by
2031. While Woodford and D’Aguilar are potentially able to source water from Caboolture, it was
deemed prudent to flag this as an issue in this catchment to ensure these towns maintain a level of
self-sufficiency in terms of reticulated water into the future.

On a rudimentary basis, this indicates that water supply will not be an issue in the MBRC region
(notwithstanding the Stanley catchment). When the ‘water supply guarantee’ - as per the SEQ Water
Strategy (QWC, 2010) - is also taken into consideration, then it would seem appropriate to focus on
other higher priority water cycle management issues in the MBRC region.

4.3 Environmental Flow Issues

Based on the pre-development mean annual flows modelled in MUSIC, environmental flows were
flagged as an issue in each relevant catchment when modelled catchment flows exceeded the mean
annual flow criteria set out in the Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007.

Table 4-4 includes a summary of environmental flow criteria locations, along with modelled minimum
flows (derived from MUSIC) and future modelled flows (derived from Source Catchments).

Table 4-4 Environmental Flow Criteria and Modelled Flows


Modelled Future (2031)
Environmental
Criteria Location Minimum Flow Modelled Flows
Flow Criteria 1
Required (GL/yr) 2 (GL/yr) 3
At least 84% of 168
Caboolture River at mouth 118
mean annual flow 187 (with CIGA)
Stanley River at Woodford At least 95% of
86 80
Weir mean annual flow
Pumicestone Passage at end At least 96% of
82 96
of system mean annual flow
At least 66% of
Pine River at mouth 172 243 4
mean annual flow
South Pine River at At least 81% of
92 145
confluence with North Pine mean annual flow
1 - Percentage of pre-development Mean Annual Flow
2 - Modelled pre-development flow using MUSIC multiplied by environmental flow criteria
3 - Modelled flows for 2031 using Source Catchments
4 - Combination of flows from Lower Pine, Upper Pine and Sideling Creek catchments

As indicated in Table 4-4, the only catchment with potential environmental flow issues is the Stanley
Catchment. All other catchments comply with the mean annual flow criteria, based on modelled mean
annual flow volumes.

It should be noted that the environmental flow criteria assessed only relate to mean annual flow
volumes, and do not consider environmental flow targets relating to peak flows.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-5

4.4 Climate Change Issues

Climate change may potentially impact on a range of water cycle elements. This not only includes the
impact on water supply due to a decrease in rainfall and increase in evapotranspiration, but also the
potential impact on infrastructure from increased storm surges and sea level rise.

For the purposes of the TWCM Strategy however, assessment of climate change impacts on water
cycle management was limited to impacts on water supply. This is due to the vulnerability of regional
surface water storages to potential climate change impacts. Risk to infrastructure from storm surges
and sea level rise should be considered separately in other planning studies conducted by MBRC.

Therefore, climate change was only considered an issue in a catchment if there were potential issues
with water supply in the future. In this regard, the Stanley catchment was the only catchment with a
potential water supply issue and was thus the only catchment identified as having an issue related to
climate change. However, diversification of water supply should be an outcome of the TWCM
planning process for all catchments, in order to address any potential climate change impacts.

4.5 Water Conservation Issues

Water conservation was considered an issue in a catchment if there were also issues identified with
water supply. While water conservation measures are industry standard practice (being prescribed in
the building code), additional measures that go beyond standard practice could be implemented in a
catchment where potable water was predicted to be in short supply.

However, as mentioned previously, the only catchment with an identified issue with water supply was
the Stanley catchment, and hence is the only catchment identified as having a water conservation
issue. However, similar to climate change, water conservation is considered an important issue to be
addressed by the TWCM Plan for all catchments.

4.6 Sewage Treatment Plant Capacity Issues

Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) capacity was identified as an issue in catchments where either the
design capacity or the licence capacity (in EP) were predicted to be exceeded.

A summary of the current loading status of STPs, the predicted future load treatment requirements
due to population growth and existing licence and design constraints of STPs (in EP) within MBRC is
detailed in Table 4-5. Instances where existing or future capacity is likely to be exceeded have been
highlighted in bold for ease of reference.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-6

Table 4-5 Current and Future STP Capacity Issues


Catchment STP Current EP Future EP Design Licence
Capacity (EP) Capacity
(EP)
Stanley Woodford 2,115 4,373 2,000 <4,000
Bribie Bribie Is 21,000 36,361 38,000 <50,000
Caboolture Burpengary East 43,500 77,410 49,500 <50,000
South
45,000 94,034 40,000 <100,000
Caboolture
South
Caboolture N/A 154,034 40,000 <100,000
(includes CIGA)
Upper Pine Dayboro 1,438 2,157 2,000 <1,500
Lower Pine Murrumba
95,000 181,023 150,000 >100,0002
Downs
Brendale 40,000 73,0001 40,000 <50,000
Hays Redcliffe 66,000 84,080 70,000 <100,000
1
Assumes future development includes expansion outside of headworks area and includes CSR land, Strathpine TOD and
Albany Creek Redevelopment
2
Recent upgrades to Murrumba Downs are licenced through volumetric discharge and load limits (currently met)

Figure 4-2 illustrates the current loading of STPs with respect to current design and licence capacity
constraints.

Licence EP Capacity
140000 Current EP 140000
Design EP Capacity

120000 120000
Equivalent Persons (EP)

100000 100000

80000 80000

60000 60000

40000 40000

20000 20000

0 0
Burpengary East
Bribie Is

Murrumba Downs
Dayboro
Woodford

Brendale

Redcliffe
South Caboolture 

Figure 4-2 Current STP Capacity

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-7
Figure 4-2 and Table 4-5 indicate the following STPs with design capacity issues within MBRC
catchments:

• Stanley River Catchment - Woodford STP currently exceeds design capacity;

• Caboolture River Catchment - Caboolture South STP currently exceeds design capacity; and

• Lower Pine River Catchment – Brendale STP is currently at design capacity.

Stanley and Caboolture South STPs are both scheduled for capacity upgrades prior to 2011 and
2018 respectively, while it is proposed that sewage from Brendale STP will be diverted to Luggage
Point STP (Kedron Brook Transfer Scheme) to defer upgrades until approximately 2016.

With regards to key future (2031) STP capacity management issues within MBRC, Figure 4-3 and
Figure 4-4 illustrate the predicted future loading of STPs with respect to current design and licence
capacity constraints. The STPs have been arranged in order of design/licence exceedance for ease
of reference. In both cases, the Caboolture CIGA scenario is expected to place the greatest
pressures on existing design capacity and licence requirements.

200000 200000

Future EP Design EP
180000 180000

160000 160000
Equivalent Persons (EP)

140000 140000

120000 120000

100000 100000

80000 80000

60000 60000

40000 40000

20000 20000

0 0
South Caboolture CIGA

Dayboro
Burpengary East

Woodford
Murrumba Downs

Bribie Is
Redcliffe
South Caboolture 

Brendale 

Figure 4-3 Future (2031) EP and Design Capacity Constraints

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-8
200000 200000
Future EP Licence EP
180000 180000

160000 160000
Equivalent Persons (EP)

140000 140000

120000 120000

100000 100000

80000 80000

60000 60000

40000 40000

20000 20000

0 0
South Caboolture CIGA

Dayboro
Burpengary East

Woodford

Bribie Is

Murrumba Downs
Redcliffe
Brendale 

South Caboolture 
Figure 4-4 Future (2031) EP and Licence Capacity Constraints

It should be noted that the recently upgraded Murrumba Downs STP has had nutrient loads limits
imposed in its licence conditions in addition to volumetric flow constraints. Table 4-6 indicates the
future (2031) predicted discharge at the Murrumba Downs STP with respect to key licenced
discharge constraints. Future discharges predicted to exceeded licence limits are highlighted in bold.

Table 4-6 Murrumba Downs Future Licence Constraints


Licence Parameter 2031 Predicted Licence
Discharge1 Constraint
Volumetric Discharge (ML/yr) 11,907 8,3222
TP Annual Dry Weather Load (kg/yr) 5,953 8,470
TN Annual Dry Weather Load (kg/yr) 35,721 21,1753
1
Predicted discharge takes into account 8 ML/day reuse as per licence conditions
2
Derived from licence condition of 22.8 ML/day ADWF discharge (excluding 8 ML/day reuse)
3
TN Target set from 1 January 2013

From the above information, the following key future STPs capacity issues have been identified within
MBRC catchments:

• Caboolture River Catchment: South Caboolture and Burpengary East STPs predicted to exceed
both design and licence capacities;

• Lower Pine River Catchment: Brendale STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities; Murrumba Downs STP predicted to exceed design capacity and licence limits for
volumetric discharge and Total Nitrogen;

• Stanley River Catchment: Woodford STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities;

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-9

• Upper Pine River Catchment: Dayboro STP predicted to exceed both design and licence
capacities; and

• Hays Inlet Catchment: Redcliffe STP predicted to exceed design capacity.

Those STPs predicted to exceed licence capacities present key management issues as development
approvals will be required to proceed with upgrades. Future development approvals and STP
licences are likely to licence nutrient load limits in addition to volumetric discharges (as done for
Murrumba Downs STP) in order to satisfy the intent of legislative requirements (EPP Water). To gain
these approvals, it is likely that significant treatment and/or reuse will be required. Council have also
committed to the SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007 - 2012, and specifically the Point Source
Pollution Management Action Plan - which has a target to prevent 100% of nutrient point sources
from entering Moreton Bay by 2026. The reuse of future predicted increases in STP discharge will
therefore be a key future management issue to be addressed.

Furthermore, the future increase in pollutant loads from STPs is significant and will place additional
pressures on the ecological health of receiving waters (should loads be discharged rather than
reused/treated), which are already under pressure as demonstrated by EHMP report card scores.

4.7 Water Quality Issues

To determine whether water quality would be a potential issue in a catchment in the future, existing
water quality was assessed in each catchment along with likely potential future pressures. To achieve
this, a number of water quality related aspects were assessed concurrently, including:

• The existing water quality in the catchment and/or receiving bay, based on EHMP report card
scores;

• The existing and future pollutant loads from stormwater and STP discharges into receiving
waters;

• The MBRC water quality monitoring data, which provided an indication of water quality hotspots
which do not meet water quality objectives; and

• Whether the catchment contains or drains into a potable surface water storage.

The EHMP report card scores, as presented in Table 4-7, were used to assess the general water
quality of a catchment. A catchment was initially flagged with water quality issues if the existing score
did not meet a ‘C’ rating (fair) in receiving waters.

Diffuse (stormwater) and point source (STP) pollutant loads for each catchment were then examined
to determine the magnitude of pollutants being discharged into receiving waters both currently and in
the future. Stormwater pollutant loads were derived using the ‘Source Catchment’ modelling
program. Point source pollutant loads from STPs were derived for each catchment using anticipated
STP volumetric discharges and concentrations (detailed in Section 3.2.1.11 and 0). .Figure 4-5,
Figure 4-6, and Figure 4-7 present the pollutant loads generated in each catchment in regard to TSS,
TN and TP respectively. The figures are presented in order of the predicted magnitude of future
pollutant loads.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-10

Table 4-7 EHMP Scores


Catchment Freshwater Estuary/Marine
2009 2010 2009 2010
Stanley River Catchment1 B B-
Pumicestone Passage Catchment & Estuary1 B C- C+ D+
Caboolture River Catchment & Estuary C C+ D- D
Pine Rivers Catchment & Estuary C- C- D+ C-
Deception Bay D- D+
Bramble Bay F D+
Overall Moreton Bay D C
Report Card Ratings: A = Excellent B = Good C = Fair D = Poor F = Fail
1
Catchment and monitoring sites also extend into other SEQ Council jurisdictions

14000

13000

12000

11000

10000
Total Suspended Solids (t/yr)

9000

8000
2010
7000 2031
2010 - 2031 Increase
6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
al
ne

ry
A

re

ne

ek
ne

n
k
y

ie
e
ay
le

ee

ar

ro
iff
IG

st
ga

ib
ltu

re
Pi

to
Pi
an

cl

By
oa
H

Br
r
C

en

C
oo

es

C
ed
er

er
St

C
th

g
ic
ab

rp
w

pp

lin
w

ne
m

ru
Lo

Bu
C
ro

de
Pu

eu

ba
G

Si
N

is
re

Br
ltu
oo
ab
C

Figure 4-5 TSS Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources)

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-11

270
255
240
225
210
195
180
Total Nitrogen (t/yr)

165
150 2010
135 2031
120 2010 - 2031 Increase
105
90
75
60
45
30
15
0

al
ys
ne

ry
A

re

ne

ek
ne

n
y

ie

ek
e
le

ar

ro
iff
IG

st
ga

ib
ltu

Ha

re
Pi

re
to
Pi
an

cl

By
oa
Br
C

en
oo

C
es

C
ed
er

er
St

C
th

g
ic
ab

rp
w

pp

lin
w

ne
m

ru
Lo

Bu
C
ro

de
Pu

eu

ba
G

Si
N

is
re

Br
tu
ol
bo
Ca

Figure 4-6 TN Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources)

36
34
32
30
28
26
24
Total Phosphorus (t/yr)

22
20 2010
18 2031
16 2010 - 2031 Increase
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
al
e

s
A

re

ry

ek
ne

ne
y

ek

n
ie

y
fe
ay
le

ar
in

ro
IG

st
ga

ib
ltu

lif
re

re
to

Pi
P

an

By
oa
H

Br

dc
C

en

C
oo

es

C
er

er
St

C
e
th

g
ic
ab

rp
w

pp

lin
w

ne
m

ru
Lo

Bu
C
ro

de
Pu

eu

ba
G

Si
N

is
re

Br
ltu
oo
ab
C

Figure 4-7 TP Catchment Loads (Point & Diffuse Sources)

Figure 4-5 to Figure 4-7 demonstrate that the greatest pollutant loads are likely to be generated from
the Caboolture catchment (with and without the CIGA), Lower Pine and Stanley River catchments.
Apart from the Stanley, these catchments also generally had the largest expected increases in future
pollutant loads (from existing loads). Management of stormwater pollutant loads from future

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-12

development pressures in these catchments and others is likely to be key future management issued
to be addressed, particularly where EHMP scores (refer Table 4-7) indicate receiving waters are in
poor ecological health.

Catchments with fair to poor EHMP report card scores, and those with large pollutant loads being
discharged into receiving waters, particularly in instances where they exceed sustainable load
estimates (where available), have therefore been identified as having a water quality issue.

Additionally, catchments were also flagged if Council’s water quality monitoring data suggested that
there were water quality hot spots in the catchment. These results were generally aligned with EHMP
report card scores, however enabled a more localised assessment of water quality within catchments
where the EHMP presents a combined report card score. Catchments identified as containing sample
locations where ecological health was slightly to heavily impacted (QWQG/ANZECC) include Hays
Inlet, Redcliffe, Upper Pine, Lower Pine, and Sideling Creek.

Finally, catchments were identified as having potential water quality issues in 2031 if they contained
development pressures and drained into potable surface water storages (i.e. drinking water
Environmental Values). These catchments include the Stanley (draining into Somerset and Wivenhoe
Dams), Upper Pine (containing North Pine Dam), Sideling Creek (containing Lake Kurwongbah) and
potentially groundwater aquifers on Bribie Island.

Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having water quality
issues:

• Stanley • Pumicestone

• Bribie • Caboolture

• Burpengary • Upper Pine

• Sideling Creek • Hays Inlet

• Redcliffe • Lower Pine

• Brisbane Coastal

4.8 Water Quantity Issues

As mentioned previously, there was limited information readily available to identify existing / future
flooding pressures within the catchments. Therefore, in order to identify where flooding issues may
occur, it was decided that catchments with large areas of urban development were more likely to
have potential flooding issues, and were flagged as potentially having water quantity (flooding)
issues.

4.9 Environmentally Sensitive Area Issues

There are a number of environmentally sensitive areas in the MBRC region, comprising national
parks, state forests, conservation areas, reserves, wetlands and High Ecological Value (HEV) areas.
Refer to section 2.10 and Figure 3-1 for further details in regard to these environmentally sensitive
areas.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-13
To determine whether environmentally sensitive areas may potentially be impacted by various
elements of water cycle management in a catchment, a preliminary assessment was conducted. This
assessment consisted of identifying where development is likely to occur in a catchment (based on
the SEQ Regional Plan urban footprint) and whether this development would impact directly on any of
these areas. For example, if future development potentially impacts on habitat values or wildlife
movement corridors associated with environmentally sensitive areas in a catchment, then it was
flagged.

Additionally, if it was identified that pollutant loads from a catchment discharge to an area identified as
being a HEV area, then it was flagged. This includes catchments such as Hays Inlet and Lower Pine
which discharge into a HEV area and a RAMSAR wetland.

Therefore, using the above rationale, the following catchments were flagged as having potential
issues in relation to environmentally sensitive areas:

• Pumicestone • Hays Inlet

• Bribie • Lower Pine

• Redcliffe • Caboolture

4.10 Summary of Issues

As a result of identifying potential future water cycle management issues in each catchment using the
methodology outlined in the sections above, the relevant issues per catchment are summarised and
presented in Table 4-8.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-14

Table 4-8 Summary of Issues per Catchment

Issue

Environmentally
Climate Change

Sensitive Areas
Water Quantity
Environmental

Water Quality
Water Supply

Conservation

STP Capacity
Population

(flooding)
Growth

Flows

Water
Catchment

Mary
Stanley X X X X X X X
Pumicestone X X X
Bribie X X
Caboolture X X X X X
Burpengary X X X X
Byron
Redcliffe X X X X X
Hays Inlet X X X X X
Upper Pine X X
Sideling X
Lower Pine X X X X X
Brisbane
X
Coastal
Neurum Creek

The identified issues per catchment are also presented graphically using ‘issue wheels’ in Figure 4-8.
The ‘issue wheels’ provide an indication of which issues have been identified in each catchment.

With the water cycle issues identified in each catchment, appropriate solutions can then be
developed to address these issues. The process of developing and assessing these solutions is
discussed in Section 5.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
KEY WATER CYCLE MANAGEMENT ISSUES 4-15

A B
I C
Mary H D Issues:
G F E

A Population Growth

A B
B Water Supply
I C
H D
G F E C Environmental Flow
Stanley
A B D Climate Change
I C
Pumicestone A B H D
I C G F E
A B H D
E Water Conservation
Neurum I C G F E
H D Bribie
G F E A B F STP Capacity
I C
H D
G F E Caboolture G Water Quality
A B
I C
H D I
A B H Water Quantity
C
G F E
Burpengary H D (Flooding)
G F E
Byron Redcliffe
A B A B A B
I C
I C I C
I
A B
C I Environmentally
H D H D H D
G F E G F E G F E H D Sensitive Areas
G F E
Sideling Hays Inlet
Upper Pine

A B
I C
H D
G F E

Lower Pine
A B Brisbane
I C
H D Coastal
G F E

Figure 4-8 Water Cycle Management Issues per Catchment

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-1

5 SOLUTIONS

5.1 Development of Solutions

A number of potential management responses have been identified to address the issues identified
within each catchment. These management responses are referred to as ‘solutions’ herein. All
possible solutions were identified at a conceptual level without regard to practicality or costs to ensure
that all possible options were sufficiently considered.

In developing solutions, it is recognised that each solution may address a number of issues, rather
than just one. For example, stormwater harvesting addresses both water supply and water quality
issues. Additionally, it is likely that a number of solutions (a ‘solution set’) may be required for each
catchment, depending on the specific issues identified within each individual sub catchment. The
primary issues addressed by each solution were documented to assist in identifying which solutions
were applicable to consider within each catchment. A range of solutions were developed to ensure a
wide variety of options were put forward for review in each catchment, ranging from centralised to
decentralised solutions, and incorporating conventional to innovative ideas. A summary of the
solutions assessed for each catchment (depending on the specific issues identified within each
catchment) is shown in Table 5-1. A further detailed list of all the solutions including their descriptions
is provided in Appendix F.

It is noted that some of the solutions initially developed in Table 5-1 were not scored. A brief
description of why workshop participants decided that these solutions were not applicable to score is
provided below:

• Solution 1 (S1): Build New Surface Water Storages – further investigation of this solution was not
considered to be feasible within the MBRC area;

• Solution 4 (S4): Upgrade and/or construct new water supply infrastructure - this is considered to
be necessary and will be defined by Council’s Desired Standards of Service;

• Solution 13 (S13): Water efficient appliances and fittings – this is already being implemented
within the MBRC area;

• Solution 15 (S15): Implementation of water restrictions – this was not considered further as it is
the States responsibility and not an option that Council can drive; and

• Solution 34 (S34): Implement floodplain risk management measures – this was not assessed as
it is largely dependent on concurrent studies underway and hence requirements will be assessed
as part of these studies (Floodplain Management Plan).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-2
Table 5-1 Solutions Assessed for Each Catchment

Pumicestone

Burpengary

Lower Pine
Caboolture

Upper Pine

Hays Inlet

Brisbane
Redcliffe
Sideling

Coastal
Stanley
Solution

Bribie

CIGA
S1: Build new regional surface water storages and associated infrastructure Not Assessed
S2: Upgrade Water Treatment Plants to provide additional capacity/ improve water quality
S3: Rely on Water Supply Guarantee in the SEQ Water Strategy
S4: Upgrade and/or construct new trunk water supply infrastructure to boost capacity Not Assessed
S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users
S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW)
S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses
S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse
S11:Stormwater harvesting for potable reuse
S12: Mandatory lot-scale greywater reuse
S13: Water efficient appliances and fittings Not Assessed
S14: Pressure reduction on trunk water supply infrastructure
S15: Implementation of water restrictions Not Assessed
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes
S17: Xeriscaping - landscaping using drought tolerant plant species
S18: Increase price of water to minimise water wastage
S19: Limit rural water extraction and supplement with other sources
S20: Implement WSUD for hydrologic management

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-3

Pumicestone

Burpengary

Lower Pine
Caboolture

Upper Pine

Hays Inlet

Brisbane
Redcliffe
Sideling

Coastal
Stanley
Solution

Bribie

CIGA
S21: Strategic release of water from dams to maintain environmental flows downstream
S22: Recycled water pumped to downstream side of dams and weirs (Environmental Flows)
S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure
S24: Storage of excess inflows during storm events
S25: Diversion of sewage to STPs with capacity
S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows)
S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer
S28: Ocean outfall from STPs instead of discharge into rivers and creeks
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams
S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites
S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit
S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion, application of fertilisers and
pesticides at minimal rates, etc)
S34: Implement floodplain risk management measures (property/response/flood modification Not Assessed
measures) (Flooding)
S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented

Indicates Solution Assessed Using MCA

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-4

5.2 Assessment of Solutions using MCA

To assist in the selection of solutions to be further investigated during the detailed planning stage,
Multi Criteria Analysis (MCA) was used.

Multi Criteria Analysis is a management tool that allows the incorporation of monetary and non-
monetary data of various options by assigning scores and weights to criteria used to assess the
various options. The weights express the importance of each criteria effect to the decision-maker or
stakeholders. A key feature of MCA is the emphasis on the judgment of the decision-making team.
This judgment needs to be exercised in establishing objectives and criteria, estimating the relative
importance (weights) of criteria and in judging the contribution of each option to each performance
criterion (scoring).

In this case, the MCA process has been undertaken through workshops with key stakeholders and
experts, and in consultation with local Councillors.

The key steps undertaken in the MCA process included:

1. Develop and agree on the list of criteria for evaluating the solutions;

2. Determine the relative importance and weighting of the assessment criteria;

3. Score the impact of the solutions with respect to each criteria;

4. Combine the scores for each criteria with the criteria weighting to provide an overall score for
each solution; and

5. Select the preferred solution set for each catchment.

These steps are discussed in more detail in the following sections.

5.2.1 Development of Criteria for Evaluating Solutions

Criteria with which to assess the performance of each solution were developed around Triple Bottom
Line (TBL) principles and include the following three criteria categories:

• Environment;

• Social; and

• Economic.

The individual criteria within each of these categories have been developed based on previous work
undertaken for the Northern Growth Corridor Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy
(MWH, 2006) and through consultation with Councillors (21 October 2010), representatives from
MBRC and UnityWater and an Expert Panel.

In developing criteria, the following objectives were set:

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-5

Environmental Objectives:

• Protect and enhance the environmental values of receiving waters (including those relating to
aquatic ecosystem and human use; ensuring sustainable flows & loads; minimising alteration of
natural flow and water quality regimes); and

• Reduce greenhouse gas emissions, ensuring solutions have minimal impact on energy
consumption and carbon emissions contributing to climate change.

Social Objectives:

• Ensure the security of future water supplies (including water conservation strategies,
diversification of water supply sources and consideration of alternate water sources to achieve ‘fit
for use‘ (rainwater, stormwater, recycled water));

• Protect community health and well being; and

• Ensure urbanisation does not increase the risk of flooding.

Economic Objectives:

• Delay/avoid the need for expensive infrastructure upgrades; and

• Ensure the economic sustainability of the region.

Another objective set was to meet legislative and policy drivers, including:

• Queensland Development Code (Schedule 1 of the Building Act 1975);

• Water Act 2000;

• Water Supply (Safety & Reliability) Act 2008;

• SEQ Healthy Waterways Strategy;

• SEQ Natural Resource Management Plan;

• SEQ Regional Water Security Program; and

• Draft SEQ Climate Change Management Plan.

The adopted criteria for the MCA process are outlined in Table 5-2.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-6

Table 5-2 Adopted MCA Criteria

Environmental Criteria
Changes in water quality in inland water systems, as well as changes to biodiversity, and bed
and bank integrity
Changes in hydrology
Changes to water quality and biodiversity in estuaries and Moreton Bay
Changes in water quality and flow and biodiversity of groundwater systems
Changes in emissions of greenhouse gases
Impact on environmentally sensitive values
Social Criteria
Impacts on water supply
Impacts on human health
Impacts on public amenity/recreation
Impacts on flooding hazard
Level of community understanding, engagement and ownership
Public acceptability
Economic Criteria
Financial impacts on MBRC/ Unitywater – Outlays, capital and operating expenditure and
revenue
Financial impacts including costs and cost savings on consumers (e.g. infrastructure
charges) and other organisations
Impacts on local industries that rely on the environment (Fisheries, tourism)
Employment plus local economic sustainability

A more detailed description of the criteria is provided in Appendix G.

5.2.2 Weighting the Criteria

The relative importance of each criteria category (environmental, social and economic) and individual
criteria within each criteria category was assigned using the input of expert panel and workshop
participants. Sensitivity tests were undertaken to assess how changing the weighting for criteria
categories affected the preferred solution sets. Results of the sensitivity analyses indicated that
although the ranking of preferred solutions changed, overall the top solutions remained the same and
therefore adopted ‘solution sets’ were not significantly affected. Therefore it was decided that an
even weighting distribution between environmental, social and economic criteria categories be
adopted.

The adopted criteria weighting and results of the sensitivity analysis were presented to Councillors on
10 November 2010 for review and approval. The adopted weighting of criteria is shown in Table 5-3
below.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-7

Table 5-3 Adopted Criteria Weighting

Criteria Category Criteria Criteria Weighting


& Weighting
Environmental Changes in water quality in inland water systems, as well as 10%
changes to biodiversity, and bed and bank integrity
Weighting = 33.3%
Changes in hydrology 10%
Changes to water quality and biodiversity in estuaries and 30%
Moreton Bay
Changes in water quality and flow and biodiversity of 5%
groundwater systems
Changes in emissions of greenhouse gases 15%
Impact on environmentally sensitive values 30%
Total Environmental Criteria Weighting 100%
Social Impacts on water supply 20%
Weighting = 33.3% Impacts on human health 20%
Impacts on public amenity/recreation 20%
Impacts on flooding hazard 10%
Level of community understanding, engagement and 10%
ownership
Public acceptability 20%
Total Social Criteria Weighting 100%
Economic Financial impacts on MBRC – Outlays, capital and operating 30%
expenditure and revenue
Weighting = 33.3%
Financial impacts including costs and cost savings on 30%
consumers (e.g. infrastructure charges) and other
organisations
Impacts on local industries that rely on the environment 15%
(Fisheries, tourism)
Employment plus local economic sustainability 25%
Total Economic Criteria Weighting 100%

5.2.3 Scoring the Options

The scoring of solutions identified in Section 5.1 was undertaken by an Options Analysis Team
nominated by MBRC and approved by Councillors on 21 October 2010. Workshop participants
invited to attend included:

• Councillors;

• Strategic Coordination Advisory Group (SCAG);

• MBRC representatives; and

• UnityWater representatives.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-8
Expert advisors involved in the project study were also invited to attend. A list of attending workshop
participants is included in Appendix H.

The scoring was facilitated at Caboolture Councill Chambers over three half day workshops,
undertaken on the following dates:

• Friday 29 October 2010;

• Monday 1 November 2010; and

• Wednesday 3 November 2010.

The scoring was undertaken on a solution/option basis for each catchment i.e. each solution was
scored for all relevant catchments before moving on to the next solution. The scoring was
undertaken using a consensus method. That is, each solution was discussed and debated in terms
of how it satisfied each individual criteria (refer Appendix G), and was scored by the workshop
facilitator with the consensus of workshop participants.

Due to project time and resource constraints, a semi-quantitative/qualitative scoring system was
used. Where appropriate, solution scores in catchments were adjusted to reflect the potential scale of
pressures from development of that particular catchment in comparison to the whole MBRC Region.
Scoring of the outcomes generated by each solution against each individual assessment criteria was
undertaken using the scoring system detailed in Table 5-4. The scoring was undertaken by
comparison of the proposed solution scenario against the future base case of 2031 with ‘business as
usual’ (i.e. with no mitigation measures/solutions implemented).

Table 5-4 MCA Scoring System

Qualitative Description Score


Very much better +4
Much better +3
Moderately better +2
Little better +1
No change (same as base case) 0
Little worse -1
Moderately worse -2
Much worse -3
Very much worse -4

5.2.4 Calculation of Overall Weighted Scores

Once the initial scoring (as described in Section 5.2.3) was completed, the weighted score was
calculated for each criteria score (for all solutions and all catchments). The weighted score adjusts
the scoring for each criteria based on the relative importance of the individual criteria and the criteria
category (which was assumed to be equal for environment, social and economic categories).

For example, assuming the original performance score for Solution X against the Criteria “Impacts to
Human Water Supply” was 3 (‘much better’), the weighted criteria score of “Impacts to Human Water
Supply” was calculated using the following method:

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-9
Weighted Criteria Score = Original Score x Criteria Category Weighting x Individual Criteria Weighting

= 3 x 33.3% x 20%

= 0.2

The overall weighted score of each solution was then estimated by applying the following calculation:

Overall Weighted Score of Solution X = Sum of the Weighted Scores of Criteria 1 to Criteria n
of Solution X.

The above calculation was undertaken to estimate the performance of each solution in each
catchment, using triple bottom line principles.

As previously discussed, a sensitivity analysis was undertaken of the criteria category weighting. The
results of the sensitivity analysis are shown in Table 5-5. Table 5-5 indicates that despite the
difference in criteria category weightings, the highest ranking solutions are generally quite similar.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-10

Table 5-5 Results of MCA Sensitivity Analysis

Even
Weighting Sensitvity 1 Sensitivity 2 Sensitivity 3
Environmental Weighting 33.3% 30% 40% 20%
Social Weighting 33.3% 30% 40% 30%
Economic Weighting 33.3% 40% 20% 50%
S6: Recycled Water (Agricultural Use) 2.34 2.28 2.46 2.32
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation 2.21 2.04 2.55 1.93
S33: Rural Best Management Practices 2.14 1.98 2.46 1.85
S16: Education & Capacity Building 1.84 1.70 2.11 1.58
S32: WSUD No Worsening 1.48 1.30 1.82 1.17
S7: Sewer Mining 1.37 1.20 1.71 1.12
S10: Stormwater Harvesting (Non-potable Use) 1.33 1.13 1.73 0.92
S5: Recycled Water (Urban Use) 1.31 1.08 1.77 0.81
S30: Erosion & Sediment Control 1.23 1.14 1.43 1.04
S31: WSUD Retrofit 1.08 0.88 1.47 0.69
S9: Rainwater Tanks (Non-potable Uses) 0.97 0.84 1.25 0.69
S3: Rely on Water Supply Guarantee in the SEQ Water Strategy 0.82 0.76 0.94 0.79
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) 0.80 0.68 1.05 0.47
S26: Smart Sewers 0.71 0.70 0.73 0.64
S35: Cap on Population 0.66 0.69 0.59 0.84
S21: Strategic Release of Water from Dams 0.60 0.51 0.78 0.35
S27: Prevention of Illegal Stormwater Connections to Sewer 0.49 0.53 0.41 0.55
S11:Stormwater Harvesting (Potable Use) 0.40 0.24 0.73 0.00
S14: Pressure Reduction (Trunk Water Supply) 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.27
S28: STP Ocean outfall 0.25 0.13 0.50 -0.11
S20: WSUD for Hydrologic Management 0.24 0.19 0.35 0.05
S17: Xeriscaping 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.06
S25: Diversion of Sewage to STPs with Capacity 0.02 -0.05 0.14 -0.13
S12: Mandatory Lot-Scale Greywater Reuse -0.06 -0.14 0.10 -0.33
S2: Upgrade WTPs -0.08 -0.06 -0.14 0.02
S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure -0.15 -0.32 0.24 -0.60
S24: Storage of Excess Sewage Inflows During Rainfall -0.36 -0.56 0.05 -0.82
S19: Limit Rural Water Extraction -0.50 -0.60 -0.31 -0.76
S18: Increase Price of Water -0.56 -0.62 -0.46 -0.77
S22: Recycled Water to Maintain Environmental Flows -1.77 -1.77 -1.76 -1.76

High Ranking Solution (Score >1)


Medium Ranking Solution (Score 0.5 - 1)
Low Ranking Solution (Score 0.01 - 0.5)
Zero / Negative Ranking Solution

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-11

5.2.5 Selection of Preferred ‘Solution Sets’ for Detailed


Investigation

Using the overall weighted solution scores, solutions were ranked from highest to lowest for each
catchment. The top ranking solutions were then selected for each catchment until it was satisfied that
a group of solutions or ‘solution set’ had been selected that sufficiently addressed all issues identified
within the catchment of interest. This process allowed all options to be initially screened and the best
options (i.e. solution set) to be selected for further investigation and refinement in the detailed
planning phase. The solution sets selected for each catchment are detailed in Section 5.3. It should
be noted that as no key issues were identified in the Mary River, Byron Creek and Neurum Creek
catchments, solution sets for these catchments were not deemed necessary.

The average scores of solutions for all catchments were also calculated to give an indication of the
preferred solutions over the entire MBRC area, i.e. those solutions that scored positively (>0). The
catchments were also further separated and grouped into those that consist of predominantly urban
areas, and those that consist of predominantly rural land uses. The average solution scores were
then assessed using these ‘urban’ and ‘rural’ catchment groupings to give an indication of the most
viable options for these areas. Average MCA scores for solutions that scored positively on a whole of
region, urban and rural catchment scale are presented in Figure 5-1.

The average scores from the MCA presented in Figure 5-1 indicate that on a whole of region and
urban catchment scale, recycled water for agricultural land use rated as the highest (i.e. best option),
while rural best management practices rated the highest for rural catchments. Although the orders
were slightly different, the top 5 ranking solutions for whole of region, urban and rural catchments
were the same and included:

• Recycled water for agricultural land uses;

• Riparian revegetation;

• Rural best management practices;

• Education and capacity building; and

• Water Sensitive Urban Design that achieves no worsening objectives.

It is noted that a combination of solutions are likely to be required to address specific issues identified
in each catchment, and some solutions that did not rate highly (i.e. upgrade of STP capacity) may still
be required to adequately address issues. The recommended selection of solution sets for further
investigation in the detailed planning stage (in order of ranked preference from MCA) to satisfy issues
specific to each catchment is further detailed in Section 5.3.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-12

3.0
Solution Number Key:
MBRC Rural Catchments Urban Catchments S6: Recycled Water (STP) Agricultural use
S29: Riparian Reveg (3/4order streams)
S33: Rural BMPs incl Revegetation
S16: Education & Capacity Building
2.5 S32: WSUD No Worsening
S7: Sewer Mining
S10: Stormwater Harvesting (Non Potable Use)
S5: Recycled Water (STP) to Urban Users
S30: Erosion & Sediment Control
Average Solution Scores from MCA

S31: WSUD Retrofit


2.0
S9: Rainwater Tanks (Non Potable Use)
S3: Rely on Water Supply Guarantee
S8: Purified Recycled Water into North Pine Dam
S26: Smart Sewers
S35: Population Cap
1.5 S21: Strategic Release of Water from Dams
S27: Prevention of Illegal SW Connections to Sewers
S11: Stormwater Harvesting (Potable Use)
S14: Pressure Reduction (Trunk Water Supply infrast.)
S28: Ocean Outfall from STPs
S20: WSUD (Hydrologic Management)
1.0 S17: Xeriscaping
S25 STP S Di i

0.5

0.0
S6 S29 S33 S16 S32 S7 S10 S5 S30 S31 S9 S3 S8 S26 S35 S21 S27 S11 S14 S28 S20 S17 S25

-0.5
Solution Numbers

Figure 5-1 MCA Solution Results for Whole of Region (MBRC), Rural and Urban Catchments

5.3 Recommended Solution Sets

Recommended solutions sets identified for each catchment for further investigation as a result of the
Multi Criteria Analysis are detailed in the Table 5-6 to Table 5-17 below. These tables also indicate
the future issues specific to each catchment (as identified in Section 4.10) and the solutions selected
to target each key issue. Although the responsibility for implementing the solutions is likely to be
shared, an indication of the key mechanism for implementing each solution has been colour coded for
ease of reference (i.e. Council Policy, Council Infrastructure, Unitywater Infrastructure).

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-13

Table 5-6 Stanley River Catchment Solution Set

Implementation Key:

I Environmentally Sensitive
H Water Quantity (flooding)
Unitywater A B

C Environmental Flows
I C

E Water Conservation
Council Policy

A Population Growth
Council Infrastructure H D

D Climate Change
G F E

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Stanley River Catchment

Areas
Solution Set Description
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X

S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X

S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users X X X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X

S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented X X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

S14: Pressure reduction on trunk water supply infrastructure X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-14

Table 5-7 Pumicestone Creek Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
Unitywater A B

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Council Policy I C
H D

C Environmental Flows
Council Infrastructure

E Water Conservation
G F E

A Population Growth

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Pumistone Creek Catchment
Solution Set Description
S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X

S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented X

Table 5-8 Bribie Island Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Unitywater A B
C Environmental Flows

E Water Conservation

Council Policy I C
A Population Growth

Council Infrastructure H D
D Climate Change

G F E
G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply

Bribie Island Catchment


Solution Set Description
S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-15

Table 5-9 Burpengary Creek Catchment Solution Set

Implementation Key:

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Unitywater A B
Council Policy I C

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Council Infrastructure H D
G F E

C Environmental Flows

E Water Conservation
A Population Growth

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Burpengary Creek Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X

S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-16

Table 5-10 Caboolture River Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
Unitywater A B
I C

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Council Policy H D

C Environmental Flows
Council Infrastructure G F E

E Water Conservation
A Population Growth

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Caboolture River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users X X

S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X

S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) X X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X

S25: Diversion of sewage to STPs with capacity X X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-17

Table 5-11 Caboolture River Catchment with CIGA Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
A B

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Unitywater I CC

C Environmental Flows
H D

E Water Conservation
Council Policy

A Population Growth
G F E
Council Infrastructure

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Caboolture River Catchment with
Caboolture Identified Growth Area (CIGA)
Solution Set Description
S6: Recycled water supplied to agricultural users X X X X

S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X X X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X X X

S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

S25: Diversion of sewage to STPs with capacity X X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-18

Table 5-12 Upper Pine River Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Unitywater A B

C Environmental Flows
I C

E Water Conservation
Council Policy

A Population Growth
H D

D Climate Change
Council Infrastructure G F E

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Upper Pine River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X

S35: Cap at current Population without any other solutions implemented X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-19

Table 5-13 Lower Pine River Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:

H Water Quantity (flooding)


A B
Unitywater I C

C Environmental Flows
H D

E Water Conservation
Council Policy

A Population Growth
G F E
Council Infrastructure

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Lower Pine River Catchment
Solution Set Description
S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X X

S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X X

S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Purified Recycled Water (PRW) X X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

S25: Diversion of sewage to STPs with capacity X X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-20

Table 5-14 Sideling Creek Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


H Water Quantity (flooding)
Implementation Key:
A B

C Environmental Flows
Unitywater I C

E Water Conservation
A Population Growth
Council Policy H D

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
G F E

F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Council Infrastructure

Sideling Creek Catchment


Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X

S33: Rural Best Management Practices (e.g. limiting erosion etc) X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X

Table 5-15 Hays Creek Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
Unitywater

H Water Quantity (flooding)


A B
Council Policy I C
C Environmental Flows

E Water Conservation
Council Infrastructure H D
A Population Growth

G F E
D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply

Hays Inlet Catchment


Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

S23: Upgrade STP Infrastructure X X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTIONS 5-21

Table 5-16 Redcliffe Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
Unitywater A B

H Water Quantity (flooding)


Council Policy I C

C Environmental Flows
H D

E Water Conservation
Council Infrastructure

A Population Growth
G F E

D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply
Redcliffe Catchment
Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X X X X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X X X X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X X

S7: Sewer mining - small community based plants to treat and reuse sewage X X

S5: Recycled water supplied to urban users X X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X X X

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted for non-potable uses X

S26: Smart sewers (reduced infiltration/inflows) X X

S27: Prevention of illegal stormwater inflow connections to sewer X

Table 5-17 Brisbane Coastal Creeks Catchment Solution Set

I Environmentally Sensitive Areas


Implementation Key:
H Water Quantity (flooding)
Unitywater A B
I C
Council Policy
C Environmental Flows

H D
E Water Conservation

Council Infrastructure
A Population Growth

G F E
D Climate Change

G Water Quality
F STP Capacity
B Water Supply

Brisbane Coastal Creeks Catchment


Solution Set Description
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Riparian Zones - 3/4 order streams X

S16: Education & /or Capacity Building and investment in incentive schemes X

S32: Future development WSUD measures achieve no worsening X

S10: Stormwater harvesting for non-potable reuse X

S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit X

S30: Increased implementation of Erosion & Sediment Control on development sites X

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
STUDY CONCLUSIONS 6-1

6 STUDY CONCLUSIONS
The outcomes of undertaking Phase 1 of the TWCM planning process have been presented in this
TWCM Strategy document, and include the following:

• Identification of the drivers of the TWCM process specific to the MBRC area;

• Description of the existing and future water cycle issues through preliminary water accounting;

• Identification of key water cycle management issues in each relevant catchment in the MBRC
region;

• Development and preliminary assessment of solutions using a Multi Criteria Assessment (MCA)
approach; and

• Selection of potential solution sets for further detailed assessment.

The findings included in this TWCM Strategy should be utilised in the subsequent phase of the
TWCM planning process (Phase 2), which involves detailed assessment of the recommended
solution sets. Objectives of Phase 2 include the following:

• To utilise, assess and refine the recommendations developed in Phase 1 of the TWCM planning
process and presented in this TWCM Strategy document;

• To identify and prioritise areas within the Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) domain where
detailed planning will be undertaken;

• To undertake detailed assessments of the efficacy/efficiency of those potential or shortlisted


solutions identified in Phase 1 of the TWCM Planning Process (i.e. TWCM Strategy);

• To derive estimates of the likely ranges of capital and operational costs of each potential
solution, including the range of infrastructure required to deliver each solution;

• To undertake consultation throughout the detailed planning phase with key stakeholders such as
MBRC, Unitywater, QWC and other State Government agencies; and

• To prepare a detailed TWCM planning and implementation report which will summarise all study
analyses and present a robust and defensible argument to MBRC and key stakeholders
supporting the recommended TWCM options and most importantly presenting short, medium
and long term actions which will see the objectives of the TWCM process (i.e. sustainable and
cost effective urban water service provision together with commensurate protection and
restoration of water quality levels/environmental values in the waterways of the MBRC) being
achieved.

Detailed planning should make use of previous studies and reports, including Water Cycle
Management Plans prepared for Pine Rivers Shire Council (MWH, 2005, 2006, and 2009) and
sustainable loads studies (BMT WBM, 2008 and 2009), along with any other relevant studies.

An example of the scope of works required for the detailed planning phase (Phase 2) is included in
Appendix I.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
REFERENCES 7-1

7 REFERENCES
Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2010. Water Use on Australian Farms, 2008-09 (cat. No. 4618.0).
http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/Lookup/1318.3Feature%20Article13Oct%202008.

BMT WBM, 2007. Nutrient Modelling of the Caboolture River. Prepared for the Moreton Bay
Waterways and Catchments Partnership.

BMT WBM, 2008. Pine Rivers Sustainable Pollutant Load Study. Prepared for Moreton Bay Regional
Council.

BMT WBM, 2009. Draft South Pine Sustainable Loads Assessment Report. Prepared for Moreton
Bay Regional Council.

BMT WBM, 2010. Moreton Bay Regional Council – Catchment Water Quality Model. Prepared for
Moreton Bay Regional Council.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2006. South East Queensland Regional Coastal
Management Plan. Queensland Government.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2001. Notice of decision to Grant Licence (without
Development Approval) (Licence No. SR1750) under Section 93(2) Environmental Protection Act
1994 to carry out an Environmentally Relevant Activity at Woodford, Bribie Island, Burpengary East
and South Caboolture STPs.

Department of Natural Resources and Water (DNRW) (2009)


http://www.longpaddock.qld.gov.au/silo/

Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DERM), 2009a. Environmental Protection


(Water) Policy 2009. Queensland Government.

Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DERM), 2009b. South East Queensland Natural
Resource Management Plan 2009–2031 (SEQ NRM Plan). Queensland Government.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009a. Draft South East Queensland Climate
Change Management Plan. Queensland Government.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009b. South East Queensland Regional Plan
2009-2031 (SEQ Regional Plan). Queensland Government.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2009c. South East Queensland Regional Plan
2009–2031 Implementation Guideline No. 7 Water sensitive urban design: Design objectives for
urban stormwater management. Queensland Government.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP), 2008. Queensland Development Code.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning (DIP) website, 2010. Webpage: Projects - Northern
Pipeline Interconnector. Accessed 3 June 2010.
http://www.dip.qld.gov.au/projects/water/pipelines/northern-pipeline-interconnector.html.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
REFERENCES 7-2
Department of Natural Resources, Mines & Energy (DNRM&E), 2006. South East Queensland
Regional Water Security Program. Queensland Government.

Healthy Waterways Partnership (HWP), 2007. South East Queensland Healthy Waterways Strategy
2007-2012.

Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC), 2009a. Briefing Note to Councillor Workshop on 15 October
2009: Limitations to Development in the Caboolture River Catchment.

Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC), 2009b. Annual Report 2008-2009.

Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) website, 2010. Webpage: About Council. Accessed 4 June
2010. http://www.moretonbay.qld.gov.au/council.aspx?id=4718

MWH, 2005. Pine Rivers Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Concept Study. Prepared for
Pine Rivers Shire Council.

MWH, 2006. Northern Growth Corridor (NGC) Integrated Urban Water Management Study. Prepared
for Pine Rivers Shire Council.

MWH, 2009. Pine Rivers Area Integrated Urban Water Cycle Management Strategy. Prepared for
Moreton Bay Regional Council.

National Water Commission website, 2010. Webpage: What is Our Total Water Resource -
Groundwater Recharge, accessed 5 October 2010.
http://www.water.gov.au/WaterAvailability/WhatIsOurTotalWaterResource/GroundwaterRecharge/ind
ex.aspx?Menu=Level1_3_1_6

Pine Rivers Catchment Association (PRCA) website, 2010. Webpage: About Hays Inlet, accessed
June 23, 2010. http://prca.org.au/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=95&Itemid=103

Queensland Government, 2007. Water Resource (Moreton) Plan 2007.

Queensland Water Commission (QWC), 2009. South East Queensland Water Strategy (SEQ Water
Strategy). Queensland Government.

Sunshine Coast Regional Council (SCRC) website. Webpage: Areas of Significance, accessed July
5, 2010. http://www.sunshinecoast.qld.gov.au/sitePage.cfm?code=significant-areas

Unitywater, 2009. Water Supply Network Master Plan – Pine Rivers District.

Unitywater, 2010. Development of GIS Demand Model for Caboolture District – Draft Report.

Water by Design, 2009. Draft MUSIC Modelling Guidelines.

WBM (2003) Impacts of Road Runoff Study - Phase 2 (Final Report). Report prepared for the
Moreton Bay Waterways and Catchments Partnership, November 2003

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
STP LICENCES A-1

APPENDIX A: STP LICENCES

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
Department of Environment
and Resource Management Notice
Change to a development approval
This notice ls lssued by the Department of Environment and Resource Management pursuant fo secfion 376 of the
Sustainable Planning Act 2009 ("the Act").

Unitywater cc. Moreton Bay Regional Council


20127 South Pine Road Pine Rivers District Office
BRENDALE QLD 45IO PO Box 5070
STRATHPINE QLD 45OO
Attention: Scott Lowe

Our reference: 351093 / BNT128

Re: Request to change a development approval

1. The Chief Executive, Department of Environment and Resource Management (DERM) as


concurrence agency received a request to change a development approval on 24 June 2010.

2. Details of the development approval for the original application


Assessment Manager ref.: SR124B - Environmental Authority
Aspect(s) of development:
Material change of use - Environmentally I Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009 -
relevant activities I Schedule 7, table 2, item I

Property/Location description :

Lot 2 Plan 808643


Strong Road, DAYBORO

Page I of3.091217
Department of Environment and Resource Management Queensland Government
www.derm.qld.gov.au ABN 46 640 294 4gs
Notice
Change to a development approval

Date of decision for the original application and development approval:

DERM original decision date 7 March 2001

Replacement development approval issued - ENDC00419l05

3. The decision for the request to change a development approval made on 24 June 2010 is to
approve the request.

4. Attached is a copy of the amended development approval. Please note that the permit reference
number has changed from ENDC00419105 to SPCE00766110.

5. The application requested:


. Amend reference to Pine Rivers Shire Council to Moreton Bay Regional Council.
. Amend condition 410 to replace reference to Pine Rivers Shire CouncilChambers.

. Amend condition 415 to replace reference to Pine Rivers Shire CouncilChambers.


. Amend condition D3 to remove method of cleaning up spillages.
. Replace condition E1 with three conditions to bring approval in line with Queensland Water
Recycling Guidelines.
. Amend conditions 812, H16 and H1B from faecal coliforms to e.colito bring approval in line
with Queensland Water Recycling Guidelines.
. Amend condition H17 to reflect the actual microbiological sampling point.
. Add an existing pump station that triggers the threshold for 63(1Xb).

The actual changes made to the approval, after agreement, are as follows:
. Unitywater's details have been added to the front of the approval.
. Condition 410 has been deleted.
. Condition A15 has been amended to remove reference to the Pine Rivers Shire Council
Chambers.
. Condition E1 has been replaced with requested conditions.
. Conditions E12, H16, H18 and H17 have been amended as requested.
. The pump station listed has been added to the approval.
. The definition and number for environmentally relevant activity - sewage treatment has been
updated in line with lhe Environmental Protection Regulation 2008.
. Any reference to the Environmental Protection Agency has been replaced with the Department
of Environment and Resource Management.

Page 2 of 2. 091217 Department of Environment and Resource Management


Notice
Change to a development approval

6. lf this notice is given to the person who made the request, or to an entity that gave DERM as the
responsible entity a notice under section 373 of the Act or a pre-request response notice, or if this
notice is given by DERM as a concurrence agency and the concurrence agency's decision is to
refuse the request or approve the request on conditions, such person or entity may appeal against
the decision and the attached extract from the Act states how the person or entity may appeal.

Deena Murray Enquiries:


Delegate Department of Environment and Resource
Department of Environment and Resource Management Management
4 August 201 0 PO Box 168,29 The Esplanade
COTTON TREE QLD 4558
Phone: 07 54596121
Fax: 07 54439927
Email : deena.murray@derm.qld.gov.au

Attachments
. lnformation Sheet - Appeals - Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (extract from the Sustainable Planning Act
200e)
. Copy of the amended development approval.

Page 3 of 3.091217 Department of Environment and Resource Management


ecoagcegst^', ¡v i t d v ?tír Íit'J ! h c Ò fi i: c :; it. t l s
i
!) t} t t l t ;l

Rep lacement Development Approval


Section 621(4) Environmental Protection Act 1994

DERM development approval number: sPcE007661 10

Replacing: ENDC00419105
Relevant Laws and Policies: Environmental Protection Act 1994 and subordinate
legislation
Under the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 this development approval is issued to:

Unitywater
33 King Street
CABOOLTURE QLD 4510

Development Description :

Garrying out of Environmentally Relevant Activity (ERA):


63 Threshold 2 (b) - Sewage treatment - operating sewage treatment works, other than no release
works, with a totaldaily peak design capacity of more than 100 equivalent persons but less than 1 500
equivalent persons.

at the following place:


Lot 2 P1an808643, County of Stanley, Parish of Whiteside.

located at:
Dayboro Sewage Treatment Plant
Strong Road
DAYBORO QLD 4521

The pump stations listed in the following table are covered by this development approval:

PS4O2 Railwav Street. Davboro N/A

The environmentally relevant activity must be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance with
conditions as set out in the attached schedule of conditions.

FuÉher development perm¡ts required


Nit

I
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et lvift)r u no nl Ði licø nce s and Ðesn'k

Additional information for appl¡cants


This approval pursuant to the Envfonmental Protection Act 1994 does not remove the need to obtain any
further approval for this development which might be required by other State and/or Commonwealth
legislation. Applicants are advised to check with all relevant statutory authorities. Applicants also should
comply with all relevant legislation.

It is a requirement of lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994 that if the owner or occupier of this site becomes
aware a Notifiable Activity (as defined under schedule 3 of the EnvironmentalProtection Act l9g4) is being
carried out on this land or that the land has been affected by a hazardous contaminant, they must, within 22
business days after becoming aware the activity is being carried out, give notice to the Administering
Authority. A list of Notifiable Activities is provided within Schedule 3 of lhe Environmental Protection Act
1994.

Appeal
This development approval is issued pursuant to section 621 of the Environmental Protection Act 1gg4. The
rights of review and appeal are attached to this notice.

This development approval takes effect 10 Business days after you receive this notice, or if there is an
appeal from the day the appeal is finally decided or is otherwise ended.

-+ 4¿âar,þ/ Aolo
Signed

Deena Murray
Manager (Moreton Bay)
Environmental Services North
South East Region, DERM
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmentql Protection Act 1994

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
Ð rryìrö/1 ttlù {1 1 ¿tì ì ¿1ë na t; S ít tl 0 ! ì} ft t} ÌS

SCHEDULE A - GENERAL CONDITIONS

Maintenance of Plant and Equipment


(A1) The holder of this development approval must:

(a) maintain all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient condition; and
(b) operate all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient manner.

ln this condition, "plant and equipment" includes:

(i) any plant and equipment used to prevent and/or minimise the likelihood of environmental
harm being caused;
(ii) any devices and structures to contain foreseeable escapes of contaminants and waste;
(iii) any vehicles used to transport waste;
(iv) any device or structure used to store, handle, treat or dispose of waste;
(v) any monitoring equipment and associated alarms; and
(vi) any backup systems that act in the event of failure of a primary system.

Display of Development approval


(A2) A copy of all parts of this development approval relevant to the carrying out the environmentally
relevant activities must be kept in a location readily accessible to the personnel that are carrying out
those environmentally relevant activities.

Records
(43) Any records or documents are required to be kept by a condition of this development approval must
be kept where practicable to do so at the approved place at which the activities are carried out and at
the Pine River Shire Council Chambers for, except as otherwise provided, a period of at least five (5)
years and be available for examination by an authorised person. The record retention requirements
of this condition will be satisfied if any daily and weekly records are kept for a period of at least three
(3) years and these records are then kept in the form of annual summaries after that period.

Alterations
(A4) No change, replacement or operation of any plant or equipment is permitted if the change,
replacement or operation of the plant or equipment increases, or is likely to substantially increase,
the risk of environmental harm above that expressly provided by this development approval.

An example of a substantial increase in the risk of environmental harm is an increase of 10% or more
in the quantity of the contaminant to be released into the environment.

Galibration
(45) All instruments and devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any parameter under any
condition of this development approval must be calibrated, and appropriately operated and
maintained,

1 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
--PãOe3õf
ecoaccess eîlvko |nèn¡al lÌçttr,.;4s aþd Ðatùils

Trained Operators
(46) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to employees and contract
staff, must be:

(i) trained in the procedures and practices necessary to:

(a) comply with the conditions of this development approval; and


(b) prevent environmental harm during normal operation and emergencies; or

(ii) under the close supervision of such a trained person.

Nuisance
(47) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, this development approval does
not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to cause an environmental
nuisance beyond the boundaries of the approved place.

lnspections by Authorised Persons


(48) At all reasonable times, and to the satisfaction of an authorised person, the following must be
. provided to enable an authorised person to check compliance with the conditions oitn¡s development
approval:

(i) monitoring facilities, and


(ii) access to such facilities, and
(iii) any reasonable assistance which the authorised person deems necessary.

lntegrated Environmental Management System (IEMS)


(Ag) The holder of this development approval must implement the lntegrated Environmental Management
System (IEMS) submitted with the application for development approval and ensure tñat the
implemented lntegrated Environmental Management System provides for the effective and
appropriate management by the holder of this development approval of the actual and potential
environmental impacts resulting from the carrying out of the environmentally relevant activities.

(410) The holder of this development approval must not implement an lntegrated Environmental
Management System or amend the lntegrated Environmental Management System where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this development
approval.

(A1f ) The holder of this development approval must submit details of any amendment to the lntegrated
Environmental Management System annually to the administering authority with the Annuai Return
which immediately follows the enactment of any such amendment.

I Permit includes
licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
o'wirÇ/úytailtilt lit$ *ött I i)tj<l j)$ uì\il s

Site-Based Environmental Management Plan


(A12) The IEMS must provide for the development and implementation of a Site-Based Environmental
Management Plan which address the management of the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the carrying out of the environmentally relevant activities (including any issue/site-
specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented under the
conditions of this development approval) at the approved premise.

(413) The Site-based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) routine operating procedures to prevent or minimise environmental harm, however


occasioned or caused during normal operations;
(ii) maintenance practices and procedures;
(iii) contingency plans and emergency procedures to deal with foreseeable risks and hazards
including corrective responses to prevent and mitigate environmental harm (including any
necessary site rehabilitation);
(iv) monitoring of the release of contaminants into the environment including procedures,
methods, record keeping and notification of results;
(v) assessment of the environmental impact of any releases of contaminants into the
environment including procedures, methods, record keeping and notification of results;
(vi) handling of environmental complaints;
(vii) keeping and production of environmental records and reports;
(viii) lines and methods of communication to be utilised for communication of procedures, plans,
incidents, potential environmental problems and results, including a feedback mechanism to
ensure that management is made aware of potential environmental problems and any failure
of procedures adopted; and
(ix) staff training and awareness of environmental issues related to the operation of the
environmentally relevant activities, including responsibilities under the Environmental
Protection Act 1994.

(A14) An up to date copy of the relevant Site-Based Environmental Management Plan (including any
issue/site-specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented
under the conditions of this development approval) must be kept at the approved place to which that
plan relates, or if such is not practicable, at a place readily accessible to personnel that are carrying
out the environmentally relevant activity, and be available for examination by an authorised person
on request.

End of Conditions for Schedule A

SCHEDULE B . AIR

Release of Contaminants to the Atmosphere

(81) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the air schedule, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood
of release of contaminants to the atmosphere.

(82) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as required by
condition 81, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any such release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.

1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",tr'o,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
srrwrarrrulnTal lictlnçês Ðßd pèt$tiìR

Noxious or Offensive Odour


(83) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, no release of contaminants from
the approved place is to cause a noxious or offensive odour beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.

End of Conditions for Schedule B

SCHEDULE C - WATER

Emergency Response/Contingency Plan


(C1) The holder of this development approval must develop and implement an effective and appropriate
Emergency Response/Contingency Plan to manage the environmental impacts of any release of
contaminants from pump station and other ancillary equipment.

(C2) The Emergency Response/Contingency Plan address at least thç following matters:

(i) the locatíon of the pump station and overflow;


(ii) procedures to be implemented to reduce the likelihood of any pump station failure and
likelihood of any release of contaminants;
(iii) response procedures to prevent any further release, or if such is not practicable, minimise
the extent and duration of any release to the greatest practicable extent;
(iv) the practices and procedures to be employed to restore the environment, or if such is not
practicable, mitigate any environmental impacts of the release (including in both dry and wet
conditions);
(v) a description of the resources to be used in response to a release;
(vi) the training of staff that will be called upon to respond to a release;
(vii) procedures to investigate the cause of any release, and where necessary, implement
remedial actions to reduce the likelihood of recurrence of a similar event;
(viii) the provision and availability of documented procedures to staff attending any release to
enable them to effectively respond;
(ix) timely and accurate reporting of the circumstances and nature of release events to the
administering authority;
(x) periodic estimation of the catchment population serviced by the pump station and hence
daily dry weather flow to minimise any likelihood of the design capacity of the pump station
being exceeded; and
(xi) the need to install screens be investigated and screens installed where appropriate and
beneficial.

(Ca) A copy of the Emergency Response/Contingency Plan and any subsequent amendment of the
Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must be kept at the approved place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.

(C4) An updated list of all pump stations connected to the sewage treatment plant must be forwarded to
the administering authority with each Annual Return.

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
st r\rì!0/vrt)*ìal lil:t).n'.rr,s atld pÐrrtriî.s

Release of Contaminants to Waters


(C5) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from any approved place to any waters or
the bed and banks of any waters except:

(i) as permitted under any water schedule in this development approval; or


(ii) as permitted under any stormwater schedule in this development approval; or
(iii) to a sewer as permitted or otherwise agreed from time to time by the relevant Local
Government.

(C6) Contaminated wastewater generated from washing and/or degreasing of any vehicles, any plant and
any equipment must be collected and:

(i) treated and disposed of to sewer with the approval of the relevant Local Government in
accordance with a tradewaste permit; or
(ii) transported for disposal, recycled, reprocessed or treated at a facility that can lawfully accept
such waste.

End of Gonditions for Schedule C

SCHEDULE D - STORMWATER MANAGEMENT

Gontaminant Releases Caused by Rainfall

(D1) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the stormwater management schedule and the
water schedule of this development approval, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to prevent and/or minimise the release or likelihood of
release of contaminated runoff from the approved place to any stormwater drain or waters or the bed
or banks of any such waters, "Contaminated runoff'for the purposes of this condition means
stormwater and/or stormwater runoff that contains contaminants that may cause environmental harm.

Gleaning and Spillages


(D2) The maintenance and cleaning of any vehicles, other equipment or plant must be carried out in areas
where contaminants cannot be released into any waters, roadside gutter or stormwater drain.

(D3) Any spillage of waste, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as practicable
to prevent the release of contaminants to Queensland waters (including groundwater).

Acid Sulphate Soils


(D4) Any acid sulphate soils or potential acid sulphate soils disturbed, extracted or unearthed as a result
of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity or activities must be stored and/or treated and/or
disposed of so as not to cause environmental harm to surface waters and/or groundwaters.

/ o1 22
r Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctiona "age
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
elwit\rvnant.ã! ijr;rrsctts afi d paftJ lils

Bunding
(D5) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank within the bund.

(D6) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
Ieast 25o/o of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.

(D7) All bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials stored.

(D8) The base and walls of all bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps or cracks.

(Dg) All bunding must be roofed where practicable.

(D10) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the holder of this development approval
must ensure that any stormwater captured within the bund is free from contaminants or wastes prior
to any release.

(D11) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.

Minimise Sewer lnfiltration


(D12) The holder of this development approval must take all reasonable and practicable measures to
minim ise infiltration.

(D13) For the purposes of demonstrating compliance with condition D12, the holder of this development
approval must periodically report to the administering authority on the following matters:

(i) the estimated level of infiltration;


(ii) the reasonable and practicable measures intended to minimise infiltration;
(ii¡) the actions taken to minimise infiltration; and
(iv) periodic re-estimations of the level of infiltration and, by comparison with previous infiltration
estimates and connected population, an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken
to minimise infiltration.

(D14) The initialreport must be lodged with the administering authority by 1 July 1g9B with subsequent
reports to be lodged with the annual return in 2000 and at least once every two (2) years thereafter.

End of Conditions for Schedule D

SCHEDULE E - LAND APPLICATION

Gontaminant Release Precautions at the Approved ptace


(E1) Treated sewage may be used for irrigation purposes on land managed by the registered operator.
The quality of treated sewage reused must comply with Queensland Waier Recyiting Guidelines
2005 or more recent editions or replacements of this document and the conditions oitnis approval.

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalenvsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
4lüvircdynt)fltîtl liçr,j n#þ$ ã#<Í l>tltil!;îs

(82) The quality of treated sewage effluent used for irrigations purposes, or supplied to another party for
irrigation purposes by the registered operator must be monitored as a minimum in accordance with
the Queensland Water Recycling Guidelines 2005 or more recent editions or replacements of this
document and the conditions of this approval.

(E3) The registered operator of the activity to which this development approval relates must, when reusing
the water, do so in a manner in which release of the treated effluent to water is not likely.

(E4) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out within 50 metres of any watercourse.

(E5) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if Soil moisture conditions are such that
surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur,

(EO) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.

(E7) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of contaminants to
land and untilthe release area has dried.

(E8) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified. Standard
water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines, and the
contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines. Lockable valves or
removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines where there is public access
to the contaminant release areas.

Release of Contaminants to Land


(E9) The only contaminants to be released to land are treated sewage effluents from the Wet Weather
Storage Dam.

Contaminant Release Locat¡on


(E10) The defined contaminant release areas are described as irrigation areas No. I , No, 2 and No. 3 as
marked on Pine Rivers Map A1 contained in "Process Description and Calculations" submitted with
the application for development approval.
(E11) A minimum of nine (9) hectares of land must be provided for the contaminant release area.

Quantity of Gontaminants Released to Land


(812) The quantity of contaminants released to the release area during any day must not exceed ô50 cubic
metres.

(E13) The rate of application of contaminants to the release area must not exceed 18 litres per second.

Quality of Gontaminants Released from the Sewage Treatment Plant


(E14) The contaminants released from the sewage treatment plant to the Wet Weather Storage Dam must
comply, at the sampling and in-situ measurement poinUs specified in schedule H, with each of the
release limits specified in schedule E - Table 1 for each quality characteristic.

1
----------Pæe g-of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation ádministered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
Q/,VÜOrllrJÐfi|il| hÇûn,ûs ixxi ît fili¡s,

SCHEDULE E - TABLE 1 RELEASE QUALITY CHARACTERISTIC LIMITS


QUALITY
CHARACTERISTlCS
5-day Biochemical Oxygen 20 mglL 80 percentile compliance
Demand (inhibited)
S-day Biochemical Oxygen 60 mg/L maximum
Demand (inhibited)
Suspended Solids 30 mo/L 80 percentile comoliance
Susoended Solids 90 mq/L maxtmum
Ammonia (as Nitroqen) 2.0 mq/L 50 oercentile comoliance
Ammonia (as Nitrooen) 6.0 mq/L maximum
PH 6.5 to 8.5 range
Dissolved Oxvoen 2.0 molL mtntmum
1000 cfu per 100 mL as a median value (minimum of 5
e.coli samples taken at not less than half-hourly intervals in any one
day, with 4 out of the 5 samples containing less than 4000
organisms per 100 mL)

(E15) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Table 1 of the land application schedute
the contaminants released must also comply with the following qualitative characteristics:

(i) the release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or contaminants in
concentrations or which are capable of causing environmental harm.

Wet Weather Storage


(E16) When weather conditions or soil conditions preclude the release of contaminants, the contaminants
must be directed to a wet weather storage.

(817) The wet weather storage must be designed to hold a volume equivalent to approximately I 10 days
storage based on 340 cubic metres per day average wastewater generation rate.

(E18) The wet weather storage must be designed and operated to have a total excess capacity of at least
thirty-four (34) megalitres at all times, except in the period after wet weather and provided all
reasonable and practicable measures are taken to dispose of the excess effluent by irrigation.

Effluent lrrigation Management Plan


(E19) The holder of this development approval must develop and implement an lrrigation Management
Plan which details how the holder of this development approval will effectively and appropriately
manage the effluent irrigation process so as to sustainably comply with all conditions of this
development approval.

(E20) The lrrigation Management Plan must detail how irrigation is to be managed and scheduled having
regard to at least the following:

(i) soil moisture results;


(ii) weather forecasts and climate monitoring results;
(iii) irrigation records for each effluent disposal area;
(iv) characteristics and quantity of contaminants which are applied, including biochemical
oxygen demand, suspended solids, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, conductivity,
dissolved oxygen, pH, total dissolved salts, sodium, calcium, magnesium,
potassium, chloride, sulphate, alkalinity, boron, heavy metals;

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
eco&ccess
1) t!\4tötvn}ä1it! ¡¡l;çft# È't; ilrJ<f pç ft ilús

(v) characteristics of the soil in the contaminated release area, including pH, salinity,
total dissolved salts, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, total potassium, sodium,
calcium, magnesium , calculated Sodium Absorption Ratio, exchangeable cations,
heavy metals;
(vi) type of vegetation intended to be grown in the contaminant release area;
(vii) effluent quality results;
(viii) soil quality results for the effluent disposal area(s);
(ix) groundwater level results;
(x) cropping practice for each effluent disposal area;
(xi) sustainable hydraulic loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xii) sustainable biological oxygen demand loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xiii) sustainable nitrogen loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xiv) sustainable phosphorus loadings for the contaminant release area;
(xv) sustainable salt loadings for the contaminant release area; and
(xvi) production of appropriate records and reporting of results and environmental issues.
(821) A copy of the lrrigation Management Plan must be kept at the approved place.

(822) The holder of this development approval must not implement an lrrigation Management Plan or
amend an lrrigation Management Plan where such implementation or amendment would result in a
contravention of any condition of this development approval.

(E23) The holder of this development approval must submit details of any amendment to the lrrigation
Management Plan to the administering authority with the annual return which immediately follows the
enactment of any such amendment.

End of Conditions for Schedule E

SCHEDULE F . NOISE

Emission of Noise
(F1) ln the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes intrusive noise being made to the
administering authority, that the administering authority considers is not frivolous or vexatious, then
the emission of noise from the approved place must not result in levels greater than those specified
in Schedule F - Table 1.
SCHEDULEF.TABLEI

Period NoÍse Level af a Norse SensÍúive Place Measured as


the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
Lo-^- ^r, .
7am-6pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

6pm-10pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

10 pm -7 am Background noise level plus 3 dB(A)

11 22
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, "age
o1

or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the


Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et>\J:tOtl'tlD Ti!¿tl at)f ,t{).$ ífiJd
!ì ít."ilti.3

Period IVolse Level at a Commercial Place measured as


the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
LAmax adi T
7am-6pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

6 pm -10 pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

10 pm -7 am Background noise level plus 8 dB(A)

End of Condition for Schedule F

SCHEDULE G . WASTE MANAGEMENT

General
(G1) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of contrary to any
condition of this development approval.

(G2) The holder of this development approval

(i) allow waste to burn or be burnt at or on the approved place excepting as permitted in a
condition of this development approval; nor
(ii) remove waste from the approved place and burn such waste elsewhere.

Off Site Movement

(G3) Where regulated waste is removed from the approved place (other than by a release as permitted
under another schedule of this development approval), the holder of this development approval must
monitor and keep records of the following:

(a) the date, quantity and type of waste removed; and


(b) name of the waste transporter and/or disposal operator that removed the waste; and
(c) the intended treahnerrUdisposal destinailon of the waste.

(NOTE: Records of documents maintained in compliance with a waste tracking system established
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 or any other law for regulated waète will be deemed to
satisfy this condition.)

(G4) Regulated waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of
contrary to any condition of this development approval.

Notification of lmproper Disposal Of Regulated Waste


(G5) lf the holder of this development approval becomes aware that a person has removed regulated
waste from the approved place and disposed of the regulated waste in a manner which iJ not
authorised by this development approval or is improper or unlawful, then the holder of this
development approval must, as soon as practicable, notify the administering authority of all relevant
facts, matters and circumstances known concerning the disposal.

End of Gonditions for Schedule G

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ür¡.JirÖ/I/rcftt*¿ i¡ãë{ìt;ùs a¿id pt ,ittÌ:ã

SCHEDULE H . MONITORING AND REPORTING

Complaint Recording
(H1) All complaints received by the holder of this development approval relating to releases of
contaminants from operations at the approved place must be recorded and kept in a log with the
following details:

(i) time, date and nature of complaint;


(ii) type of communication (telephone, letter, personal etc.);
(iii) name, contact address and contact telephone number of complainant (Note: if the
complainant does not wish to be identified then "Not identified" is to be recorded);
(iv) response and investigation undertaken as a result of the complaint;
(v) name of person responsible for investigating complaint; and
(vi) action taken as a result of the complaint investigation and signature of responsible person.

Notification of Emergenc¡es and lncidents


(H2) As soon as practicable after becoming aware of any emergency or incident which results in the
release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the
conditions of this development approval, the holder of this development approval must notify the
administering authority of the release by telephone or facsimile.

(H3) The notification of emergencies or incidents as required by condition H2 must include but not be
limited to the following:

(i) the name of the holder of the development approval;


(ii) the location of the emergency or incident;
(iii) the number of the development approval;
(iv) the name and telephone number of the designated contact person;
(v) the time of the release;
(vi) the time the holder of the development approval became aware of the release;
(vii) the suspected cause of the release;
(viii) the environmental harm caused, threatened, or suspected to be caused by the release; and
(ix) actions taken to prevent further any release and mitigate any environmental harm caused by
the release.

(H4) Not more than 14 days following the initial notification of an emergency or incident, the holder of the
development approval must provide written advice of the information supplied in accordance with
condition H3 in addition to:

(i) proposed actions to prevent a recurrence of the emergency or incident; and


(ii) outcomes of actions taken at the time to prevent or minimise environmental harm.

(H5) As soon as practicable, but not more than six weeks following the conduct of any environmental
monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which results in the release of
contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the conditions
of this development approval, the holder of the development approval must provide written advice of
the results of any such monitoring performed to the administering authority.

1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,authorisations,certificat",,,"n",iffi22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et ¿viru¡rneftfal |teênre I afió pttr$lil:s

Water Quality Determ inations

(H6) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released to waters must be made in accordance
with methods prescribed in the Water Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 1999, or
more recent additions or supplements to that document as such become available.

(H7) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.

Noise Monitoring

(H8) For the purposes of checking compliance with condition F1 and investigating any complaint of noise
annoyance, monitoring and recording of the noise levels from the activity/activities must be
undertaken for the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:

(i) Lnmax, aoj r,


(ii) L¡¡s,1 or Lngo, ri
(i¡i) La¡,1 (where N equals statistical levels of '1, 10, 50, 90 and 9g);
(iv) Lpn ri
(v) Lneq,ri
(vi) the level and frequency of occurrence of impulsive or tonal noise;
(vii) atmospheric conditions including temperature, relative humidity and wind speed and
direction; and
(viii) effects due to extraneous factors such as traffic noise.

(Hg) ln conjunction with the measurement and recording of noise, the following parameters and conditions
must be recorded:

(i) location, date and time of recording.

(H10) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of unreasonable and intrusive noise
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authority to carry out such monitoring.

(H11) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the Noise Measurement
Manual, 3rd edition, March 2000, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
become available.

(H12) The measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a person or body possessing
appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.

Incident Recording
(H13) A record must be maintained of at least the following events:

(¡) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions where the failure of the equipment
resulted in the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
(¡¡) any uncontrolled release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
and
(i¡i) any emergency involving the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause material or
serious environmental harm requiring the use of fire fighting equipment.

Exception Reporting
(H14) The holder of this development approval must notify the administering authority in writing of any
monitoring result that indicates an exceedance of or non-compliance with any approval limit within 28
days of completion of analysis.

1 ----_Pag€14-of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction s
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccssg
at',;/þQftntviìtl li:t;;!t tr!; arìé rûnitf;

(H15) The written notification required by condition number H14 above must include:
(i) the full analysis results; and
(ii) details of investigation or corrective actions taken; and
(iii) any subsequent analysis.

Monitoring of Contaminant Releases from the Sewage Treatment Plant to the Wet
Weather Storage Dam
(H16) The holder of this development approval is responsible for the making of determinations and keeping
of records of the quality of the contaminants released from the sewage treatment plant for the quality
characteristics and at the frequency specified in Schedule H - Table 1:

SCHEDULEH.TABLEl

5-dav Biochemical Oxvqen Demand ms/L Monthlv


Susoended Solids mo/L Monthlv
Ammonia (as Nitroqen) mq/L Monthlv
PH pH scale Monthlv
Dissolved Oxvqen mq/L Monthlv
Total Nitroqen (as Nitroqen) mq/L Monthlv
Total Phosohorus (as Phosohorus) mo/L Monthlv
e.coli cfu/100 mL Monthlv

Sampling and ln-situ Monitoring Points Details


(H17) Determinations of the quality of contaminants released to check conformity with the release quality
characteristics specified in Schedule E - Table 1 of this development approval must be undertaken at
the sampling and in-situ measurement point described as at the outlet of the sewage treatment plant
prior to discharge to the wet weather storage dam, apart from the determination of microbiological
quality, which shall be performed at the point that irrigation water is drawn from the wet weather
storage dam.

Monitoring of Gontam¡nants Released to Land from the Wet Weather Storage Dam
(H18) The holder of this development approval is responsible for the making of determinations and keeping
of records of the quality of the contaminants released from the Wet Weather Storage Dam for the
quality characteristics, and at the frequency specified in Schedule H - Table 2:

SCHEDULEH.TABLE2

S-dav Biochemical Oxvoen Demand mo/L Six monthlv


Susoended Solids mq/L Six monthlv
PH pH scale Six monthlv
e. coll (oeometric meanilool) cfu/100 mL Six monthlv
Total Nitrooen (as Nitrooen) mq/L Six monthlv
Total Phosohorus (as Phosphorus) mq/L Six monthlv
Sodium Adsorption Ratio calculated Six monthlv
Dissolved Solids mq/L Six monthlv
Total Dissolved Salts (calculated) mq/L Six monthlv
Specific Conductance or electrical conductivitv uS/cm Six monthly

1
[ageTïof 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
ûlvt!()!1t t7tftiäi f¡c¡;*¡ tr"'2r'$''¡' ¡..1 ¡1,

Exchanqeable cations mo/L Síx monthlv


TotalAluminium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalArsenic mo/L Six monthlv
Total Barium mo/L Six monthlv
Total Beryllium mq/L Six monthlv
Boron mo/L Six monthlv
TotalCadmium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalChromium mo/L Six monthlv
Hexavalent Chromium mo/L Six monthlv
Total Cobalt mq/L Six monthlv
Total Cooper ms/L Six monthlv
Total lron ms/L Six monthlv
Total Lead mg/L Six monthlv
Total Lithium mo/L Six monthlv
Total Manganese mq/L Six monthlv
Mercury mq/L Six monthlv
Total Molybdenum mq/L Six monthlv
Total Nickel mo/L Six monthlv
Potassium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalSelenium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalSilver ms/L Six monthlv
TotalStrontium mo/L Six monthlv
TotalVanadium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalZinc mq/L Six monthlv
TotalCalcium mq/L Six monthlv
Total Chloride mg/L Six monthlv
Total Maqnesium mq/L Six monthlv
TotalSodium mo/L Six monthlv
Total Sulphate mq/L Six monthlv

Sampling and ln-situ Monitoring Points Details


(H19) Determinations of the quality of contaminants released for the release quality characteristics
specified in the Schedule H - Table 2 of this development approval must be undertaken at the
sampling and in-situ measurement point described as at the outlet of the irrigation pump.

Quality Determ i nations


(H20) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released to land must be made in accordance with
methods prescribed in the Water Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 1999, or more
recent additions or supplements to that document as such become available,

(H21) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.

Monitoring Of Volume of Release


(H22) The daily quantity of contaminants released must be determined or estimated by an appropriate
method, for example, a flow meter.

(H23) The holder of this development approval must keep records of the volume, date, time of
commencement and duration of each occasion on which any release of contaminants is made to the
contaminant release area.

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoa{ees$
t I !'|r i :orllt ú ri :l I iit:çzj:: c s Jt id l:D :t:1;i(

Gontaminant Release Area Monitoring Program

(H24) The holder of this development approval must develop and implement a Contaminant Release Area
Monitoring Program to effectively monitor the condition of the land to which contaminants are
released.

(H25) Monitoring required by Condition H24 shall include the taking of top soil and sub-soil samples from at
least thirty (30) representative sites for the quality characteristics and at the frequency specified in
ScheduleH-Table3.

SCHEDULEH.TABLE3
QUALIW CHARACTERISTICS
PH pH scale Everv 2 vears
Sodium Adsorption Ratio (1:5 Soil/water calculated Every 2 years
mix)
Calcium/Magnesium Ratici (l :5 Soil/water calculated Every 2 years
mix)
Exchanoeable Cations mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Cations mq/L Everv 2 vears
Specific Conductance or electrical ¡rS/cm Every 2 years
conclrctivilv
TotalAluminium mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalArsenic mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Barium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Boron mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCadmium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Chromium mq/L Everv 2 vears
Hexavalent Chromium mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCobalt mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalCopoer mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total lron mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Lead mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Lithium mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Manoanese mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Molvbdenum mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Nickel mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Nitrooen mq/L Everv 2 vears
Phosohorus (extractable) ms/L Everv 2 vears
Potassium (available) mq/L Everv 2 vears
Potassiu m (extractable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalSilver mo/L Everv 2 vears
TotalStrontium mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalZinc mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Calcium lexchanoeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
TotalChloride mo/L Everv 2 vears
Total Maonesium (exchanoeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears
Total Sodium (exchanqeable) mq/L Everv 2 vears

(H26) The Contaminant Release Area Monitoring Program must include but not be limited to the following:
(i) the locations of monitoring stations including soil types and depths; and
(ii) the proposed vegetation characteristics to be monitored.

1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,"utno,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
et',vi Kl!¿rn ø nfat [icëa t;e$ ðßó t]è r]lniîs

(H27) The holder of this development approval must submit with each annual return a report on the
Contaminant Release Area Monitoring Program including an assessment of the impact and
sustainability of the application of treated sewage wastes to the contaminant release area. This
report shall include an interpretation of the results and conclusions by an expert in the field of effluent
land disposal.

(H28) All determinations of the condition of the contaminant release area must be made by a person or
body registered by the National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) for the required
determinations.

(H29) Records must be kept of the results of all monitoring carried out under the Contaminant Release
Area Monitoring Program for a period of at least five (S) years.

End of Conditions for Schedule H

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Paç,el8-of 22
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
aJ>viïtyír1Ò n¡al lr*.þ üt;es ?tÐd Ðt:)t Ðtits

SCHEDULE I . DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this development approval the following definitions apply:

General Definitions
(11) "Act" means lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994.

(12) "administering authorify" means the Department of Environment and Resource Management or its
successor.

(13) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water Resources
Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984".

(14) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an appointment
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or chief executive officer of a
local government.

(15) "hackground noise level" means either:

Laee,1 being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the time period not less
than 15 minutes, using Fast response, or

La6o 1 being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the absence of the noise
under investiqation during a representative time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.

(16) "cfu" means colony forming units.


(17) "commercial place" means a place used as an office or for business or commercial purposes.

(lB) "dewatered" means the material does not yield free liquid and "free liquid" means liquid which
readily separates from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure as
determined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) described in "U,S. EPA: Free Liquids (Paint
Filter)" Federal Register, Vol.50, No.83, page 18370, April30, 1985.

(19) "drum" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of not more that
250 litres.

(110) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall measuring
station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the sewered area connected
to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station exists, at the nearest such station to
the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes days during which recorded rainfall over the
three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.

(111) "dry weather flow" refers to a day during which no rain falls within the catchment of the sewage
treatment plant for the commencement of measurement for that day. The term also excludes days
during which measurement is made which occur within three days following cumulative rainfall of 100
mm over the three preceding days.

(112) "dwelling" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 1997 means
any of the following structures or vehicles that is principally used as a residence:

(a) a house, unit, motel, nursing home or other building or part of a building;

JPermitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",.no,¡,2
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
etvìrÒJyïÐr,f ai liÇ#{lc$ s atìai pûrß.ilx

(b) a caravan, mobile home or other vehicle or structure on land; or


(c) a watercraft in a marina.

(113) 'ogroundwater monitoring system" means a system of groundwater monitoring devices, such as
monitoring bores, used to provide data in respect to the level and quality of groundwater in the
uppermost aquifer where the location of the groundwater monitoring devices is such that
comparisons of groundwater quality and groundwater level can be made between groundwater
flowing from beneath the site (down-gradient flow) of the activity and groundwater flowing towards
the site of the activity (up-gradient flow).

(114) "infíltration" means allflows entering a sewage reticulation system other than those flows that are
legally permitted to enter the sewage reticulation system. lnfiltration may be from:

(i) stormwater/groundwater inflows; or


(ii) illegalconnections.

(115) "intrusive noíse" - means noise that, because of its frequency, duration, level, tonal
characteristics, impulsiveness or vibration -

(a) is clearly audible to, or can be felt by, an individual; and


(b) annoys the individual.

ln determining whether a noise annoys an individual and is unreasonably intrusive, regard must be
had to Australian Standard 1055.2 - 1989 Acoustics - Description and Measurement of
Environmental Noise Part2 - Application to Specific Situations.

(116) "LA."*"dj,¡ " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for noise
character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(117) "land" in any Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the atmosphere.
(118) "landfill facility" means land and structures at the licensed place used for the disposal of solid
waste.

(119) "leachate" means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from, or is likely to have passed
through or emerged from, a material stored, processed or disposed of at the licensed place that
contains soluble, suspended or miscible contaminants likely to have been derived from the said
material.

(120) "limited regulated waste" means any of the following regulated wastes - asbestos, infectious
substances or quarantine waste that has been rendered non-infectious, contaminated soil, fish
processing waste, food processing waste, poultry processing waste, tyres or treatment tank sludge or
residue produced in sewage treatment or water treatment plants.

(121) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the qualíty characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(i¡i) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days,

(122) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50) consecutive
samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacces$
cfivirrvyntt fi!äi reayl*, li anrí l,rjft tlils

(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

(123) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the release limit stated.

(124) "MaxLpa¡" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(125) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are larger. lf
the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two middle values.

(126) "mg/L" means milligrams per litre.


(127) "minimum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
less than the release limit stated.

(128) "noise sensitive place" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of lhe Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy
1997 means any of the following places:

(a) 'a dwelling;


(b) a library, childcare centre, kindergarten, school, college, university or other educational
institution;
(c) a hospital, surgery or other medical institution;
(d) a protected area, or an area identified under a conversation plan as a critical habitat or an area
of major interest, under the Nature Conservation Act 1992;
(e) a marine park under the Marine Parks Act 1982; or
(f) a park or garden that is open to the public (whether or not on payment of money) for use other
than for sport or organised entertainment.

(129) "noxio.ls" means harmful or injurious to health or physical well-being.

(130) "offensive" means causing offence or displeasure; is disagreeable to the senses; disgusting,
nauseous or repulsive.

(131) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit stated.

(132) "regulated waste" means non-domestic waste mentioned in Schedule 7 of the Environmental
Protection Regulation 2008 whether or not it has been treated o immobilised and includes -

(i) for an element - any chemical containing the element; and


(ii) anything that has contained a regulated waste.

(133) "short term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days,

(134) "shott term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5) consecutive samples
where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;

1Permitincludeslicences,approvals,permits,",tno,¡22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
e*vrcnfttental hcsriçes aod pa$rlils

(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

(135) "STP'means Sewage Treatment Plant.


(136) "tank" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of more that 2SO
litres.

(137) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as mg/L of
Nitrogen.

(l3B) "total Phosphorus" means the sum of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable phosphorus and
organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the inorganic and organic fraction of
phosphorus.

(139) "uppermost aquifer" means the geologic formation nearest to the natural ground surface that is an
aquifer, The term includes any aquifers that are likely to be hydraulically interconnected with this
aquifer within the landfill facility property boundary.

End of Definitions for Schedule I

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction s Pagezõf 22
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
Department of Environment
and Resource Management Notice
Ghange to a development approval
This notice ls rssued by the Depar-tment of Environment and Resource Management pursuant to secfion 376 of the
Susfarnab/e Planning Act 2009 ("the Act").

Unitywater cc. Moreton Bay Regional Council


20127 South Pine Road Pine Rivers District Office
BRENDALE QLD 4510 PO Box 5070
STRATHPINE QLD 45OO
Attention: Scott Lowe

Our reference: 351093 / BNT12B

Re: Request to change a development approval

1. The Chief Executive, Department of Environment and Resource Management (DERM) as


concurrence agency received a request to change a development approval on 24 June 2010.

2. Details of the development approval for the original application


Assessment Manager ref.: SR1248 - Environmental Authority
Aspect(s) of development:
Material change of use - Environmentally I Sustainable Planning Regulation 2009 -
relevant activities I Schedule 7, table 2. item 1

Property/Location description :

Lot3 5P213172
Cribb Road, BRENDALE QLD 4500

Page 1 of3.091217
Department of Environment and Resource Management
www.derm.qld.gov,au ABN 46 640 294 485 Ñ, qu.ensland Government
Notice
Change to a development approval

Date of decision for the original application and development approval:

DERM original decision date 7 March 2001

Replacement development approval issued - ENDC00419305

3. The decision for the request to change a development approval made on 24 June 2010 is to
approve the request.

4. Attached is a copy of the amended development approval. Please note that the permit reference
number has changed from ENDC00419305 to SPCE00766210.

5. The application requested:


. Change to the lot on plan description of the approval place.
. Amend reference to Pine Rivers Shire Council to Moreton Bay Regional Council.
. Amend condition H28 to update the sampling and monitoring points for the plant.

. Add a list of existing pump stations that trigger the threshold for 63(1)(b).

The actual changes made to the approval, after agreement, are as follows:
. Lot on Plan details have been amended.

. Unitywater's details have been added to the front of the approval.


. Condition H28 has been amended as per the request.
. All pump stations listed have been added to the approval.
. The definition and number for environmentally relevant activity - sewage treatment has been
updated in line with the Environmental Protection Regulation 2008.
. Condition 410 has been amended to include reference to Unitywater instead of the Pine Rivers
Shire Council.
. Condition 415 has been amended to remove reference to the Pine Rivers Shire Council.

6. lf this notice is given to the person who made the request, or to an entity that gave DERM as the
responsible entity a notice under section 373 of the Act or a pre-request response notice, or if this
notice is given by DERM as a concurrence agency and the concurrence agency's decision is to
refuse the request or approve the request on conditions, such person or entity may appeal against
the decision and the attached extract from the Act states how the person or entity may appeal.

Page 2 ot 2. 091217 Department of Environment and Resource Management


Notice

Deena Murray Enquiries:


Delegate Department of Environment and Resource
Department of Environment and Resource Management Management
4 August 2010 PO Box 168,29 The Esplanade
COTTON TREE QLD 4558
Phone: 07 5459 6121
Fax: 07 54439927
Email : deena.murray@derm.qld.gov.au

Attachments
. Information Sheet - Appeals - Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (extract from the Sustainable Planning Aet
200e)
. Copy of the amended development approval

Page 3 of 3.091217 Department of Environment and Resource Management


ecoacces$t)ttv iror;të*r'?l¿ìt ficü tlT; t> li tlnó !rer/tù| s

Replacement Development Approval


Section 621(4) Environmental Protection Act 1994
DERMdevelopmentapprovalnumber: SPCE00766210
Replacins: ENDC00419305 (formally SR1248)
Relevant Laws and Policies: Environmental Protection Act 1994 and subordinate
legislation
Under the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 this development approval is issued to:
Unitywater
33 King Street
CABOOLTURE QLD 4510
Development Descri ption :
Carrying out of Environmentally Relevant Activity (ERA):
63 Threshold 2 (e) - Sewage treatment - operating sewage treatment works, other than no release
works, with a total daily peak design capacity of more than 10 000 equivalent persons but less than 50 000
equivalent persons.

at the following place:


Lot 3 SP21 3172, County of Stanley, Parish of Warner.

located at:
Brendale Sewage Treatment Plant, Cribb Road, BRENDALE QLD 4500

The pump stations listed in the following table are covered by this development approval:

PS203 Aones Street. Albanv Creek Within the Aqnes Road Reserve
PS2O4 Stanton Reserve, Tanagar Street, Cash's Crossing, Lot 800 Plan S112499
Albanv Creek
PS205 Leitchs Park, Bevlin Court, Albanv Creek Lot 110 Plan RP125625
PS2O6 Doug Stevens Park, Riversleigh Crescent, Eatons Lot 507 Plan SP153889
Hiil
P5211 2 Fairhaven Place, Albany Creek Lol27 Plan RP883050
PS230 Brendale Wastewater Treatment Plant, Cribb Road, Lot 3 Plan 5P213172
Brendale
PS23I 1 Leitchs Road, Brendale Lot 109 RP153705
P5232 95 South Pine Road, Brendale Lot I Plan RP158258
PS233 Johnstone Road, Brendale Lot 1 Plan RP176114
PS234 34 Leonard Crescent, Brendale Lot I 11 Plan RP809895
PS235 Access via Kenworth Place, Brendale Lot 99 Plan SP122845
Nolan Road lNolan Park)
P5241 Brendale Street, Brendale Lot 19 Plan RP123982
PS259 Colins Road. Arlinqton Staqe 2 Lot 991 Plan SP132804
PS260 Francis Road, Arana Hills Lot 1 RP195917 &Lot 3 Plan
sP1 36800
PS261 Cabrilla Street, Everton Hills Lot401 Plan RP176878
PS602 29 Station Road, Samford Lot 6 Plan RP865540

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
{tlyiro!}mçgld J¡ççnÐ{t:i aKi Ðçrrj:'rîs

The environmentally relevant activity must be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance with the
conditions as set out in the attached schedule of conditions.

FuÉher development perm¡ts required


Nit

Additional information for applicants


This approval pursuant to the Environmental Protection Act 1994 does not remove the need to obtain any
further approval for this development which might be required by other State and/or Commonwealth
legislation. Applicants are advised to check with all relevant statutory authorities. Applicants also should
comply with all relevant legislation.

It is a requirement oT the Environmental Protection Act 1994 that if the owner or occupier of this site becomes
aware a Notifiable Activity (as defined under schedule 3 of the Environmental Protection A:ct 1994) is being
carried out on this land or that the land has been affected by a hazardous contaminant, they must, within 22
business days after becoming aware the activity is being carried out, give notice to the Administering
Authority. A list of Notifiable Activities is provided within Schedule 3 of the Environmental Protection Act
1994.

Appeal
This development approval is issued pursuant to section 621 of lhe Environmentat Protection Act 1gg4. The
rights of review and appeal are attached to this notice.

This development approval takes effect 10 Business days after you receive this notice, or if there is an
appeal from the day the appeal is finally decided or is otherwise ended.

A nz/*L
.. aoto
. .. .
/t -..-
Signed 6ate

Deena Murray
Manager (Moreton Bay)
Environmental Services North
South East Region, DERM
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act 1994

1 Page2 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
$t1vitÐt ìNnnfiNâl [tcçi fi$$s rxJd pn,ll4ils

This development approval consists of the following schedules as follows:

ScheduleA - General Conditions


Schedule B - Air
Schedule C - Water
Schedule D - Stormwater Management
Schedule E - Land Application
Schedule F - Noise
Schedule G - Waste Management
Schedule H - Monitoring and Reporting
Schedule I - Definitions

SCHEDULE A. GENERAL CONDITIONS

Maintenance of Plant and Equipment


(Af ) The registered operator must:

(a) maintain all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient condition; and
(b) operate all plant and equipment in a proper and efficient manner.

ln this condition, "plant and equipment" includes:

(i) any plant and equipment used to prevent and/or minimise the likelihood of environmental
harm being caused;
(ii) any devices and structures to contain foreseeable escapes of contaminants and waste;
(iii) any vehicles used to transport waste;
(iv) any device or structure used to store, handle, treat or dispose of waste;
(v) any monitoring equipment and associated alarms; and
(vi) any backup systems that act in the event of failure of a primary system.

Display of Development approval


(A2) A copy of all parts of this development approval relevant to the carrying out the environmentally
relevant activities must be kept in a location readily accessible to the personnel that are carrying out
those environmentally relevant activities.

Records
(A3) Any records or documents are required to be kept by a condition of this development approval must
be kept where practicable to do so at the approved place at which the activities are carried out and at
the Pine River Shire Council Chambers for, except as othenvise provided, a period of at least five (5)
years and be available for examination by an authorised person. The record retention requirements
of this condition will be satisfied if any daily and weekly records are kept for a period of at least three
(3) years and these records are then kept in the form of annual summaries after that period.

Alterations
(44) No change, replacement or operation of any plant or equipment is permitted if the change,
replacement or operation of the plant or equipment increases, or is likely to substantially increase,
the risk of environmental harm above that expressly provided by this development approval.
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, Page 3 ol 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
\)rtvira!;ß1D n¡.* lia.rj:iÇt li StXl í>tlril',iis

An example of a substantial increase in the risk of environmental harm is an increase of 10o/o or more
in the quantity of the contaminant to be released into the environment.

Calibration
(45) All instruments and devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any parameter under any
condition of this development approval must be calibrated, and appropriately operated and
maintained.

Trained Operators
(46) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to employees and contract
staff, must b.e:

(i) trained in the procedures and pr:actices necessary to:

(a) comply with the conditions of this development approval; and


(b) prevent environmental harm during normal operation and emergencies; or

(ii) under the close supervision of such a trained person.

Nuisance
(47) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, this development approval does
not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to cause an environmental
nuisance beyond the boundaries of the approved place.

lnspections by Authorised Persons


(48) At all reasonable times, and to the satisfaction of an authorised person, the following must be
provided to enable an authorised person to check compliance with the conditions of this development
approval:

(i) monitoring facilities, and


(ii) access to such facilities, and
(iii) any reasonable assistance which the authorised person deems necessary.

lntegrated Environmental Management System (IEMS)

(Ag) The registered operator must implement the lntegrated Environmental Management System (IEMS)
submitted with the application for development approval and ensure that the implemented lntegrated
Environmental Management System provides for the effective and appropriate management by the
registered operator of the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from the carrying out
of the environmentally relevant activities.

(410) An up to date copy of the lntegrated Environmental Management System must be kept at the Unity
Water Headquarters and, where practicable to do so, at the approved place at which the activities
are carried out.

(411) The registered operator must not implement an lntegrated Environmental Management System or
amend the lntegrated Environmental Management System where such implementation or
amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this development approval.

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions age 4 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacces$ :lxi ¿lfld liâ¿a|¡N

( 12) The registered operator must submit details of any amendment to the lntegrated Environmental
Management System annually to the administering authority with the Annual Return which
immediately follows the enactment of any such amendment.

Site-Based Environmental Management Plan


(413) The IEMS must provide for the development and implementation of a Site-Based Environmental
Management Plan which address the management of the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the carrying out of the environmentally relevant activities (including any issue/site-
specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented under the
conditions of this development approval) at the approved premise.

(414) The Site-Based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) routine operating procedures to prevent or minimise environmental harm, however


occasioned or caused during normal operations;
(ii) maintenance practices and procedures;
(iii) contingency plans and emergency procedures to deal with foreseeable risks and hazards
including corrective responses to prevent and mitigate environmental harm (including any
necessary site rehabilitation);
(iv) monitoring of the release of contaminants into the environment including procedures,
methods, record keeping and notification of results;
(v) assessment of the environmental impact of any releases of contaminants into the
environment including procedures, methods, record keeping and notification of results;
(vi) handling of environmental complaints;
(vii) keeping and production of environmental records and reports;
(viii) lines and methods of communication to be utilised for communication of procedures, plans,
incidents, potential environmental problems and results, including a feedback mechanism to
ensure that management is made aware of potential environmental problems and any failure
of procedures adopted; and
(¡x) staff training and awareness of environmental issues related to the operation of the
environmentally relevant activities, including responsibilities under the Environmental
Protection Act 1994.

(A15) An up to date copy of the relevant Site-Based Environmental Management Plan (including any
issue/site-specific environmental management plans required to be developed and implemented
under the conditions of this development approval) must be kept at the approved place to which that
plan relates, or if such is not practicable, at a place readily accessible to personnel that are carrying
out the environmentally relevant activity, and be available for examination by an authorised person
on request.

Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae

(416) The registered operator, must develop and implement an effective and appropriate Plan for the
Management of Blue-Green Algae within any associated storage pond. The plan should detail how
the registered operator will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from
any occurrence of blue-green algal outbreaks.

( 17) The Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must address at least the following matters:

(i) weekly inspections to detect the presence of any bloom;


(ii) notification and reporting if blue-green algal blooms are confirmed;
(iii) the collection and analysis of samples if a bloom is suspected; and
(iv) remedial actions.

(Af 8) A copy of the Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must be kept at the approved place.
Page 5 ol 22
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctiona
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
o,rv¡aot2!áenNal ìiîartt;r)i aß4 rafirils

(A19) The registered operator must not implement a Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae or amend a
Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae where such implementation or amendment would result in a
contravention of any condition of this development approval.

End of Conditions for Schedule A

SCHEDULE B. AIR

Release of Contaminants to the Atmosphere

(81) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the air schedule, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood
of release of contaminants to the atmosphere.

(82) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as required by
condition 81, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any such release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.

Noxious or Offensive Odour

(83) Notwithstanding any other condition of this development approval, no release of contaminants from
the approved place is to cause a noxious or offensive odour beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.

End of Conditions for Schedule B

SCHEDULE C . WATER

Emergency Response/Gontingency Plan


(C1) The registered operator must develop and implement an effective and appropriate Emergency
Response/Contingency Plan to manage the environmental impacts of any release of contaminants
from pump station and other ancillary equipment,

(C2) The Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) the location of the pump station and overflow;


(ii) procedures to be implemented to reduce the likelihood of any pump station failure and
likelihood of any release of contaminants;
(iii) response procedures to prevent any further release, or if such is not practicable, minimise
the extent and duration of any release to the greatest practicable extent;
(iv) the practices and procedures to be employed to restore the environment, or if such is not
practicable, mitigate any environmental impacts of the release (including in both dry and wet
conditions);
(v) a description of the resources to be used in response to a release;
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 6 of 22
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacûes3
ërfi tr$ìfittt ltlrì, tit:8 nçr) li r)fitÌ ilits
rO lt

(vi) the training of staff that will be called upon to respond to a release;
(vii) procedures to investigate the cause of any release, and where necessary, implement
remedial actions to reduce the likelihood of recurrence of a similar event;
(viii) the provision and availability of documented procedures to staff attending any release to
enable them to effectively respond;
(ix) timely and accurate reporting of the circumstances and nature of release events to the
adm inistering authority;
(x) periodic estimation of the catchment population serviced by the pump station and hence
daily dry weather flow to minimise any likelihood of the design capacity of the pump station
being exceeded; and
(xi) the need to install screens be investigated and screens installed where appropriate and
beneficial.

(Ca) A copy of the Emergency Response/Contingency PIan and any subsequent amendment of the
Emergency Response/Contingency Plan must be kept at the approved place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.

(C4) An updated list of all pump stations connected to the sewage treatment plant must be forwarded to
the administering authority with each Annual Return.

Release of Contaminants to Waters


(C5) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from the approved place to any waters or the
bed and banks of any waters except:

(i) as permitted under any water schedule in this development approval; or


(ii) as permitted under any stormwater schedule in this development approval; or
(iii) to a sewer as permitted or otherwise agreed from time to time by the relevant Local
Government.

(C6) Contaminated wastewater generated from washing and/or degreasing of any vehicles, any plant and
any equipment must be collected and:

(i) treated and disposed of to sewer with the approval of the relevant Local Government in
accordance with a tradewaste permit; or
(ii) transported for disposal, recycled, reprocessed or treated at a facility that can lawfully accept
such waste.

(C7) The only contaminants permitted to be released from the approved place at the release point W1 are
sewage effluents from the treatment plant.

Release Points
(C8) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from any source on the approved place to
any waters at any location other than the contaminants and sources at the locations listed below:

Release Point W1 - Sewage wastes from the treatment


plant via an outfall pipe to waters described as the South Pine River,
at approximately 7.5 km AMTD.

Other Release Points - Sewage wastes from the sewage


pump station overflows as provided for in this development
approval.

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions PageT o'f 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacceSs
dlvtrÒtvtlÈtïì þctrDe !; ûtï{}
2¡! rçÏtì¡îs

Quantity of Contaminants Released


(Ca) The total quantity of contaminants released from Release Point Number W1 during any dry weather
day must not exceed 12750 cubic metres and in any day must not exceed 37 500 cubic metres.

Quality Characteristics Of Release to Waters


(C10) The release of contaminants to waters must comply, at the sampling and in-situ measurement points
specified in Schedule H, with each of the limits specified in Schedule C Table 1 for each quality
characteristic.

SCHEDULE C TABLE 1 RELEASE QUALITY CHARACTERISTIC LIMITS


QUALITY CHARACTERIST¡CS
S-day Biochemioal Oxygen 10 mg/L long term B0 percentile
Demand (inhibited) compliance
S-day Biochemical Oxygen 15 mg/L short term 80 percentile
Demand (inhibited) compliance
S-day Biochemical Oxygen 30 mg/L maxrmum
Demand (inhibited)
Suspended Solids l5 mg/L long term 80 percentile
comoliance
Suspended Solids 23 mglL short term 80 percentile
compliance
Susoended Solids 45 mq/L maximum
pH 6.5 to 8.5 ranoe
Dissolved Oxvoen 2.0 mslL mtntmum
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) 5.0 mg/L long term 50 percentile
compliance
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) 7.5 mg/L short term 50 percentile
compliance
Total Nitrooen las Nitrooen) 15.0 mo/L maxtmum
Total Phosphorus (as Phosphorus) 1.0 mg/L long term 50 percentile
comoliance
Total Phosphorus (as Phosphorus) 1.5 mg/L short term 50 percentile
comoliance
Total Phosphorus (as Phosohorus) 3.0 mo/L maxrmum
Free Chlorine Residual 0.7 mo/L maxrmum
1000 organisms per 100 mL as a median value
FaecalColiforms (minimum of 5 samples taken at not less than half-
hourly intervals in any one day, with 4 out of the 5
samples containing less than 4000 organisms per 100
mL)

(C11) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Schedule C Table 1, the release of
contaminants to waters must comply with the following qualitative characteristics:

(¡) The release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or other contaminants
which are capable of causing environmental harm.
(ii) The release must not produce any slick or other visible evidence of oil or grease, nor contain
visible floating oil, grease, scum, litter or other objectionable matter.

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 8 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
eco& gs
(j't ltrcrút\) tI liJi |ict,\ tit;û !; ?Jü é pp(t?i|s

Pump Stations and Ove¡{low Structures

(C12) The only pump station permitted to release contaminants to any waters is that listed below at the
correspondi ng overflow location :

SCHEDULE C TABLE 2. PUMP STATION AND OVERFLOW

203 Agnes Street, Albanv Creek Stormwater drain to South Pine River
204 Tanagar Street, Albany Creek South Pine River
205 Bevlin Crescent. Albanv Creek Sandv Creek/South Pine River
211 The Boulevard, Albanv Creek South Pine River
220 Cash's Crossino, Eaton's Hill South Pine River
221 Bunva Park Drive, Eaton's Hill South Pine River
232 South Pine Road, Brendale Conflaqration Ck/South Pine River
233 Johnstone Road. Brendale Ooen Drain/South Pine River
234 Leonard Crescent, Brendale Open drain/Conflagration Ck/South Pine
River
235 Nolan Road, Brendale Stormwater/South Pine River
241 Brendale Street, Brendale Stormwater/Ooen Drain/South Pine River
260 Francis Road. Arana Hills Cabbaoe Tree Creek
261 Cabrilla Street. Everton Hills Cabbaoe Tree Creek

(C13) The pump station whose failure will result in a direct or indirect release of contaminants to waters
must be fitted with a stand-by pump and pump-failure alarm. Pump failure alarm must be able to
operate without mains power.

(C14) No release of contaminants from the pump station or other ancillary works shall occur except as a
result of power failure, excessive rainfall, accidental damage or other emergency.

End of Conditions for Schedule G

SCHEDULE D . STORMWATER MANAGEMENT

Contaminant Releases Caused by Rainfall

(D1) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the stormwater management schedule and the
water schedule of this development approval, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to prevent and/or minimise the release or likelihood of
release of contaminated runoff from the approved place to any stormwater drain or waters or the bed
or banks of any such waters. "Contaminated runoff' for the purposes of this condition means
stormwater and/or stormwater runoff that contains contaminants that may cause environmental harm.

Cleaning and Spillages


(D2) The maintenance and cleaning of any vehicles, other equipment or plant must be carried out in areas
where contaminants cannot be released into any waters, roadside gutter or stormwater drain.

1
sanction. Page9 of 22
Perrnit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates,
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
]iîþ?co
êrìvïotltnelllal aßd pr,ÍrìiÌs

(D3) Any spillage of waste, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as practicable.
Such spíllages must not be cleaned up by hosing, sweeping or otherwise releasing such waste,
contaminants or material to any stormwater drainage system, roadside gutter or waters.

Acid Sulphate Soils


(D4) Any acid sulphate soils or potential acid sulphate soils disturbed, extracted or unearthed as a result
of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity or activities must be stored and/or treated and/or
disposed of so as not to cause environmental harm to surface waters and/or groundwaters.

Bunding
(D5) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank within the bund.

(D6) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient to contain at
least 25% of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.

(D7) All bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials stored.

(D8) The base and walls of àll bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps or cracks.

(D9) All bunding must be roofed where practicable.

(Df 0) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the registered operator must ensure that any
stormwater captured within the bund is free from contaminants or wastes prior to any release.

(D1 1) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.
Minimise Sewer lnfiltration
(D12) The registered operator must take all reasonable and practicable measures to minimise infiltration.

(D13) For the purposes of demonstrating compliance with condition D12, the registered operator must
periodically report to the administering authority on the following matters:

(i) the estimated level of infiltration;


(ii) the reasonable and practicable measures intended to minimise infiltration;
(iii) the actions taken to minimise infiltration; and
(iv) periodic re-estimations of the level of infiltration and, by comparison with previous infiltration
estimates and connected population, an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken
to m lnlmlsê lnfiltration.

(D14) The initial repor! must be lodged with the administering authority by 1 July 1998 with subsequent
reports to be lodged with the annual return in 2000 and at least once every two (2) years thereafter.

End of Gonditions for Schedule D

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 10 of 22
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccgss û JvircrllnD nl+l 1ii6ì¡irr'5 íìtld plrt'ti?/is

SCHEDULE E - LAND APPLICATION

Release of Gontaminants to Land


(E1) The defined contaminant release area is described as the landscaped areas at the approved place.

(82) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the land schedule of this development approval,
the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to
prevent the release or likelihood of release of contaminants to land.

(E3) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminants to land as required by condition
E2, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to
minimise the release or likelihood of release of any such contaminants to land.

Description of Gontam¡nants
(E4) The only contaminants allowed to be released to land are sewage effluents from the treatment plant.

Gontaminant Release Quality

(E5) Treated sewage effluent used for irrigation purposes, or supplied to another party for irrigation
purposes or other use, must comply with the quality characteristics specified in Schedule C Table 1.

Contaminant Release Precautions at the Approved Place


(EO) The contaminant release areas must not be used for grazing, recreational activities or as a traffic
thoroughfare.

(E7) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out within 50 metres of any watercourse.

(E8) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if soil moisture conditions are such that
surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur.

(E9) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of the approved
place.

(E10) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of contaminants to
land and untilthe release area has dried.

(E1 1) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified. Standard
water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines, and the
contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines. Lockable valves or
removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines where there is public access
to the contaminant release areas.

End of Gonditions for Schedule E

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 11 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
(ìt ì\/¡ t Ot|ft 1çn{ã ! /i(t:) ti CC:; ?}ttd
?çftiltÌS

SCHEDULE F . NOISE

Emission of Noise
(F1) ln the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes intrusive noise being made to the
administering authority, that the administering authority considers is not frivolous or vexatious, then
the emission of noise from the approved place must not result in levels greater than those specified
in Schedule F - Table 1.

SCHEDULE F TABLE 1

Perîod Noise Level aú a Nolse Sensíúíve Place Measured as


the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
LAmar adi T
7am-6pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

6pm-10pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

10 pm -7 am Background noise level plus 3 dB(A)

NOISE L¡MITS AT A COMMERCIAL PLACE


Period /Volse Level at a Commercial Place measured as
the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
Lamav ad¡ T
7am-6pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

6 pm -'10 pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

10 pm -7 am Background noise level plus 8 dB(A)

End of Condition for Schedule F

SCHEDULE G . WASTE MANAGEMENT

General
(G1) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of contrary to any
condition of this development approval.

(G2) The registered operator must not:

(i) allow waste to burn or be burnt at or on the approved place excepting as permitted in a
condition of this development approval; nor
(ii) remove waste from the approved place and burn such waste elsewhere.

1 Page 12 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacc€ss
o,1vìt#vüt n|àl ti<:i]fiÇr\ï ¿{ìd pt}rþi*

Off Site Movement

(G3) Where regulated waste is removed from the approved place (other than by a release as permitted
under another schedule of this development approval), the registered operator must monitor and
keep records of the following:

(a) the date, quantity and type of waste removed; and


(b) name of the waste transporter and/or disposal operator that removed the waste; and
(c) the intended treatmenVdisposal destination of the waste.

(NOTE: Records of documents maintained in compliance with a waste tracking system established
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 or any other law for regulated waste will be deemed to
satisfy this condition.)

(G4) Regulated waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed of
contrary to any condition of this development approval.

Notification of lmproper Disposal Of Regulated Waste


(G5) lf the registered operator becomes aware that a person has removed regulated waste from the
approved place and disposed of the regulated waste in a manner which is not authorised by this
development approval or is improper or unlawful, then the registered operatolmust, as soon as
practicable, notify the administering authority of all relevant facts, matters and circumstances known
concerning the disposal.

End of Gonditions for Schedule G

SCHEDULE H . MONITORING AND REPORTING

Complaint Recording
(H1) All complaints received by the registered operator relating to releases of contaminants from
operations at the approved place must be recorded and kept in a log with the following details:

(i) time, date and nature of complaint;


(ii) type of communication (telephone, letter, personal etc.);
(iii) name, contact address and contact telephone number of complainant (Note: if the
complainant does not wish to be identified then "Not identified" is to be recorded);
(iv) response and investigation undertaken as a result of the complaint;
(v) name of person responsible for investigating complaint; and
(vi) action taken as a result of the complaint investigation and signature of responsible person.

Notification of Emergenc¡es and Incidents


(H2) As soon as practicable after becoming aware of any emergency or incident which results in the
release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the
conditions of this development approval, the registered operator must notify the administering
authority of the release by telephone or facsimile.

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction, Page 13 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
etrvi!öntnÊfi |a! l¡îoftçfls afi{i paftnits

(H3) The notification of emergencies or incidents as required by condition H2 must include but not be
limited to the following:

(i) the name of the holder of the development approval;


(ii) the location of the emergency or incident;
(¡ii) the number of the development approval;
(¡v) the name and telephone number of the designated contact person;
(v) the time of the release;
(vi) the time the holder of the development approval became aware of the release;
(vii) the suspected cause of the release;
(viii) the environmental harm caused, threatened, or suspected to be caused by the release; and
(ix) actions taken to prevent further any release and mitigate any environmental harm caused by
the release.

(H4) Not more than 14 days following the initial notification of an emergency or incident, the holder of the
development approval must provide written advice of the information supplied in accordance with
condition H3 in addition to:

(i) proposed actions to prevent a recurrence of the emergency or incident; and


(ii) outcomes of actions taken at the time to prevent or minimise environmental harm.

(H5) As soon as practicable, but not more than six weeks following the conduct of any environmental
monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which results in the release of
contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in accordance with the conditions
of this development approval, the holder of the development approval must provide written advice of
the results of any such monitoring performed to the administering authority.

Water Qual ity Determi nat¡ons


(HO) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released to waters must be made in accordance
with methods prescribed in the Water Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 19g9, or
more recent additions or supplements to that document as such become available.

(H7) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a person or body
possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.

Noise Monitoring

(H8) For the purposes of checking compliance with condition F1 and investigating any complaint of noise
annoyance, monitoring and recording of the noise levels from the activity/activities must be
undertaken for the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:

(i) Lnmax, a¿j t,


(ii) L¡¡s,1 or Lnso, r,
(iii) L¡¡,1 (where N equals statistical levels of 1 , j O, SO, 90 and 9g);
(iv) Lpn ri
(v) Lneq,r,
(v¡) the level and frequency of occurrence of impulsive or tonal noise;
(vii) atmospheric conditions including temperature, relative humidity and wind speed and
direction; and
(viii) effects due to extraneous factors such as traffic noise.

(Hg) ln conjunction with the measurement and recording of noise, the following parameters and conditions
must be recorded:

(i) location, date and time of recording.

1 Page 14 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
tìt1'¿i rö t1ffi û nl ä ! hî{J#üt}$ áìtJd pûfuìils

(H10) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of unreasonable and intrusive noise
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authority to carry out such monitoring.

(H11) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the Noise Measurement
Manual, 3rd edition, March 2000, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
become available.

(H12) The measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a person or body possessing
appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required measurements.

lncident Recording
(H13) A record must be maintained of at least the following events:

(i) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions where the failure of the equipment
resulted in the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
(ii) any uncontrolled release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause environmental harm;
and
(iii) any emergency involving the release of contaminants reasonably likely to cause material or
serious environmental harm requiring the use of fire fighting equipment.

Exceptlon Reporting
(H14) The registered operator must notify the administering authority in writing of any monitoring result that
indicates an exceedance of or non-compliance with any approval limit within 28 days of completion of
analysis.

(H15) The written notification required by condition number H14 above must include:

(i) the full analysis results; and


(ii) details of investigation or corrective actions taken; and
(iii) any subsequent analysis.

Receiving Environment Monitor¡ng Program


(H16) The registered operator must develop and implement a Receiving Environment Monitoring Program
to monitor the effects of the release of contaminants on the "receiving environment" to effectively
determine whether environmental values are being protected.

(H17) ln developing the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program, the registered operator must:
(i) submit a proposal for the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program to the administering
authority for its review and comment:

(a) in the case of the registered operator not becoming a "participating member" as
defined in condition H24,90 days from the date this development approval takes
effect; or
(b) in the case of the registered operator ceasing to be a "participating member" as
defined in condition H24, 60 days from the date the registered operator ceases to be
a "participating member"; and
(ii) ensure the proposed program describes and addresses at least the following:

(a) description of potentially affected environment including key communities and


ambient water quality;
(b) description of water quality objectives and biological objectives to be achieved;

1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions Page 15 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess eftvircmfialnlal fi.lëfiçi,s aûd Dèrlt;ls

(c) description of selected physico-chemical and biological indicators and reasons for
their inclusion;
(d) the proposed monitoring locations including control locations and reasons for their
selection;
(e) the proposed sampling depths;
(f) the frequency of sampling and analysis;
(g) any historical data sets to be relied upon; and
(h) description of the statistical basis on which conclusions are drawn; and

(i¡i) have due regard to the comments of the administering authority in the finalisation of the
Receiving Environment Monitoring Program.

(H1B) ln evaluating the effect of the release on environmental values of receiving environment,
consideration must be given to at least the followrng:

(i) water quality criteria specified in the Australian & New Zealand Environment & Conservation
Council's "Australian Water Quality Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Waters", November
1992; and
(ii) any Environmental Protection Policies enacted under Queensland's Environmental
Protection Act 1994 concerning water quality and ecosystems; and
(iii) any relevant reports produced with respect to the Department of Environment's Water
Quality Monitoring Programs if applicable; and
(iv) any relevant reports produced by the Brisbane River and Moreton Bay Wastewater
Management Study.

(H19) Within 30 days of the date of receipt of written comment from the administering authority as per
condition H17, or such other period as advised in writing by the administering authority, the applicant
must commence carrying out the Receiving Environment Monitoring Program.

(H20) All determinations of the environmental quality of the receiving environment must be made in
accordance with methods prescribed in the Department of Environment, Water quality Sampling
Manual, 2nd Edition, February 1995, or more recent additions or supplements to that document as
such become available.

(H21) All determinations of the environmental quality of the receiving environment must be performed by a
person or body possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the required
measurements.

(H22) The registered operator must submit a report of the results of the Receiving Environment Monitoring
Program including an assessment of the impact of the release of contaminants upon the receiving
environment with each annual return. The assessment must address whether environmental values
are being protected with reference to water quality data and any other monitoring data obtained and
state the basis on which the conclusions are drawn.

(l-i23) Records must be kept of the results of all determinations and monitoring carried out under the
Receiving Environment Monitoring Program for a period of at least 5 years.

Option to become a'participating member' in an equivalent Receiving Environment Monitoring


Program carried out by other persons and/or agencies.

(H24) As an alternative to developing and implementing a Receiving Environment Monitoring Program for
South Pine River and Moreton Bay, the registered operator may become and remain a "participating
member" in a study carried out by other persons or agencies that meets the requirements of
conditions H16 to H23 inclusive (the equivalent study), such as, the Southeast Queensland Water

1 Page 16
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions o'f 22
or equivalenUsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoätcess
ty1.li|tL! tñr",ß!iti lia;rlrlc a !; ä9{t ? 0$ti13

Quality Management Study and the Ecological Health Monitoring Program proposed to be carried out
under the Study.

A "participating member" for the purposes of condition H17 and the conditions H24 to H26 inclusive
means that the registered operator actively participates in the equivalent study and any monitoring
program resulting from such study.

(H25) The registered operator will be deemed to comply with conditions H16 to H23 in so far as they relate
to the South Pine River and Moreton Bay, so long as the registered operator continues to be a
"participating member" in an equivalent study. ln the event that the registered operator ceases to be
a "participating member" in an equivalent study, then the registered operator must within sixty (60)
days submit a proposalfor a Receiving Environment Monitoring Program in accordance with
condition H17.

(H26) lf the registered operator ceases to be to be a participating member in an equivalent study, then the
registered operator must within fourteen (14) days notify the administering authority in writing that
they are no longer a "participating member".

Monitoring of Gontam¡nant Releases to Waters


(H27) The registered operator is responsible for the making of determinations and keeping of records of the
quality of the contaminants released for the release points, quality characteristics, and at the
frequency specified in Schedule H Table 1:

SCHEDULE H TABLE I
S-dav Biochemical Oxvoen Demand mq/L Weeklv
Susoended Solids mq/L Weeklv
pH oH scale Weeklv
Dissolved Oxvqen mq/L Weeklv
Free Chlorine Residual mq/L Weeklv
Faecal Coliforms cfu/100 mL Weeklv
Ammonia (as Nitrooen) mq/L Weekly
Total Nitrooen las Nitrooen) mq/L Weeklv
Total Phosohorus (as Phosohorus) mo/L Weeklv

Sampling and Monitoring Point Details

(H28) Determinations of the quality of contaminants released to waters to check conformity with the release
quality characteristics specified in the Water Schedule of this development approval must be
undertaken at monitoring point 81, described as on the exit to the sand filters, and monitoring point
82, described as the covered tank on the exit of the chlorine detention lagoon.

(H29) The registered operator is responsible for the making of determinations of each quality characteristic
at the monitoring point specified in Schedule H Table 2.

1 Page 17 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
OiÍ'r'ì<)lrrÍßnÌâ! Íiltj r{ïr} S Ar}<t j>ùrÐ}jîs

SCHEDULE H TABLE 2
Quality Characteristic

S-dav Biochemical Oxvoen Demand mo/L B'l


Suspended Solids mo/L B1
pH pH scale B1
Dissolved Oxvoen ms/L 82
Free Chlorine Residual mo/L 82
Faecal Coliforms cfu/100 mL 82
Ammonia las Nitrooen) mo/L B1
Total Nitrooen las Nitrooen) mo/L B1
Total Phosohorus las Phosohorus) mo/L B1

Bypass Monitoring

(H30) Details concerning any bypass of plant effluent shall be monitored and recorded in terms of event
date, duration, cause of bypass, and actions taken in reporting and averting the bypass.

Monitoring Reporting
(H31) The registered operator must ensure that the results of all monitoring performed in accordance with
this development approval for the period covered by the return are submitted with the annual return.

(H32) Contaminant release quantities pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in
accordance with Schedule C Condition Cg shall be presented as follows:

(i) in a tabular format, showing date of recording and raw data; and
(ii) graphically showing raw data vs time.

(H33) Contaminant release quality pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in
accordance with Condition H27 shall be presented:

(i) in a tabular format, showing:

(a) date and times sampled;


(b) all raw data;
(c) any exceedance of levels of all parameters specified in Schedule C, Table 1; and
(d) maximum and minimum values for parameters specified in Schedule H Table 1; and

(ii) graphically showing data referred to in part (i) of this condition vs time.

(H34) Data pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or recorded in accordance with Condition
H29 of Schedule H (bypass of plant effluent)for the yearly period, shall be presented in a tabular
format showing:

(i) date of commencement of bypass;


(ii) duration of bypass (hours);
(iii) cause of bypass;
(iv) total bypass duration for the period (hours); and
(v) actions taken in reporting and averting the bypass.

1 Page 18 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions
or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoåtccess
ft ùr'ltroû1trÐ ãl *öÐtì¡xt r;,){t{f ,þtTt;i¡s;

End of Gonditions for Schedule H

SCHEDULE I . DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this development approval the following definitions apply:

General Definitions

)
(lf "Act" means lhe Environmental Protection Act 1994.

(12) "administering authorify" means the Department of Environment and Resource Management or its
successor.

(13) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water Resources
Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984'.

(14) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an appointment
under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or chief executive officer of a
local government.

(15) "background noise level" means either:

L¡e6,1 being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the time period not less
than 15 minutes, using Fast response, gI

La¡o 1 being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the absence of the noise
under investiqation during a representative time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.

(16) "cfu" means colony forming units.


(17) "commercial place" means a place used as an office or for business or commercial purposes.

(18) "dewatered" means the material does not yield free liquid and "free liquid" means liquid which
readily separates from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure as
determined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) described in "U.S. EPA: Free Liquids (Paint
Filter)" Federal Register, Vol.50, No.83, page 18370, April 30, 1985.

(19) "drum" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of.not more that
250 litres.

(lf 0) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall measuring
station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the sewered area connected
to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station exists, at the nearest such station to
the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes days during which recorded rainfall over the
three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.

(111) "dry weather flow" refers to a day during which no rain falls within the catchment of the sewage
treatment plant for the commencement of measurement for that day. The term also excludes days
during which measurement is made which occur within three days following cumulative rainfall of '100
mm over the three preceding days.

(112) "dwelling" means any of the following structures or vehicles that is principally used as a residence:
1
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanction. Page 19 of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess et v¡¡çs ¡;¡¡ enlai lieørc e s atitl ¡>eø;sì!s

(a) a house, unit, motel, nursing home or other building or part of a building;
(b) a caravan, mobile home or other vehicle or structure on land; or
(c) a watercraft in a marina.

(113) "groundwater monitoring system" means a system of groundwater monitoring devices, such as
monitoring bores, used to provide data in respect to the level and quality of groundwater in the
uppermost aquifer where the location of the groundwater monitoring devices is such that
comparisons of groundwater quality and groundwater level can be made between groundwater
flowing from beneath the site (down-gradient flow) of the activity and groundwater flowing towards
the site of the activity (up-gradient flow).

(114) "infiltration" means all flows entering a sewage reticulation system other than those flows that are
legally permitted to enter the sewage reticulation system. lnfiltration may be from:

(i) stormwater/groundwater inflows; or


(ii) illegalconnections.

(115) "intrusive noise" - means noise that, because of its frequency, duration, level, tonal
characteristics, impulsiveness or vibration -

(a) is clearly audible to, or can be felt by, an individual; and


(b) annoys the individual.

ln determining whether a noise annoys an individual and is unreasonably intrusive, regard must be
had to Australian Standard 1055.2 - 1989 Acoustics - Description and Measurement of
Environmental Noise Part2 - Application to Specific Situations.

(11 6) "LA^"x adj, ¡ " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for noise
character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(117) "land" in any Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the atmosphere.

(118) "landfill facility" means land and structures at the approved place used for the disposal of solid
waste.

(119) "leachate" means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from, or is likely to have passed
through or emerged from, a material stored, processed or disposed of at the approved place that
contains soluble, suspended or miscible contaminants likely to have been derived from the said
material.

(120) "limited regulated waste" means any of the following regulated wastes - asbestos, infectious
substances or quarantine waste that has been rendered non-infectious, contaminated soil, fish
processing waste, food processing waste, poultry processing waste, tyres or treatment tank sludge or
residue produced in sewage treatment or water treatment plants.

(121) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

1 Page
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions of 22
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoacces$
rìtf1,1i,s/i]tÐt:jtll;jì \¡tÌ#ttçþ s iltìé pÐTïilils

(122) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50) consecutive
samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

(123) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the release limit stated.

(124) "MaxLpa¡" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(125) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are larger. lf
the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two middle values.

(126) "mg/L" means milligrams per litre.


(127) "mínimum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
less than the release limit stated.

(l2S) "noise sensíúive place" as mentioned in Schedule 5 of lhe Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy
l99Z means any of the following places:

(a) a dwelling;
(b) a library, childcare centre, kindergarten, school, college, university or other educational
institution;
(c) a hospital, surgery or other medical institution;
(d) a protected area, or an area identified under a conversation plan as a critical habitat or an area
of major interest, under the Nature Conservation Act 1992;
(e) a marine park under the Marine Parks Act 1982; or
(f) a park or garden that is open to the public (whether or not on payment of money)for use other
than for sport or organised entertainment.

(129) "noxious" means harmful or injurious to health or physical well-being.

(130) "offensive" means causing offence or displeasure; is disagreeable to the senses; disgusting,
nauseous or repulsive.

(131) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must not be
greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit stated.

(132) "regulated waste" means non-domestic waste mentioned in Schedule 7 of the Environmental
Protection Regulation l99B whether or not it has been treated or immobilised and includes -

(i) for an element - any chemical containing the element; and


(ii) anything that has contained a regulated waste.

(133) "shott term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured values in
ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

1
sanction, Page21 of 22
Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates,
or equivalent/similar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
ecoaccess
otv i rclvrß ñîal hcerir.û.s årì(i palrnris

(134) "shott term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured values
of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5) consecutive samples
where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five week period;
(¡i) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than six days.

(135) .'STP" means


Sewage Treatment Plant.

(136) "tank" means any individual container for holding a chemical and having a capacity of more that 250
litres.

(137) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as mg/L of
Nitrogen.

(138) "total Phosphorus" means the sum of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable phosphorus and
organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the inorganic and organic fraction of
phosphorus.

(139) "uppermost aquifer" means the geologic formation nearest to the natural ground surface that is an
aquifer. The term includes any aquifers that are likely to be hydraulically interconnected with this
aquifer within the landfill facility property boundary.

End of Definitions for Schedule I

END OF CONDITIONS

Permit includes licences, approvals, permits, authorisations, certificates, sanctions


or equivalenVsimilar as required by legislation administered by the
Department of Environment and Resource Management
Southern Region 2S8 Edward Street • Brisbane Queensland • GPO Box 2771 • BRISBANE QLD 4001 • AUSTRALIA
Telephone (07) 3224 5641 • Facsimile (07) 3225 8723 • www.env.qId.gov.au

Environmental Protection Act 1994

Notice of Decision to Grant Application for Environmental Authority

Section 45(1)

Enquiries to: Ricci Churchill


Telephone: (07)3224 6166
Your Reference:
Our reference: 1EA1171

Anglian Water International Pty Ltd


6-18 Bridge Road
HORNSBY NSW 2077

Attn: Frank Placko

Dear Sir

Re: Application for Environmental Authority by Anglian Water International Pty Ltd
in respect of the operations described as environmentally relevant activity (ERA)
15(f) - Sewage Treatment located at 257 Duffield Road, Redcliffe Qld 4020.

Your application for Environmental Authority has been granted.

A copy of the Licence No. SR1617 which includes the schedule of conditions, is attached.

This licence takes effect from 25 July 2000.

Information relating to a review of the decision or appeals under this Act is attached to this
notice.

siane

R T Anderson
Manager Licensing
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act (1994)

date W.7/.^o.
i 00% recycled pap
Procedure for review
202,(1) A dissatisfied person may apply for a review of an original decision.
(2) The application must-
fa) be made in the approved form to the administering authority within-
(i) 14 days after the day on which the person receives notice of the original decision or the
administering authority is taken to have made the decision (the "review date"); or
(ii) the longer period the authority in special circumstances allows; and
(b) be supported by enough information to enable the authority to decide the application.
(3) On or before making the application, the applicant must send the following documents to the other
persons who were given notice of the original decision-
fa) notice of the application (the "review notice'*); and
(b) a copy of the application and supporting documents.
(4) The review notice must inform the recipient that submission on the application may be made to the
administering authority within 7 days after the application is made to the authority.
(5) If the administering authority is satisfied the applicant has complied with subsection (2) and (3),
the authority must within 14 days after receiving the application -
(a) review the original decision; and
(b) consider any submissions properly made by a recipient of the review notice; and
(c) make a decision (the "review decision") to-
(i) confirm or revoke the original decision; or
(ii) vary the original decision in a way the administering authority considers appropriate.
(6) The application does not stay the original decision.
(7) The application must not be dealt with by-
fa) the person who made the original decision; or
(b) a person in a less, senior office than the person who made the original decision.
(8) Within 14 days after making the decision, the administering authority must give written notice of
the decision to the applicant and persons who were given notice of the original decision.
(9) The notice must-
(a) include the reasons for the review decision; and
(b) inform the person of their right of appeal against the decision.
(10) If the administering authority does not comply with subsection (5) or (8) the authority is taken to
have made a decision confirming the original decision.
(11) Subsection (7) applies despite section 27A(7) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1954.
(12) This section does not apply to an original decision made by-
fa) for a matter, the administration and enforcement of which has been devolved to a local
government - the local government itself or the chief executive officer of the local
government personally; or
(b) for another matter-the chief executive personally.

Who may appeal


204. (1) A dissatisfied person who is dissatisfied with a review decision may appeal against the
decision to the Court.
(2) The chief executive may appeal against another administering authority 's decision (whether
an original or review decision) to the Court.
(3) A dissatisfied person who is dissatisfied with an original decision to which section 202
(Procedure for review) does not apply may appeal against the decision to the Court.
Environmental Protection Act 1994

Licence No. SR1617

Section 45(1)

Under the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 this environmental authority is
issued:

To: Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Address: 6-18 Bridge Road

HORNSBY NSW 2077

in respect of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity at the following place(s):

Portion 276 and Portion 277, Parish of Redcliffe

located at: 257 Duffield Road


REDCLIFFE QLD 4020

ERA 15(f) - Sewage treatment-operating a standard sewage treatment works having a


peak design capacity to treat sewage of 50 000 or more average persons but less than
100 000 equivalent persons

This environmental authority is issued subject to the conditions set out in the schedules attached to
this environmental authority.

This environmental authority takes effect from 25 July 2000.

signed , , jdum
R T Anderson
Manager Licensing
Delegate of Administering Authority
Environmental Protection Act (1994)

date ..k:Z:.°?..
Env Auth ?? SRI 617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Ply Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(0 - Sewage treatment

This environmental authority consists of the following schedules-

Schedule A - General Conditions

Schedule B - Air

Schedule C - Water

Schedule D - Stormwater Management

Schedule E - Land Application

Schedule F - Noise

Schedule G - Waste Management

Schedule H - Self Monitoring and Reporting

Schedule I - Definitions

Schedule J - Works Area

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 2 of 25


Env A u t h # S R 1 6 1 7 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pry Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity;


15(f) - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE A - GENERAL CONDITIONS

Compliance with Environmental Authority

(Al) In carrying out the environmentally relevant activity, the holder of this environmental
authority must take all reasonable and practicable measures to prevent and/or to
minimise the likelihood of environmental harm being caused. Any environmentally
relevant activity, that, if carried out incompetently, may cause environmental harm, in a
manner that could be prevented, shall be carried out in a proper manner by a competent
person in accordance with the conditions of this authority.

(A2) The holder of this environmental authority must;

(a) install and operate all works and control equipment; and

(b) take all measures, perform all acts and do all things,

necessary to ensure compliance with the conditions of this environmental authority.

Display of Environmental Authority


(A3) A copy of this environmental authority must be kept in a location readily accessible to
personnel carrying out the activity.

Trained Operators

(A4) All persons engaged in the conduct of the activity, including but not limited to
employees and contract staff, must be:

(i) trained in the procedures and practices necessary to:

(a) comply with the conditions of this environmental authority; and

(b) prevent environmental harm during normal operation and emergencies; or

(ii) under the close supervision of such a trained person.

Inspections by Authorised Persons


(A5) At all reasonable times, and to the satisfaction of an authorised person, the following
must be provided to enable an authorised person to check compliance with the conditions
of this environmental authority:

(i) monitoring facilities; and


(ii) access to such facilities; and
(iii) any reasonable assistance which the authorised person deems necessary.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 3 of 25


Env Auth # SRI 617 062 716 5/2 Anglian Water International Ply Lid

Environmentally Relevant Activity;


15(0 - Sewage treatment

Records

(A6) Any record required to be kept by a condition of this environmental authority must be
kept at the licensed place and be available for examination by an authorised person.

(A7) Copies of any record or document required to be kept by a condition of this


environmental authority must be provided to any authorised person or the administering
authority on request.

Alterations

(AS) No change, replacement or operation of any plant or equipment is permitted if the


change, replacement or operation of the plant or equipment increases, or is likely to
substantially increase, the risk of environmental harm.

Calibration

(A9) All instruments and measuring devices used for the measurement or monitoring of any
parameter under any condition of this environmental authority must be calibrated, and
appropriately operated and maintained.

Site-Based Management Plan

(AlO) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Site-based Management Plan which details how the holder of this
environmental authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the carrying out of the environmentally relevant activity.

(Al 1) The Site-based Management Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) routine operating procedures to prevent or minimise environmental harm,


however occasioned or caused during normal operations;
(ii) maintenance practices and procedures;
(iii) contingency plans and emergency procedures to deal with foreseeable risks and
hazards including corrective responses to prevent and mitigate environmental
harm (including any necessary site rehabilitation);
(iv) monitoring of the release of contaminants into the environment including
procedures, methods, record keeping and notification of results;
(v) assessment of the environmental impact of any releases of contaminants into the
environment including procedures, methods, record keeping and notification of
results;
(vi) handling of environmental complaints;
(vii) keeping and production of environmental records and reports;
(viii) lines and methods of communication to be utilised for communication of
procedures, plans, incidents, potential environmental problems and results,
including a feedback mechanism to ensure that management is made aware of
potential environmental problems and any failure of procedures adopted; and
Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 4 of 25
Env Auth#SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


1 5(f) - Sewage treatment

(ix) staff training and awareness of environmental issues related to the operation of
the environmentally relevant activities, including responsibilities under the
Environmental Protection Act.

(A12) A copy of the Site-based Management Plan and any subsequent amendment of the Site-
based Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place.

(A13) The holder of this, environmental authority must not implement a Site-based
Management Plan or amend a Site-based Management Plan where such implementation
or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this environmental
authority.

Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae

(A14) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Plan for the Management of Blue-Green Algae within the effluent storage
pond. The plan should detail how the holder of this environmental authority will manage
the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from any occurrence of blue-
green algal outbreaks.

(Al 5) The Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must address at least the following matters:

(i) weekly inspections to detect the presence of any bloom;


(ii) notification and reporting if blue-green algae blooms are confirmed;
(iii) the collection and analysis of samples if a bloom is suspected; and
(iv) remedial actions.

(A16) A copy of the Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae must be kept at the licensed
place.

(A17) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement a Management Plan for
Blue-Green Algae or amend a Management Plan for Blue-Green Algae where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this
environmental authority.

Nuisance

(A18) Notwithstanding any other condition of this environmental authority, this environmental
authority does not authorise any release of contaminants which causes or is likely to
cause an environmental nuisance beyond the boundaries of the licensed place.

End of Conditions for Schedule A

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 5 of 25


Env A u i h # S R 1 6 l 7 52 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity.


15(0 - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE B - AIR

Release of Contaminants to the Atmosphere

(Bl) The environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to prevent the release or likelihood of release of contaminants to the
atmosphere.

(B2) Where it is not practicable to prevent the release of contaminants to the atmosphere as
required by condition number Bl, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried
out by such practicable means necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of any
such release of contaminants to the atmosphere.

Noxious or Offensive Odour

(B3) Notwithstanding any other condition of this environmental authority, no release of


contaminants from the licensed place is to cause a noxious or offensive odour beyond the
boundaries of the licensed place.

End of Conditions for Schedule B

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 6 of 25


Env A u t h £ S R I 6 1 7 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity.


1 5(0 - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE C - WATER

Release of Contaminants to Waters

(CI) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from the licensed place to any
waters or the bed and banks of any waters except as permitted under the Water Schedule
or the Stormwater Management Schedule.

(C2) The only contaminants permitted to be released from the licensed place at the release
point Wl are sewage treatment effluents from the sewage treatment plant.

Release Points

(C3) Contaminants must not be directly or indirectly released from any source on the licensed
place to any waters at any location other than the contaminants and sources at the
locations listed below:

Release Point W l Treated sewage wastes from the treatment plant discharged
via the outfall pipe to waters described as the tidal reach of
Hay's Inlet at AMTD 2 km.

Release Point Details

(C4) Release point number W l must be submerged such that the top of the outfall pipe is at
least 0.3 metres below Low Water Datum into the deep water channel in Moreton Bay.

Quantity of Contaminants Released

(C5) The total quantity of contaminants released from Release Point W l during any dry
weather day must not exceed 22 100 cubic metres and in any day must not exceed 80 000
cubic metres.

Quality Characteristics Of Release to Waters

(C6) The release of contaminants to waters must comply, at the sampling and in-situ
measurement points specified in Schedule H, with each of the limits specified in
Schedule C Table 1 for each quality characteristic.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 7 of 25


Env Aiith # S R 1 6 I 7 062 7/6 573 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE C TABLE 1 - RELEASE QUALITY CHARACTERISTIC LIMITS

Error! Bookmark not


defined.QUALITY RELEASE LIMIT LIMIT TYPE
CHARACTERISTICS
5-day Biochemical Oxygen long term 80 percentile
lOmg/L
Demand (inhibited) compliance
5-day Biochemical Oxygen short term 80 percentile
!5mg/L
Demand (inhibited) compliance
5-day Biochemical Oxygen
30mg/L maximum
Demand (inhibited)
long term 80 percentile
Suspended Solids 15mg/L
compliance
short term 80 percentile
Suspended Solids 23 mg/L
compliance
Suspended Solids 45mg/L maximum
PH 6.5 to 8.5 range
Dissolved Oxygen 2.0 mg/L minimum
long term 50 percentile
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) 5.0 mg/L
compliance
short term 50 percentile
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) 7.5 mg/L
compliance
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) 15.0 mg/L maximum
Total Phosphorous (as long term 50 percentile
1.0 mg/L
Phosphorus) compliance
Total Phosphorus (as short term 50 percentile
1.5 mg/L
Phosphorus) compliance
Total Phosphorus (as
3.0 mg/L maximum
Phosphorus)
Free Chlorine Residual 0.7 mg/L maximum
150 organisms per 100 mL as a median value
Faecal Coliforms (minimum of 5 samples taken at not less than half-
hourly intervals in any one day, with 4 out of the 5
samples containing less than 400 organisms per
100 mL)

(C7) Notwithstanding the quality characteristic limits specified in Schedule C Table 1, the
release of contaminants to waters must comply with the following qualitative
characteristics:

(i) The release must not have any properties nor contain any organisms or other
contaminants which are capable of causing environmental harm.
(ii) The release must not produce any slick or other visible evidence of oil or grease,
nor contain visible floating oil, grease, scum, litter or other objectionable matter.

End of Conditions for Schedule C


Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 8 of 25
Env Auth # SRI 617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) • Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE D - STORMWATER MANAGEMENT

Contaminant Releases Caused by Rainfall

(Dl) The environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to prevent the contact of incident rainfall and stormwater runoff with wastes or
other contaminants.

(D2) Where it is not practicable to prevent contact as required by condition number Dl above,
the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such practicable means
necessary to minimise any such contact.

Release of Contaminated Stormwater Runoff

(D3) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the Stormwater Management Schedule
and the Water Schedule of this environmental authority, the environmentally relevant
activity must be carried out by such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or
likelihood of release of contaminated runoff from the licensed place to any stormwater
drain or waters or the bed or banks of any such waters.

(D4) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminated runoff as required by
condition number D3, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such
practicable means necessary to minimise any such release or the likelihood of any such
release.

Stormwater Management Plan

(D5) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Stormwater Management Plan which details how the holder of this
environmental authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts
resulting from the contamination of stormwater at the licensed place.

(D6) The Stormwater Management Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) prevention of incident stormwater and stormwater runoff from contacting wastes
or contaminants; and
(ii) diversion of upstream runoff away from areas containing wastes or contaminants;
and
(iii) minimisation of the size of contaminated areas; and
(iv) cleaning of contaminated areas without water; and
(v) installation of pollution control equipment such as oil separators, silt and rubbish
traps, sedimentation ponds, settling pits and stormwater diversion systems;
(vi) paving and roofing of contaminated areas;
(vii) sampling and monitoring of contaminated stormwater released from the licensed
place and assessment of the impact of any such release on the receiving
environment;

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 9 of 25


EnvAuth#SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


! 5(f) - Sewage treatment

(viii) reporting the results of the monitoring of stormwater releases and any assessment
of the impact of the releases on the receiving environment to the administering
authority; and
(ix) if soil is to be exposed or disturbed as a result of the activities conducted the
Stormwater Management Plan must also address the following:

(a) minimisation of the amount of soil to be exposed or disturbed by staging


works and the presence of any acid sulphate soils;
(b) revegetation of exposed or disturbed areas;
(c) installation of sediment control measures such as settling basins; and
(d) diversion of upstream runoff from exposed or disturbed areas.

(D7) A copy of the Stormwater Management Plan and any subsequent amendment.of the
Stormwater Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place and be available for
examination by an authorised person on request.

(D8) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement the Stormwater
Management Plan or amend the Stormwater Management Plan where such
implementation or amendment would result in a contravention of any condition of this
environmental authority.

Maintenance and Cleanup

(D9) The maintenance and cleaning of vehicles and any other equipment or plant must be
carried out in areas from where contaminants cannot be released into any waters,
roadside gutter or stormwater drainage system.

(DIO) Any spillage of wastes, contaminants or other materials must be cleaned up as quickly as
practicable. Such spillages must not be cleaned up by hosing, sweeping or otherwise
releasing such wastes, contaminants or material to any stormwater drainage system,
roadside gutter or waters.

Acid Sulphate Soils

(Dl 1) Any acid sulphate soils or potential acid sulphate soils disturbed, extracted or unearthed
as a result of carrying out the environmentally relevant activity or activities must be
stored and/or treated and/or disposed of so as not to cause environmental harm to surface
waters and/or groundwaters.

Bunding

(D12) All chemical tank storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient
to contain at least 100% of the largest storage tank plus 10% of the second largest tank
within the bund.

(D13) All chemical drum storages must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is sufficient
to contain at least 25% of the maximum design storage volume within the bund.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 10 of 25


Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Lid

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


!5(f) - Sewage treatment

(D14) All tanker loading/unloading areas must be bunded so that the capacity of the bund is
sufficient to contain 100% of the largest compartment of any tanker using the area.

(D15) AH bunding must be constructed of materials which are impervious to the materials
stored.

(D16) The base and walls of all bunded areas must be maintained free from gaps orcracks.

(D17) All bunding must be roofed where practicable.

(D18) Where it is impractical to completely roof a bunded area the holder of this environmental
authority must ensure that any stormwater captured within the bund is free from
contaminants or wastes prior to any release..

(D19) All empty drums must be stored with their closures in place.

Pond conditions

(D20) All ponds used for the storage or treatment of contaminants or wastes must be
constructed and maintained to ensure the stability of the ponds construction.

(D21) Suitable banks and or diversion drains must be installed and maintained to exclude
stormwater runoff from any ponds or other structures used for the storage or treatment of
contaminants or wastes.

End of Conditions for Schedule D

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 11 of 25


EnvAuth#SR16l7 062 716572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) • Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE E - LAND APPLICATION

Release of Contaminants to Land

(El) Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of the Land Schedule of this
environmental authority, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by
such practicable means necessary to prevent the release or likelihood of release of
contaminants to land.

(E2) Where it is not practicable to prevent any release of contaminants to land as required by
condition number El, the environmentally relevant activity must be carried out by such
practicable means necessary to minimise the release or likelihood of release of any such
contaminants to land.

Description of Contaminants

(E3) The only contaminants allowed to be released to land are sewage treatment effluents,
dried sludge, fermenter and primary clarifier scum, screenings and grit from the sewage
treatment plant.

Contaminant Release Location

(E4) The defined contaminant release areas are described as:

,(i) • - solid waste disposal areas marked in Schedule J; and


(ii) landscaped areas of the licensed place.

Contaminant Release Quality

(E5) Treated sewage effluent used for irrigation purposes, or given to another party for
irrigation purposes or other use, must comply with the quality characteristics specified in
Schedule C Table 1.

Contaminant Release Precautions

(E6) The contaminant release areas must not be used for grazing, recreational activities or as a
traffic thoroughfare.

(E7) The release of contaminants to land must not be carried out if soil moisture conditions
are such that surface runoff or ponding is likely to occur.

(ES) Spray from any release of contaminants to land must not drift beyond the boundaries of
the licensed place.

(E9) Public access to any contaminant release area must be denied during the release of
contaminants to land and until the release area has dried.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 12 of 25


EnvAuth#SRI )2 716 572 Aughau Water International Ply Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity.


15(f)" Sewage treatment

(ElO) Pipelines and fittings for the release of contaminants to land must be clearly identified.
Standard water taps, hoses and cocks must not be fitted to contaminant release pipelines,
and the contaminant release system must not be connected to other service pipelines.
Lockable valves or removable handles must be fitted to the contaminant release pipelines
where there is public access to the contaminant release areas.

End of Conditions of Schedule E

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 13 of 25


Env A u t h # S R 1 6 1 7 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity


1 5(f) - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE F - NOISE
Emission of Noise

(Fl) In the event of a complaint about noise that constitutes unreasonable intrusive noise
being made to the administering authority, that the administering authority considers is
not frivolous or vexatious, then the emission of noise from the licensed premises to
which this environmental authority relates must not result in levels greater than those
specified in Schedule F Table 1.

SCHEDULE F - TABLE 1

^ NOISE LIMITS AT A NOISE-SENSITIVE PLACE > ^ r ;


Period Noise Level at a Noise Sensitive Place Measured
as the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
^Atnax adj. T

7 am - 6 pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

6 pm - 10 pm Background noise level plus 5 dB(A)

10 pm - 7 am Background noise level plus 3 dB(A)

N OKEMMITS-;A^^^
Period Noise Level at a Commercial Place measured as
the Adjusted Maximum Sound Pressure Level
•^Amax adi, T

7 am - 6 pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

6 pm - 10 pm Background noise level plus 10 dB(A)

10 pm - 7 am Background noise level plus 8 dB(A)

End of Conditions for Schedule F

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page !4 of 25


Env Auth # SRI617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE G - WASTE MANAGEMENT

General

(Gl) Waste must not be released to the environment, stored, transferred or disposed contrary
to any condition of this environmental authority.

(G2) The holder of this environmental authority must not:

(i) burn waste (apart from off-gases from the anaerobic digesters) at or on the
licensed place; nor
(ii) allow waste to bum or be burnt at or on the licensed place; nor
(iii) remove waste from the licensed place and burn such waste elsewhere.

Waste Management Plan (WMP)

(G3) The holder of this environmental authority, must develop and implement an effective and
appropriate Waste Management Plan which details how the holder of this environmental
authority will manage the actual and potential environmental impacts resulting from all
wastes produced at the licensed place.

(G4) The Waste Management Plan must address at least the following matters:

(i) the quantity and nature of each waste produced;


(ii) the current method of disposal;
(iii) proposed methods of pre-rreatment or disposal;
(iv) expected reduction in quantity of waste produced through waste minimisation
and cleaner production;
(v) investigation and evaluation of alternative treatment options which shall include
at least the following:
(a) cleaner production technologies including nutrient removal; and
(b) disposal and/or reuse of effluent and biosolids;
(c) reporting results of any investigation and evaluation to the administering
authority; and
(vi) provisions for carrying out and submitting to the administering authority a waste
audit within twelve (12) months from the date of issue of this environmental
authority and thereafter every five (5) years; and
(vii) any sampling currently carried out or proposed to be carried out; and
(viii) potential onsite or offsite reuse.

(G5) A copy of the Waste Management Plan and any subsequent amendment of the Waste
Management Plan must be kept at the licensed place and be available for examination by
an authorised person on request.

(G6) The holder of this environmental authority must not implement the Waste Management
Plan or amend the Waste Management Plan where such implementation or amendment
would result in a contravention of any condition of this environmental authority.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 15 of 25


Env Auth#SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Lid

Environmentally Relevant Activity.


15(f) - Sewage treatment

Off Site Movement

(G7) Where regulated waste is removed from the licensed place (other than by a release as
permitted under another schedule of this environmental authority), the holder of this
environmental authority must monitor and record the following:

(i) the date, quantity and type of waste removed; and


(ii) name of the waste transporter and/or disposal operator that removed the waste;
and
(iii) the intended treatment/disposal destination of the waste.

(NOTE: Records of documents maintained in compliance with a waste tracking system


established under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 or any other law for regulated
waste will be deemed to satisfy this condition).

(G8) Regulated waste must not be sent for disposal at any facility without the written approval
of the person operating that facility.

Records

(G9) Records must be maintained for a period of five (5) years for all wastes mentioned in this
schedule.

Notification of Improper Disposal of Regulated Waste

(GIO) If the holder of this environmental authority becomes aware that a person has removed
regulated waste from the licensed place and disposed of the regulated waste in a manner
which is not authorised by this environmental authority or improper or unlawful, then the
holder of this environmental authority must, as soon as practicable, notify the
administering authority of all relevant facts, matters and circumstances known
concerning the disposal.

Spillage and Cleanup

(Gl 1) The holder of this environmental authority must ensure that a facility or equipment is
available for the containment and recovery of any spillages at the loading point.

End of Conditions for Schedule G

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 16 of 25


Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Lid

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE H - SELF MONITORING AND REPORTING

Complaint Recording

(HI) All complaints received by the holder of this environmental authority relating to
operations at the licensed place must be recorded in a log book with the following
details:

(i) nature, time and date of complaint;


(ii) type of communication (telephone, letter, personal etc.);
(iii) name, contact address and contact telephone number of complainant
(Note: if the complainant does not wish to be identified then "not identified" is to
be recorded);
(iv) response and investigation undertaken as a result of the complaint;
(v) name of person responsible for investigating complaint; and
(vi) action taken as a result of the complaint investigation and signature of
responsible person.

(H2) The complaints record required by condition number HI must be maintained for a period
of not less than five (5) years.

Incident Recording

(H3) A record must be maintained of events including but not limited to:

(i) the time, date and duration of equipment malfunctions, that may affect the
environmental performance of the licensed place; and
(ii) any shut-downs of equipment upon which the environmental performance of the
licensed place depends.

(H4) The record required by condition number H3 must be maintained for a period of not less
than five (5) years.

Notification of Emergencies and Incidents

(H5) As soon as practicable after becoming aware of any emergency or incident which results
in the release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not in
accordance with the conditions of this environmental authority, the holder of this
environmental authority must notify the administering authority of the release by
telephone or facsimile.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 17 of 25


Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pry Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


I 5(f) - Sewage treatment

(H6) The notification of emergencies or incidents as required by condition number H5 must


include but not be limited to the following:
(i) The name of the holder of the environmental authority;
(ii) the location of the emergency or incident;
(iii) the number of the environmental authority;
(iv) the name and telephone number of the designated contact person;
(v) the time of the release;
(vi) the time the holder of the environmental authority became aware of the release;
(vii) the suspected cause of the release;
(viii) the environmental harm caused, threatened, or suspected to be caused by the
release; and
(ix) actions taken to prevent further any release and mitigate any environmental harm
caused by the release.

(H7) Not more than fourteen (14) days following the initial notification of an emergency or
incident, the holder of the environmental authority must provide written advice of the
information supplied in accordance with condition number H6 in addition to:

(i) proposed actions to prevent a recurrence of the emergency or incident; and


(ii) outcomes of actions taken at the time to prevent or minimise environmental
harm.

(H8) As soon as practicable, but not more than six (6) weeks following the conduct of any
environmental monitoring performed in relation to the emergency or incident, which
results in the release of contaminants not in accordance, or reasonably expected to be not
in accordance with the conditions of this environmental authority, the holder of the
environmental authority must provide written advice of the results of any such
monitoring performed to the administering authority.

Monitoring of Contaminant Releases to Waters

(H9) The holder of this environmental authority is responsible for the making of
determinations of the quality of the contaminants released for the release points, quality
characteristics, and at the frequency specified in Schedule H Table 1:
SCHEDULE H-TABLE 1
Quality'Characteristic ~t , V~^-^ Units ^-,~i_ Frequenc »
_ - -r }
5 day Biochemical Oxygen mg/L Weekly
Demand
Suspended Solids mg/L Weekly
pH pH scale Weekly
Dissolved Oxygen mg/L Weekly
Free Chlorine Residual mg/L Weekly
Faecal Coliforms cfu/lOOmL Weekly
Total Nitrogen (as Nitrogen) mg/L Weekly
Total Phosphorus (as Phosphorus) mg/L Weekly
Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page IS of 25
Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Ply Lid

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

Sampling and In-situ Monitoring Point Details

(H10) Determmations of the quality of contaminants released to waters to check conformity


with the release quality characteristics specified in Schedule C of this environmental
authority must be undertaken at the sampling and in-situ measurement point described as
the effluent collection tank located adjacent to the south-western edge of the plant
boundary.

Quality Determinations

(HI 1) All determmations of the quality of contaminants released to waters must be made in
accordance with methods prescribed in the Environmental Protection Agency Water
Quality Sampling Manual, 3rd Edition, December 1999, or more recent additions or
supplements to that document as such become available, or as specifically approved by
the administering authority.

(H12) All determinations of the quality of contaminants released must be performed by a


person or body possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the
required measurements.

(H13) Records must be kept of the results of all determinations of the quality of contaminants
released to waters for a period of at least five (5) years.

Monitoring of Volume of Release

(HI 4) The daily quantity of contaminants released must be determined or estimated by an


appropriate method, for example, a flow meter.

(H15) Records must be kept of the results of all determmations of the daily quantity of
contaminants released to waters for a period of at least five (5) years.

Noise Monitoring

(H16) For the purposes of investigating any complaint made about noise annoyance and also
for checking compliance with condition number F3 in Schedule F, monitoring and
recording the noise levels from the environmentally relevant activity must be undertaken
for at least the following descriptors, characteristics and conditions:

(ii) L AbgiT (orL A90T );


(iii) LANiT (where N equals statistical levels of 1, 10, 50, 90 and 99);
(iv) MaxL pAT ;
(V) L
A e q,T,
(vi) The level and frequency of occurrence of impulsive or tonal noise;
(vii) Atmospheric conditions including temperature, relative humidity and wind speed
and direction; and
(viii) Effects due to extraneous factors such as traffic noise.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 19 of 25


Env Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

(HI 7) In conjunction with the measurement and recording of the noise, the following
parameters and conditions must be recorded:

(i) Location, date and time of recording.

(HI8) Monitoring must also be undertaken to investigate any complaint of noise annoyance
upon receipt of a written request from the administering authonty to carry out such
monitoring.

(H19) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must comply with the
Department of Environment Noise Measurement Manual, second edition, March 1995,
or more recent additions or supplements to that document as become available.

(H20) The method of measurement and reporting of noise levels must be undertaken by a
person or body possessing appropriate experience and qualifications to perform the
required measurements.

(H21) Records must be kept of the results of all monitoring of noise levels and other
information required to be recorded in conjunction with such monitoring for a period of
at least five (5) years.

Exception Reporting

(H22) The holder of this environmental authority must notify the administering authority in
writing of any monitoring result which indicates an exceedance of any licence limit
within twenty-eight (28) days of completion of the analysis.

(H23) The written notification required by condition number H22 above must include:

(i) The full analysis results; and


(ii) Details of investigation or corrective actions taken; and
(iii) Any subsequent analysis.

Monitoring Reporting

(H24) Any monitoring data compiled, collected or recorded as required by conditions of this
environmental authority shall be supplied to the administering authority on an annual
basis.
Each annual Monitoring Report shall be delivered to the administering authority within
eight (8) weeks of the close of twelve (12) months period.

(H25) Contaminant release quantities pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or
recorded in accordance with condition number C5 shall be presented, including
appropriate precipitation data for the sewer catchment:

(i) in a tabular format, showing date of recording and raw data; and
(ii) graphically showing raw data vs time.
Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 20 of 25
Env Auth#SRl617 062 716 572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

(H26) Contaminant release quality pertaining to the yearly period, compiled, collected or
recorded in accordance with condition number H9 shall be presented:

(i) in a tabular format, showing:


(a) date, times, and day of week sampled;
(b) all raw data;
(c) any exceedance of levels of all parameters specified in Schedule C, Table
1; and
(d) maximum and minimum values for parameters specified in Schedule H
Table 1;
(ii) graphically showing data referred to in part (i) of this condition vs time.

End of Conditions for Schedule H

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 21 of 25


Env Aiith # S R I 6 1 7 062 716572 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15ft") - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE I - DEFINITIONS

(11) For the purposes of this environmental authority any tenn not otherwise defined in the
Act and any subordinate legislation made pursuant to the Act or in the Definitions
Schedule of this environmental authority has the meaning conferred to that term in its
common usage.

(12) In the event of any inconsistency arising between the meaning of any term provided in
the Definitions Schedule of this environmental authority and any common usage of that
term, the meaning conferred in the Definitions Schedule of this environmental authority
prevails.

For the purposes of this environmental authority the following definitions apply:

(13) "Act" means the Environmental Protection Act 1994.

(14) "administering authority" means the Environmental Protection Agency or its successor.

(15) "AMTD" means Adopted Middle Thread Distance as per the Queensland Water
Resources Commission publication entitled "Atlas of AMTD Maps, January 1984".

(16) "authorised person" means a person holding office as an authorised person under an
appointment under the Environmental Protection Act 1994 by the chief executive or
chief executive officer of a local government.

(17) "land" in the Land Application Schedule, means land excluding waters and the
atmosphere.

(18) "mg/L" means milligrams per litre.

(19) "cfu" means colony forming units.

(110) "dry weather day" refers to a day during which no rainfall is recorded at any rainfall
measuring station recognised by the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology within the
sewered area connected to the sewage treatment plant, or if no such measuring station
exists, at the nearest such station to the sewage treatment plant. The term also excludes
days during which recorded rainfall over the three preceding days exceeds 100 mm.

(111) "long term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than ten (10) of the measured
values of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any fifty (50)
consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 22 of 25


Env Auth u SRI 617 062 716 573 Anglian Water International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


15(f) - Sewage treatment

(112) "short term 80 percentile compliance" means that not more than one (1) of the measured
values of the quality characteristic are to exceed the stated release limit for any five (5)
consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five (5) week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.

(113) "long term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured
values in ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit
for any fifty (50) consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a one year period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.

(114) "short term 50 percentile compliance" means that the median value of the measured
values in ranked order of the quality characteristic is not to exceed the stated release limit
for any five (5) consecutive samples where:

(i) the consecutive samples are taken over a five (5) week period;
(ii) the consecutive samples are taken at approximately equal periods; and
(iii) the time interval between the taking of each consecutive sample is not less than
six (6) days.

(115) "median" means the middle value, where half the data are smaller, and half the data are
larger. If the number of samples is even, the median is the arithmetic average of the two
middle values.

(116) "maximum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant
must not be greater than the release limit stated.

(117) "minimum" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant
must not be less than the release limit stated.

(118) "range" means that the measured value of the quality characteristic or contaminant must
not be greater than the higher release limit stated nor less than the lower release limit
stated.

(119) "L A m a s adji T " means the average maximum A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for
noise character and measured over a time period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast
response.

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 23 of 25


Eiiv Auth # SR1617 062 716 572 Anglian Warn- International Pty Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity:


I 5(0 - Sewage Treatment

(120) "background noise level" means either:

LA90 T being the A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 percent of the
time period not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response, or

LAbg,T being the arithmetic average of the minimum readings measured in the
absence of the noise under investigation during a representative time period of
not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(121) "MaxLpAT" means the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a time
period of not less than 15 minutes, using Fast response.

(122) "total Nitrogen" means the sum of Organic Nitrogen, Ammonia, Nitrite plus Nitrate, as
mg/L of Nitrogen.

(123) "total Phosphorus" means the sura of the reactive phosphorus, acid-hydrolysable
phosphorus and organic phosphorus, as mg/L of Phosphorus. This includes both the
inorganic and organic fraction of phosphorus.

(124) "commercial place" means a place used as an office or for business or commercial
purposes.

(125) "noisesensitive place" means-


(a) a dwelling, mobile home or caravan park, residential marina or other residential
premises; or
(b) a motel, hotel or hostel; or
(c) a kindergarten, school, university or other educational institution; or
(d) a medical centre or hospital; or
(e) a protected area; or
(f) a park or gardens.

(126) "regulated waste" means non-domestic waste mentioned in Schedule 8 of the


Environmental Protection (Interim) Regulation 1995, including but not limited to, for the
purpose of this authority, bacterial sludge (septic tank and sewage) and includes-

(i) for an element - any chemical containing the element; and


(ii) anything that has contained a regulated waste; and
(iii) regulated waste that has been treated or immobilised.

End of Conditions for Schedule I

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 24 of 25


jiv Auth#SR16I7 062 716 572 Anglian Water Internationa! Ply Ltd

Environmentally Relevant Activity.


I 5(0 - Sewage treatment

SCHEDULE J - WORKS AREA

End of Conditions for Schedule J

Environmental Protection Agency 25/07/2000 Page 25 of 25


SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-1

APPENDIX B: SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY –


MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR
IMPROVING WATER QUALITY

Action Plan Action Commitment


Responsibility
Water Sensitive Amend Local Government Planning Scheme (and Former Caboolture
Urban Design associated development guidelines) to comply with the Shire Council
SEQ Regional Plan WSUD-related policies and SEQ
Regional Plan Implementation Guideline: WSUD - Design
Objectives for Urban Stormwater Management
Water Sensitive Investigate an integrated water management plan for Former Redcliffe
Urban Design Redcliffe City City Council
Water Sensitive Investigate all existing stormwater outlets that drain into Former Redcliffe
Urban Design significant wetlands for pollutants and investigate treatment City Council
options
Water Sensitive Install a Gross Pollutant Trap at Walkers Creek Former Redcliffe
Urban Design City Council
Water Sensitive Install side entry gully pit baskets in Redcliffe City Former Redcliffe
Urban Design City Council
Water Sensitive Prepare Humpybong Creek Catchment Management Plan. Former Redcliffe
Urban Design City Council
Water Sensitive Complete Stage 4-5 of the Bells Creek Natural Channel Former Redcliffe
Urban Design Design project City Council
Water Sensitive Prepare an Integrated Water Strategy for the future urban Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design area of the Shire that will determine the most effective Shire Council
strategy for managing the total water cycle, measured
against agreed TBL assessment criteria. The Integrated
Water Strategy was presented to Council in March 2006,
and Council resolved to adopt Option 3 which includes the
use of rainwater tanks for limited indoor use, recycled water
for open space irrigation and a range of Water Sensitive
Urban Design measures. Council has commissioned an
addendum study to investigate and cost other opportunities
for recycled water, and to develop an implementation plan.
Water Sensitive Prepare an IUWCM Strategy for the existing urban area of Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design the Shire that will determine the most effective way for Shire Council
managing the total water cycle, measured against agreed
TBL assessment criteria
Water Sensitive WSUD features – bio-filtration, wetlands, GPTs, water Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design tanks – are included in new residential developments at Shire Council
North Lakes and Warner
Water Sensitive Weed Management in Urban Dams (constructed Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design waterbodies) Shire Council
Water Sensitive Monitoring Algal Blooms in Urban Dams (constructed water Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design bodies) Shire Council
Water Sensitive Sediment control surveys of building sites between the Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design hours of 2:00pm to 5:00pm to allow members of the Shire Council

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-2

Action Plan Action Commitment


Responsibility
building industry to satisfactorily clean up the site following
the days activities.
Sediment control surveys of subdivisions and other
development sites with approved sediment control plans.
On the spot inspections for uncontrolled releases of
sediment.
Investigate customer requests relating to the release or
potential release of sediment from building sites,
subdivisions and other development sites.
Water Sensitive Pilot project to retrofit WSUD features to road and drainage Former Pine Rivers
Urban Design network at Mango Hill. Shire Council
Water Sensitive Design and construct a WSUD demonstration project in Former Caboolture
Urban Design Caboolture Shire. Shire Council
Non-Urban Shire wide Waterways Management Strategy – Survey of Former Caboolture
Diffuse Source all the Shires catchments to determine point and diffuse Shire Council
Pollution sources of pollution. A Shire wide riparian condition
assessment has been undertaken and mapped.
Management actions will commence in 2007.
Non-Urban Council contributes to the funding of the Pine Rivers Former Pine Rivers
Diffuse Source Catchment Association to revegetate and conduct weed Shire Council
Pollution control on riparian land along the following waterways:
South Pine River, Dawson Creek, Wongan Creek, Cedar
Creek, Kobble Creek, Armstrong Creek, Laceys Ck, Upper
North Pine River, Terrors Creek, Whiteside Creek
Non-Urban The production of a Priority Revegetation Plan for the Shire Former Pine Rivers
Diffuse Source (from existing biodiversity assessment and priority Shire Council
Pollution documents).
Non-Urban Provide the community with information and education on Former Pine Rivers
Diffuse Source environmental issues concerning catchments, water cycle, Shire Council
Pollution water quality, and aquatic biota through Council’s
environmental centres, Kumbartcho and Osprey House.
Protection and Caboolture Shire Council Planning Scheme has provisions Former Caboolture
Conservation for the protection of waterways – Voluntary Conservation Shire Council
Agreements, Land for Wildlife and Urban Wildlife programs
Protection and Council continues to acquire riparian land through the Former Pine Rivers
Conservation development process and in addition to that acquires Shire Council
riparian and environmentally sensitive land in the steep
upper catchments under the Environmental Levy Policy.
Protection and The protection of environmentally sensitive land, including Former Pine Rivers
Conservation riparian through the Land for Wildlife voluntary scheme. So Shire Council
far, at least 5.5 km of riparian zone is protected by the
scheme.
Protection and Implement the Pine River Plan 2006 (IPA planning Former Pine Rivers
Conservation scheme). The Waterways Overlay Code and Biodiversity Shire Council
Overlay Code make development close to all waterways
(50 to 150 m buffer) and within catchments of waterways of
stream health class 'a' and 'b' (high ecological value) code
assessable. The codes list overall and specific outcomes
for all waterways and wetlands including riparian vegetation
in the shire.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-3

Action Plan Action Commitment


Responsibility
Protection and Implement the Catchment Strategies for the drinking water Former Pine Rivers
Conservation storages Lake Samsonvale and Lake Kurwongbah that Shire Council
were prepared for the Planning Scheme (“Catchment
Locality”). Development must not compromise the health of
waterways in the catchment or the safe and economically
efficient storage and provision of potable water. Uses and
any associated effluent and waste disposal areas are set
back at least 400m from the lake shores.
Protection and Support Pine Rivers Catchment Association in revegetating Former Pine Rivers
Conservation and conducting weed control on riparian land along the Shire Council
following waterways: South Pine River, Dawson Creek,
Wongan Creek, Cedar Creek, Kobble Creek, Armstrong
Creek, Laceys Ck, Upper North Pine River, Terrors Creek,
Whiteside Creek
Protection and Implement and monitor results of Catchment Management Former Pine Rivers
Conservation Plans (CMPs) that have been completed for the following Shire Council, in
streams: Saltwater Creek (in cooperation with Caboolture & cooperation with
Redcliffe Councils), Freshwater Creek, Four Mile Creek, Caboolture &
One Mile Creek, Cabbage Tree Creek (with Brisbane City Redcliffe Shire
Council), South Pine River. Councils & Brisbane
City Council.
Protection and Investigate the implementation of biodiversity assessment Former Redcliffe
Conservation mapping and planning in agreement with the SEQ Regional City Council
Plan
Protection and Undertake a review of the existing Natural values zone Former Redcliffe
Conservation planning scheme provision for the protection of waterways City Council
and wetlands in agreement with the SEQ Regional Plan
Protection and Continue funding for the maintenance of waterways, Former Redcliffe
Conservation riparian lands and coastal areas. City Council
Protection and Continue funding and partnership with SEQ Catchments for Former Redcliffe
Conservation fencing of unauthorised access points to the Saltwater City Council
Creek corridor and the Hays Inlet Conservation Area
Protection and Promote involvement in, and continue to, support of the Former Redcliffe
Conservation Chelsea Street Bushcare Group for on-ground restoration City Council
work in Chelsea Street Reserve (public land).
Coastal Algae Develop algal bloom nutrient hazard development Former Caboolture
Blooms assessment tools (assessment codes/models codes) for Shire Council
local government planning schemes and other planning (under
documents consideration only)
Coastal Algae Pending funding, implement the Qld Acid Sulfate Soils Former Caboolture
Blooms Technical Manual including the revised Management Shire & Redcliffe
Guidelines when assessing development applications that City Councils
include actions that may disturb or alter soils.
Coastal Algae Scope, pending funding, the preparation of algal bloom Former Redcliffe
Blooms nutrient hazard maps at local government planning scheme City Council
scale including mapping of iron, dissolved organic carbon,
acid sulfate soils and groundwater as per the Guidelines.
Preparation of maps will depend on assistance from EPA.
Coastal Algae Protection of Melaleuca and riparian vegetation through Former Pine Rivers
Blooms planning scheme provisions – refers to LMS section 2.13 Shire Council
and section 4.3. Melaleuca communities and other riparian

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SEQ HEALTHY WATERWAYS STRATEGY – MBRC COMMITTED ACTIONS FOR IMPROVING WATER QUALITY B-4

Action Plan Action Commitment


Responsibility
vegetation are classified as ‘endangered’ or ‘exceptional
value’ in the planning scheme. Development affecting this
vegetation is code assessable.
Coastal Algae Incorporate recommendation of the Lyngbya Management Former Pine Rivers
Blooms Strategy (LMS) into relevant Local Government planning – Shire Council
Urban Stormwater Quality LMS section 2.15 Urban
Stormwater Management: Pine Rivers Shire Council
implemented a Stormwater Drainage Strategy Plan 1996
that aims to achieve a water quality standard for all of the
Shire’s watercourses, rivers and receiving waters that
meets the shire’s water quality guidelines (Stream Health
Manual 2004) for freshwater or the ANZECC 2000
guidelines for estuarine waters.
Point Source Bribie STP - The remaining development areas will be Former Caboolture
Pollution provided with dual reticulation and the plant will be Shire Council
Management upgraded to top A+
Point Source Burpengary East STP upgrade: Higher treatment standard Former Caboolture
Pollution of 3mg/L- N, 0.3 mg/L - P and 15% (2ML/day ) of effluent Shire Council
Management will be treated to A+ recycled standard and provide
Narangba Industrial Estate (current demand 1ML/day)
Point Source Donnybrook WWTP (new plant) will treat to A or A+ Former Caboolture
Pollution recycled water standard probably similar in nutrient Shire Council
Management concentration values to the upgraded Burpengary East
plant, currently treating 25% and using 10%.
Point Source All major areas of development within 5 kms north , 5kms Former Caboolture
Pollution east and 2kms south of the Caboolture STP will be Shire Council
Management conditioned to have dual reticulation
Point Source Management of On Site Wastewater Treatment Systems - Former Caboolture
Pollution Licensing of WWTP systems. Council conducts a Shire Council
Management suspended solids and faecal coliform count annually at a
cost of $142.00. It is a requirement to have quarterly
inspections to report on the performance treatment of the
system from a recognised waste treatment maintenance
operator . A copy of the reports are sent to Council
Point Source On Site Wastewater Treatment Education Former Caboolture
Pollution Shire Council
Management
Point Source Develop strategies to increase the use of recycled water Former Pine Rivers
Pollution from the Brendale WWTP. Shire
Management
Point Source Upgrade wastewater treatment plant performance at the Former Pine Rivers
Pollution Murrumba Downs wastewater treatment plant in Shire
Management accordance with the conditions of approval to be finalised in
February 2007. The EIS for the Murrumba Downs Upgrade
is currently being prepared, including extensive receiving
water quality modelling of a range of treatment quality and
recycled water combinations. Design criteria will not be
finalised until the EIA process is complete, however a
recycled water factory will be part of the scope of works
with a minimum of 10% of the flow being beneficially re-
used for open space irrigation. Upgraded plant and
recycled water factory scheduled for commissioning in
March 2009.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
B-5

Action Plan Action Commitment


Responsibility
Point Source Pine Rivers Shire has more than 7,900 on-site sewerage Former Pine Rivers
Pollution facilities. Council resolved to (1) develop and implement an Shire
Management information and awareness program on the maintenance
and care of on-site sewerage facilities, (2) prepare a report
for the implementation of an inspection program for
identified areas of the Shire.
Point Source Implement Strategies to further reduce frequency and Former Pine Rivers
Pollution duration of overflow events. Pine Water has developed a Shire
Management multi-faceted strategy to manage sewer overflows after
completing a risk analysis. All existing pump stations are
being retrofitted to ensure a minimum of 6 hours dry
weather storage capacity. New pump stations will also have
6 hour detention. Council plans to purchase two mobile
generators to operate pump stations during extended
blackouts. A dynamic computer model is being developed
for the sewer network as part of the Inflow/Infiltration
Reduction Strategy.
Point Source Investigation of water mining at Talobilla Park Former Redcliffe
Pollution City Council
Management
Point Source Investigate options for the increasing reuse of A class Former Redcliffe
Pollution recycled water from the Redcliffe Wastewater Treatment City Council
Management Plant for the Redcliffe golf course, landscaping &
operational works and other potential users.
Point Source Improve business and industry awareness of the Redcliffe Former Redcliffe
Pollution Trade Waste City Council
Management
Point Source Investigation of practicable abatement and treatment Former Redcliffe
Pollution options for wet weather overflows at priority areas as part of City Council
Management the Inflow and Infiltration Management

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXISTING WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES C-1

APPENDIX C: EXISTING WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.4 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
60 GL/yr
TN 24 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr

Leakage 0.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.8 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 2.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 2.2 GL/yr
0.9 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 14.2 GL/yr
TSS 585 t/yr
TN 13 t/yr
TP 1.4 t/yr
STP Discharges to
Constraints Table
Groundwater
Current 2 GL/yr
Constraint Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TSS 3.9 t/yr
Storage Yield 1.6 GL/yr 0.74 GL/yr 14.2 GL/yr TN 3 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.3 GL/yr 0.74 GL/yr TSS 585 t/yr TP 0.4 t/yr
38,000 EP 21,000 EP TN 13 t/yr
(Design) TP 1.4 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
2 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 585 t/yr
Bribie Island Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 13 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.4 t/yr Urban Population 17,133 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 14.2 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 2.4 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
56 GL/yr
TN 22 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.3 t/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.1 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 2.5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 2.5 GL/yr
0.8 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr 12.6 GL/yr
TSS 922 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 2 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 12.6 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 922 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 15 t/yr
TP 2 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 922 t/yr
Brisbane Coastal Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2 t/yr Urban Population 22,601 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 12.6 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 4.9 GL/yr
80 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
119 GL/yr
TN 47 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr

Leakage 0.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.1 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 5 GL/yr
1.8 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 33.7 GL/yr
TSS 2,415 t/yr
TN 34 t/yr
TP 4.5 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 33.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,415 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 34 t/yr
TP 4.5 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 2,415 t/yr
Burpengary Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 34 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 4.5 t/yr Urban Population 42,766 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 33.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr
TN 2.1 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.03 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
0.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr
TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 1.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 50 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 50 t/yr
Byron Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 1 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 0.1 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 1.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Reticulated Water 8.1 GL/yr
392 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
540 GL/yr
TN 216 t/yr Exported Reticulated Water 2.6 GL/yr
TP 3.2 t/yr

Leakage 1.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 3.2 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 11.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 11.3 GL/yr
8.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 145 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 8,816 t/yr
Current TN 136 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 16.3 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 2.23 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 2.23 GL/yr 6.5 GL/yr
40,000 EP 45,000 EP TSS 13 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 18.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 151 GL/yr TP 1 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 8,829 t/yr
43,500 EP TN 155 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 17.3 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 8,829 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 155 t/yr Caboolture River Catchment – 2010
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 17.3 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 118 GL/yr 151 GL/yr Urban Population 69,500
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.5 GL/yr
62 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
107 GL/yr
TN 43 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.6 t/yr

Leakage 1.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.3 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 8.8 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 8.8 GL/yr
1.6 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr 42.9 GL/yr
TSS 2,603 t/yr
TN 42 t/yr
TP 5.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
5.2 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 10.4 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 20.7 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 48.1 GL/yr TP 0.5 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,613 t/yr
70,000 EP 66,000 EP TN 63 t/yr
(Design) TP 5.8 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
<100,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
5.29 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 606 t/yr 2,613 t/yr
Hays Inlet Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 13 t/yr 63 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.8 t/yr 5.8 t/yr Urban Population 63,613 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 48.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.8 GL/yr
298 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
432 GL/yr
TN 173 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr

Leakage 1.6 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 2.4 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 11.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 11.2 GL/yr
6.5 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
2.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr 119 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 7,980 t/yr
Current TN 109 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 12.6 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) N/A N/A
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A 9.5 GL/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr TSS 19 t/yr
TP: 3.56 t/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Sewage Treatment Plant TN: 29 t/yr TN 30 t/yr
TN: 21.4 t/yr 127 GL/yr
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP TP 4 t/yr
95,000 EP
(Design) TSS 7,997 t/yr
40,000 EP TN 136 t/yr
40,00 EP
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 16.1 t/yr
(Brendale) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
10.5 GL/yr 2.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 7,997 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 136 t/yr Lower Pine Catchment – 2010
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 16.1 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 92 GL/yr 127 GL/yr Urban Population 90,695
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
111 GL/yr
TN 45 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
1.7 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.3 GL/yr 24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr
TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 24.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 797 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 797 t/yr
Mary River Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 20 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.6 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 24.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
185 GL/yr
TN 74 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 1.1 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
2.8 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr 42.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr
TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 42.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,595 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,595 t/yr
Neurum Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 36 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.3 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 42.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
327 GL/yr
TN 131 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2 t/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.04 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 1.2 GL/yr
Groundwater Retic. Water Demand = 1.2 GL/yr
Discharge Loss
Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr
4.9 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 93.4 GL/yr
TSS 3,111 t/yr
TN 73 t/yr
TP 9.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 93.4 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 3,111 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 73 t/yr
TP 9.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 3,111 t/yr
Pumicestone Passage Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 73 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 9.3 t/yr Urban Population 11,415 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 82 GL/yr 93.4 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 6.1 GL/yr
25 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
37 GL/yr
TN 15 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.2 t/yr

Leakage 0.9 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.2 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 6.3 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 6.3 GL/yr
0.6 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 45.1 GL/yr
TSS 1,143 t/yr
TN 19 t/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 45.1 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,143 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 19 t/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,143 t/yr
Redcliffe Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 19 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2.6 t/yr Urban Population 49,638 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 45.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
74 GL/yr
TN 30 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 5.3 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr

Leakage 0.8 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 5.5 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 5.5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 5.5 GL/yr
1.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 13.9 GL/yr
TSS 1,195 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 1.8 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Lake 7 GL/yr 5.5 GL/yr 13.9 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Kurwongbah)
TSS 1,195 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 16.4 GL/yr 5.5 GL/yr
TP 1.8 t/yr
N/A N/A Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
Sewage Treatment Plant + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 420 t/yr 1,195 t/yr
Sideling Creek Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 9 t/yr 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.3 t/yr 1.8 t/yr Urban Population 1,397 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 13.9 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
670 GL/yr
TN 268 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 4 t/yr

Leakage 0.1 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.7 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 0.7 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 0.7 GL/yr
10.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 158.4 GL/yr
TSS 5,980.7 t/yr
TN 132.6 t/yr
TP 12.67 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0.1 GL/yr
Current
Constraint TSS 0.3 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0.4 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 1.1 GL/yr 0.67 GL/yr 158.5 GL/yr TP 0.03 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.46 GL/yr 0.67 GL/yr TSS 5,981 t/yr
2,000 EP 2,115 EP TN 133 t/yr
(Design) TP 12.7 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <4,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.1 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
Stanley River Catchment – 2010 non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS WSC 5,981 t/yr system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN WSC 133 t/yr Urban Population 4,073 requirements

Sustainable Loads - TP WSC 12.7 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =


WSC = Drinking Water Supply Catchment
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow * 86 GL/yr 79 GL/yr * Criteria at Woodford Weir
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 4.4 GL/yr
352 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
490 GL/yr
TN 196 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 27.5 GL/yr
TP 2.9 t/yr

Leakage 4.1 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 23.6 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 28 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 28 GL/yr
7.4 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr 101 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 4,466 t/yr
Current TN 87 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 8 t/yr
Storage Yield (North Pine) 60 GL/yr 23.3 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 91.3 GL/yr 23.3 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
(North Pine)
TSS 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Dayboro) 0.25 GL/yr 0.14 GL/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 0.37GL/yr 0.14 GL/yr 101 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
(Dayboro) TSS 4,466 t/yr
2,000 EP 1,438 EP TN 87 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 8 t/yr
(Dayboro) <1,500 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.1 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,781 t/yr 4,466 t/yr
Upper Pine Catchment – 2010 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 62 t/yr 87 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 8.4 t/yr 8 t/yr Urban Population 2,014 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 101 GL/yr
FUTURE WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES D-1

APPENDIX D: FUTURE WATER ACCOUNT FIGURES

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
60 GL/yr
TN 24 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 1.4 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 2.9 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 2.9 GL/yr
0.9 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 15 GL/yr
TSS 725 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 1.7 t/yr
STP Discharges to
Constraints Table Groundwater
Future 3 GL/yr
Constraint Condition TSS 6 t/yr
Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Storage Yield 1.6 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TN 4.5 t/yr
15 GL/yr
TP 3 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.3 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TSS 725 t/yr
38,000 EP 36,361 EP TN 15 t/yr
(Design) TP 1.7 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tank
3 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 725 t/yr
Bribie Island Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.7 t/yr Urban Population 21,830 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 15 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 2.5 GL/yr
45 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
56 GL/yr
TN 22 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.3 t/yr

Leakage 0.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.3 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 2.8 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 2.8 GL/yr
0.8 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.1 GL/yr 12.8 GL/yr
TSS 956 t/yr
TN 15 t/yr
TP 2.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 12.8 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 956 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 15 t/yr
TP 2.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 956 t/yr
Brisbane Coastal Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 15 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 2.1 t/yr Urban Population 24,058 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 12.8 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 7.3 GL/yr
80 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
119 GL/yr
TN 47 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr

Leakage 1.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.7 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 8.0 GL/yr
Groundwater Retic. Water Demand = 8.0 GL/yr
Discharge Loss
Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr
1.8 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 36.3 GL/yr
TSS 2,832 t/yr
TN 43 t/yr
TP 6.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A
36.3 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 2,832 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 43 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant TP 6.3 t/yr
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 2,832 t/yr
Burpengary Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 43 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 6.3 t/yr Urban Population 64,396 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 36.3 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
3.7 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
5.2 GL/yr
TN 2.1 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
0.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 1.5 GL/yr
TSS 50 t/yr
TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 1.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 50 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 1 t/yr
TP 0.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 50 t/yr
Byron Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 1 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 0.1 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 1.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 19.9 GL/yr
392 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
540 GL/yr
TN 216 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 2.8 GL/yr
TP 3.2 t/yr

Leakage 3.7 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 5.5 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 25.5 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 25.5 GL/yr
8.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 169.7 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 12,382 t/yr
Future TN 199 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 27.2 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr 18.2 GL/yr
40,000 EP 154,034 EP TSS 36.5 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 48.7 t/yr
Sewerage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 187.9 GL/yr TP 5.5 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 12,419 t/yr
77,410 EP TN 247 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewerage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 32.7 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &

? 12,419 t/yr
Caboolture River Catchment with non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 247 t/yr CIGA – 2031 requirements

Sustainable Loads - TP ? 32.7 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =


Urban Population 172,227 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 118 GL/yr 187.9 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 11.7 GL/yr
392 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
540 GL/yr
TN 216 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 2.8 GL/yr
TP 3.2 t/yr

Leakage 2.5 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 5.5 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 17.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 17.2 GL/yr
8.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.7 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
1.3 GL/yr 156 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 10,684 t/yr
Future TN 167 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 21.9 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) 3.6 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 5.5 GL/yr 3.6 GL/yr 13.3 GL/yr
40,000 EP 94,034 EP TSS 26.6 t/yr
(Design) Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 36.5 t/yr
Sewerage Treatment Plant
(Caboolture) 100,000 EP 169 GL/yr TP 4 t/yr
(Licence) TSS 10,711 t/yr
77,410 EP TN 203 t/yr
49,500 EP
Sewerage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 25.9 t/yr
(Burpengary) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
3.7 GL/yr (A+) 0.7 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 10,711 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 27 t/yr 203 t/yr Caboolture River Catchment – 2031
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 25.9 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 118 GL/yr 169 GL/yr Urban Population 112,227
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 14.7 GL/yr
62 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
107 GL/yr
TN 43 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.6 t/yr

Leakage 2.3 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 1.3 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 16.0 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 16.0 GL/yr
1.6 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.1 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.2 GL/yr 50.3 GL/yr
TSS 4,021 t/yr
TN 60 t/yr
TP 9 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
6.8 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 13.6 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 34 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 57.1 GL/yr TP 0.7 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 4,035 t/yr
70,000 EP 84,080 EP TN 94 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 9.7 t/yr
(Redcliffe) <100,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
6.9 GL/yr 0.1 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 606 t/yr 4,035 t/yr
Hays Inlet Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 13 t/yr 94 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.8 t/yr 9.7 t/yr Urban Population 111,641 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 57.1 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 12.8 GL/yr
298 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
432 GL/yr
TN 173 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2.6 t/yr

Leakage 2.5 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 4.4 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 17.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 17.2 GL/yr
6.5 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
3.3 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.8 GL/yr 127.5 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 9,625 t/yr
Future TN 132 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 17.4 t/yr
Storage Yield (Cab. Weir) N/A N/A
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A 15.7 GL/yr
TP: 8.47 t/yr TSS 31.4 t/yr
TP: 5.95 t/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters
Sewage Treatment Plant TN: 21.2 t/yr TN 45 t/yr
TN: 35.7 t/yr 143.2 GL/yr
(Murrumba Downs) 150,000 EP TP 7.9 t/yr
(Design) 181,000 EP
TSS 9,656 t/yr
TN 177 t/yr
40,00 EP
(Design) 73,000 EP TP 22.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
(Brendale) <50,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
Rainwater Tanks
19 GL/yr 3.3 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,254 t/yr 9,656 t/yr system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 50 t/yr 177 t/yr Lower Pine Catchment – 2031
Sustainable Loads - TP 6.8 t/yr 22 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow >92 GL/yr 143 GL/yr Urban Population 132,974
= Inflows
Evaporation Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
87 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
111 GL/yr
TN 45 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.7 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
1.7 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.3 GL/yr 24.5 GL/yr
TSS 797 t/yr
TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 24.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 797 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 20 t/yr
TP 1.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 797 t/yr
Mary River Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 20 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 1.6 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 24.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
139 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
185 GL/yr
TN 74 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 1.1 t/yr

Leakage 0 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = N/A


Retic. Water Yield = N/A
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = N/A
2.8 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = N/A

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0.9 GL/yr 42.7 GL/yr
TSS 1,595 t/yr
TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 42.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,595 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 36 t/yr
TP 3.3 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
rainwater tanks
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,595 t/yr
Neurum Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 36 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.3 t/yr Urban Population 0 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 42.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 1.2 GL/yr
232 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
327 GL/yr
TN 131 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 2 t/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.2 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 1.4 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 1.4 GL/yr
4.9 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 95.7 GL/yr
TSS 3,557 t/yr
TN 79 t/yr
TP 10.4 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 95.7 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 3,557 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 79 t/yr
TP 10.4 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 3,557 t/yr
Pumicestone Passage Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 79 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 10.4 t/yr Urban Population 12,183 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow 82 GL/yr 95.7 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 8.8 GL/yr
25 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
37 GL/yr
TN 15 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 0.2 t/yr

Leakage 1.4 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 0.8 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 9.6 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 9.6 GL/yr
0.6 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 46.5 GL/yr
TSS 1,344 t/yr
TN 21 t/yr
TP 3.1 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield N/A N/A 46.5 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant N/A N/A TSS 1,344 t/yr
N/A N/A TN 21 t/yr
TP 3.1 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant
Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
+ imported water + recycled water +
RWT
N/A N/A
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS ? 1,344 t/yr
Redcliffe Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN ? 21 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP ? 3.1 t/yr Urban Population 72,858 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 46.5 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
53 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
74 GL/yr
TN 30 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 5.4 GL/yr
TP 0.4 t/yr

Leakage 0.8 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 5.7 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 5.7 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 5.7 GL/yr
1.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
0 GL/yr 14 GL/yr
TSS 1,215 t/yr
TN 16 t/yr
TP 1.9 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Lake 7 GL/yr 5.7 GL/yr 14 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
Kurwongbah)
TSS 1,215 t/yr
TN 16 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 16.4 GL/yr 5.7 GL/yr
TP 1.9 t/yr
N/A N/A Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
Sewage Treatment Plant + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
Recycled Water Reuse N/A N/A Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 420 t/yr 1,215 t/yr
Sideling Creek Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 9 t/yr 16 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 1.3 t/yr 1.9 t/yr Urban Population 2,609 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 14 GL/yr
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
501 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
670 GL/yr
TN 268 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 0 GL/yr
TP 4 t/yr

Leakage 0.2 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 1.2 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 1.2 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 1.2 GL/yr
10.1 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
3.6 GL/yr 158.9 GL/yr
TSS 6,118 t/yr
TN 135 t/yr
TP 13.2 t/yr
STP Discharges
Constraints Table
0.4 GL/yr
Future
Constraint TSS 0.7 t/yr
Condition
Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 1.8 t/yr
Storage Yield (Woodford) 1.1 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr 159.3 GL/yr TP 0.4 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 1.46 GL/yr 1.1 GL/yr TSS 6,119 t/yr
2,000 EP 4,373 EP TN 137 t/yr
(Design) TP 13.6 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant <4,000 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.4 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
Stanley River Catchment – 2031 non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS WSC 6,119 t/yr system losses) + exported water
Sustainable Loads – TN WSC 137 t/yr Urban Population 8,642 requirements

Sustainable Loads - TP 13.6 t/yr Loads to Receiving Waters =


WSC WSC = Drinking Water Supply Catchment
stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow * 86 GL/yr 80 GL/yr * Criteria at Woodford Weir
= Inflows
Evapotranspiration Imported Retic. Water 4.4 GL/yr
352 GL/yr = Outflows
Rainfall
490 GL/yr
TN 196 t/yr Exported Retic. Water 41.7 GL/yr
TP 2.9 t/yr

Leakage 6.9 GL/yr

Catchment raw water yield = 37.6 GL/yr


Retic. Water Yield = 42 GL/yr
Groundwater
Discharge Loss Retic. Water Demand = 42 GL/yr
7.4 GL/yr Retic. Water Surplus (Deficit) = 0 GL/yr

Recycled Water
0.2 GL/yr
Stormwater Discharges
Rural Extractions
2.7 GL/yr 101 GL/yr
Constraints Table TSS 4,477 t/yr
Future TN 86 t/yr
Constraint Condition
TP 7 t/yr
Storage Yield (North Pine) 60 GL/yr 37.6 GL/yr
STP Discharges
Water Treatment Plant 91.3 GL/yr 37.6 GL/yr 0 GL/yr
(North Pine)
TSS 0 t/yr
Storage Yield (Dayboro) 0.25 GL/yr 0.25 GL/yr Total Loads to Receiving Waters TN 0 t/yr
Water Treatment Plant 0.37GL/yr 0.25 GL/yr 101 GL/yr TP 0 t/yr
(Dayboro) TSS 4,477 t/yr
2,000 EP 2,157 EP TN 86 t/yr
Sewage Treatment Plant (Design) TP 7 t/yr
(Dayboro) <1,500 EP Retic. Water Yield = storage/WTP yield
(Licence) + imported water + recycled water +
RWT
0.2 GL/yr 0.2 GL/yr
Recycled Water Reuse Retic. Water Demand = residential &
non-residential demand (including
Sustainable Loads - TSS 2,781 t/yr 4,477 t/yr
Upper Pine Catchment – 2031 system losses) + exported water
requirements
Sustainable Loads – TN 62 t/yr 86 t/yr
Loads to Receiving Waters =
Sustainable Loads - TP 8.4 t/yr 7 t/yr Urban Population 3,223 stormwater + Sewage Treatment Plant
Environmental Flow N/A 101 GL/yr
HSTP & SEPTIC SYSTEM POLLUTANT LOADS E-1

APPENDIX E: HSTP & SEPTIC SYSTEM POLLUTANT LOADS

Home Sewage Treatment Plants (HSTP) Septic Systems Total HSTP & Septic

Volume
Treated Volume
Lots with Lots with Sewage Treated Volume Treated
Subcatchment HSTP Septic ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr) Sewage ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr) Sewage ML/yr TSS (t/yr) TN (t/yr) TP (t/yr)
Mary River 8 4 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000
Stanley River 178 53 0.10 0.003 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.004 0.002 0.000 0.13 0.007 0.005 0.001
Nuerum Creek 27 10 0.02 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.02 0.001 0.001 0.000
Byron Creek 1 0 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000
Caboolture River 1250 231 0.70 0.021 0.025 0.007 0.13 0.016 0.008 0.002 0.83 0.037 0.032 0.009
Pumicestone Passage 318 891 0.18 0.005 0.006 0.002 0.50 0.061 0.030 0.008 0.68 0.067 0.036 0.010
Bribie Island 5 2 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000
Upper Pine River 352 8 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002 0.00 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002
Burpengary Creek 352 70 0.20 0.006 0.007 0.002 0.04 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.24 0.011 0.009 0.003
Sideling Creek 65 6 0.04 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.04 0.002 0.001 0.000
Hays Inlet 92 71 0.05 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.09 0.006 0.004 0.001
Lower Pine River 2283 16 1.28 0.038 0.045 0.013 0.01 0.001 0.001 0.000 1.29 0.040 0.045 0.013
Brisbane Coastal 15 1 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.000 0.000 0.000
Redcliffe 0 0 0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000

Assumptions
3 EP per rural household - source Caboolture District Demand Model 2010 Report
187 L sewage/EP/day
HSTP Effluent Quality: 30 mg/L TSS, 35 mg/L TN, 10 mg/L TP
Septic Effluent Quality: 123 mg/L TSS, 60 mg/L TN, 16 mg/L TP
Effluent quality derived from Qld Plumbing and Wastewater Code (2010) & On Site Sewerage Facilities Guidelines for Effluent Quality (2004), Department of Local Government and Planning

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-1

APPENDIX F: SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS

Solution Description Type


S1: Build new regional surface Construct new regional surface water Centralised
water storages and associated storages (i.e. dams) to meet increased Conventional
infrastructure demand for water and safeguard against
potential reduction in storage yields due
to climate change (-10%).
S2: Upgrade Water Treatment Increase the capacity of existing Water Centralised
Plants to provide additional Treatment Plants (WTPs) to meet Conventional
capacity/ improve water quality increased potable water demand and
improve the quality of water for supply.
S3: Rely on Water Supply Rely on water supply guarantee to Centralised
Guarantee in the SEQ Water provide water for future population Conventional
Strategy growth as per SEQ Water Strategy
S4: Upgrade and/or construct Increase capacity of trunk infrastructure Centralised
new trunk water supply (i.e. pipe network) or construct new Conventional
infrastructure to boost capacity infrastructure to meet future water
demand.
S5: Recycled water supplied to Substitution of potable water with Centralised Stretch
urban users recycled water from centralised Sewage
Treatment Plants (STPs), for urban use
(i.e. residential, industrial, commercial,
and construction purposes) - to meet
increased potable water demands and
delay the need for WTP upgrades
S6: Recycled water supplied to Substitution of potable, surface or Centralised Innovative
agricultural users groundwater resources with recycled
water from centralised STPs, for rural /
agricultural purposes - to meet increased
water demands, reduce pressure on
existing water resources, preserve
environmental flows and reduce
pollutants discharged by STP (through
reuse)
S7: Sewer mining - small Substitution of potable water with Decentralised
community based plants to treat recycled water from decentralised sewer Innovative
and reuse sewage mining initiatives, for residential,
industrial, commercial purposes - to
meet increased potable water demands
and delay the need for WTP upgrades
S8: Indirect Potable Reuse of Top up surface water storages with Centralised Innovative
Purified Recycled Water (PRW) purified recycled water from centralised
STPs to meet increased potable water
demands, assist to ensure water security
(against drought, climate change) and
reduce pollutant loads from STPs
discharged to receiving waters (through
reuse)

S9: Rainwater tanks retrofitted Substitution of potable water with Decentralised

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-2

Solution Description Type


for non-potable uses rainwater collected in tanks and Conventional
retrofitted at existing residential,
commercial and industrial premises, to
meet increased potable water demands,
delay the need for WTP upgrades and
reduce stormwater pollutant loads to
receiving waters
S10: Stormwater harvesting for Substitution of potable water used for Decentralised Stretch
non-potable reuse non-potable purposes (e.g. irrigation,
toilet flushing) with stormwater harvested
in decentralised systems, to meet
increased potable water demands, delay
the need for WTP upgrades and reduce
stormwater pollutant loads to receiving
waters
S11:Stormwater harvesting for Substitution of potable water with Decentralised
potable reuse stormwater harvested and treated to Innovative
potable water standards in decentralised
systems, to meet increased potable
water demands, delay the need for WTP
upgrades and reduce stormwater
pollutant loads to receiving waters.
S12: Mandatory lot-scale Mandate the use of greywater to Decentralised Stretch
greywater reuse substitute potable water for irrigation,
toilet flushing to meet increased potable
water demands, reduce pressure on
STP capacity, and delay the need for
WTP & STP upgrades. Also has water
quality benefits by reducing wastewater
discharged from STP.
S13: Water efficient appliances To reduce potable water demand, and Decentralised
and fittings delay or avoid the need for infrastructure Conventional
upgrades, retrofit of water efficient
appliances and fittings in existing
residential, commercial and industrial
buildings. It is mandatory to incorporate
water efficiency in new buildings (Qld
Development Code)
S14: Pressure reduction on Reduce pressure on trunk water supply Centralised Stretch
trunk water supply infrastructure infrastructure to reduce water use and
delay need to source new water
supplies/ upgrade infrastructure to meet
increased future demands
S15: Implementation of water Introduce water restrictions to reduce Centralised Stretch
restrictions water use and delay need to source new
water supplies/ upgrade infrastructure to
meet increased future demands
S16: Education & /or Capacity Education campaigns and capacity Decentralised
Building and investment in building projects for communities (i.e. Conventional
incentive schemes new developments) and relevant
organisations (i.e. construction industry,
Councils) about the key issues impacting
on water quality and water supply and
how these impacts may be mitigated by
the individual /company.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-3

Solution Description Type


S17: Xeriscaping - landscaping To reduce potable water demand, Decentralised Stretch
using drought tolerant plant landscaping in new developments to
species incorporate drought tolerant species of
plants requiring minimal irrigation. Also
replacement of existing water-intensive
landscaping with drought tolerant
species
S18: Increase price of water to To reduce potable water demand, Centralised Stretch
minimise water wastage increase the price of water to reflect the
true cost of supplying the water and
provide an incentive for consumers to be
'water wise'.
S19: Limit rural water extraction To maintain environmental flows in Decentralised Stretch
and supplement with other waterways, water extracted from
sources waterways and used for rural purposes
could be substituted with other sources,
such as recycled water/stormwater
harvesting
S20: Implement WSUD for The use of WSUD measures such as Decentralised/
hydrologic management swales, bioretention systems and Centralised Stretch
wetlands to promote infiltration and
natural flow regimes to assist with the
mitigation of peak flows from intensifying
rainfall events.
S21: Strategic release of water To maintain environmental flows in Centralised Stretch
from dams to maintain waterways, a certain volume of water
environmental flows could be released when necessary from
downstream surface water storages into downstream
waterways
S22: Recycled water pumped to To maintain environmental flows in Centralised Stretch
downstream side of dams and waterways, recycled water from STPs
weirs (Environmental Flows) could be pumped to the downstream
side of dam walls or weirs (i.e. not into
the potable water supply)
S23: Upgrade STP Increase the capacity of existing STPs to Centralised
Infrastructure treat increased sewage generation Conventional
S24: Storage of excess inflows Storage of wet weather sewage flows Centralised Stretch
during storm events usually bypassed during storm events
until usual treatment can be facilitated
prior to release.
S25: Diversion of sewage to Diversion schemes to Centralised
STPs with capacity permanently/temporarily divert sewage Conventional
to STPs with capacity
S26: Smart sewers (reduced Upgrade or construct new reticulated Decentralised Stretch
infiltration/inflows) sewerage network using smart sewers to
reduce infiltration/inflows from
stormwater and delay need to upgrade
STPs capacity
S27: Prevention of illegal Program to prevent/reduce illegal Decentralised Stretch
stormwater inflow connections stormwater inflow connections to sewer
to sewer to increase conveyance during wet
weather and delay need to upgrade
STPs/infrastructure capacity

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
SOLUTION DESCRIPTIONS F-4

Solution Description Type


S28: Ocean outfall from STPs Construction of offshore ocean outfalls to Centralised
instead of discharge into rivers discharge wastewater pollutants (TN, Conventional
and creeks TP, TSS) to ocean rather than
waterways, thereby protecting local
waterways and sensitive environments.
S29: Waterway Rehabilitation - Revegetation of waterway riparian Decentralised stretch
Riparian Zones - 3/4 order corridors, particularly 3rd & 4th order
streams streams, to improve waterway
ecological health and water quality, and
assist in protecting environmentally
sensitive areas.
S30: Increased implementation Improved compliance of erosion and Decentralised
of Erosion & Sediment Control sediment control practices on Conventional
on development sites construction sites through increased
monitoring/ inspections/ fines to reduce
sediment loads to waterways and protect
environmentally sensitive areas from
impacts of sediment on ecosystem
health. (nb education separate issue)
S31: Existing WSUD Retrofit Retrofit of distributed at source water Decentralised Stretch
sensitive urban design (eg buffers,
swales, bioretention pods, pervious
pavement) in existing urban areas to
improve water quality (TSS, TN, TP,
heavy metals, hydrocarbons, thermal
pollution, faecal coliforms) and protect
environmentally sensitive areas. Note
greenfield WSUD required (BAU) to
meet best practice 80% TSS, 60% TP,
45% TN removal.
S32: Future development Water sensitive urban design (eg Decentralised
WSUD measures achieve no buffers, swales, bioretention, wetlands, Innovative
worsening pervious pavement etc) applied to future
greenfield development areas to achieve
a no worsening/no net increase in
existing loads for TSS, TN, TP.
S33: Rural Best Management Widespread adoption of best Decentralised
Practices (e.g. limiting erosion, management practices in rural areas to Conventional/ Stretch
application of fertilisers and reduce nutrient and sediment loads to
pesticides at minimal rates, etc) receiving waters and protect
environmentally sensitive areas. Also
includes riparian revegetation of 1st and
2nd order streams;
S34: Implement floodplain risk Implement floodplain risk management Centralised
management measures measures (property/response/flood Conventional
(property/response/flood modification measures) to mitigate
modification measures) existing/ future flooding issues
(Flooding)
S35: Cap at current Population Implement policies to limit population Centralised Innovative
without any other solutions growth in region, thereby reducing future
implemented pressures on STPs, water supply and
water quality

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING G-1

APPENDIX G: MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING

Criteria Category Criteria Criteria Description


Changes in water quality What impact does the solution have on:
in inland water systems, ƒ the water quality of receiving waterways (suspended
as well as changes to solids & nutrients)?
biodiversity, and bed and ƒ ecological health (riparian and in stream)?
bank integrity ƒ environmental values in freshwater systems?
ƒ water quality in drinking water catchments?

Changes in hydrology What impact does the solution have on:


ƒ natural flow regimes, including changes to baseflow in
waterways (which is maintained through gradual inflows
from groundwater)?
ƒ changes to mean annual flow volume (e.g. from
stormwater harvesting, STP discharges, surface water
extraction)?
ƒ changes to flow frequency and peak flows and
velocities from urban areas (which can impact on in-
stream ecosystems from the effects of more frequent
runoff and increased peak flows)?
Changes to water quality What impact does the solution have on:
and biodiversity in ƒ Environmental Values and water quality in estuaries
estuaries and Moreton and Moreton Bay?
Environmental
Bay ƒ critical habitats, marine species and key ecological
processes?
ƒ urban and non-urban diffuse and point source pollution
entering Moreton Bay?
Changes in water quality What impact does the solution have on:
and flow and biodiversity ƒ natural flow and water quality of groundwater
of groundwater systems resources, including recharge of groundwater stores
though infiltration (i.e. pervious areas)?
ƒ the condition of groundwater ecosystems and
groundwater dependent ecosystems?
Changes in emissions of Are there any increases/decreases in greenhouse gas
greenhouse gases emissions as a result of changes in potable water
production, wastewater and stormwater treatment (i.e.
treatment infrastructure energy requirements)? Consider
the amount of embodied energy (i.e. energy to produce,
maintain and decommission infrastructure) associated
with the solution.

Impact on environmentally What impact does the solution have on environmentally


sensitive values sensitive values (e.g. protected and/or threatened species
and High Environmental Value ecosystems)?
Impacts on water supply Does the solution have an impact on the ability to maintain
a sufficient and reliable water supply to support a
comfortable, sustainable and prosperous lifestyle, while
meeting urban, rural and environmental needs?
Social Impacts on human health What impact does the solution have on:
ƒ the day-to-day continuity of a safe, quality water
supply?
ƒ community wellbeing (e.g. displacement and/or other
disturbance such as algae bloom)?
ƒ environmental health (e.g. air, noise, light nuisances)?
Also, what risk does the solution pose to human health

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA CRITERIA DESCRIPTION FOR SCORING G-2
Criteria Category Criteria Criteria Description
from alternate sources of water (e.g. such as stormwater
harvesting)?
Impacts on public What impact does the solution have on the aesthetic and
amenity/recreation recreational values from changes in:
ƒ water quality (e.g. algae blooms & faecals affect
swimming, impacts to oysters/fishing) ?
ƒ water quantity (e.g. flooding)?
ƒ construction of infrastructure (aesthetics)?
Impacts on flooding What impact does the solution have on communities from
hazard increased flooding hazard as a result of:
ƒ urbanisation?
Social ƒ changes to flow paths?
ƒ changes in waterway geomorphology?
Level of community Does the solution provide an opportunity for community
understanding, involvement and education?
engagement and
ownership
Public acceptability What is the general level of public acceptability for the
solution – in terms of the perceived environmental, social
and economic impacts (i.e. is it affordable to the public)?
Consideration should be given to those directly, indirectly
and not affected by the solution.
Financial impacts on What financial impacts does the solution have on MBRC/
MBRC/ Unitywater – Unitywater, including:
Outlays, capital and ƒ the capital costs in constructing/installing infrastructure?
operating expenditure and ƒ the operating and maintenance costs over the lifetime
revenue of the infrastructure?
ƒ the potential revenue for MBRC from community use of
the infrastructure?
ƒ cost savings to MBRC through deferment or avoidance
of infrastructure upgrades and/or construction?

Financial impacts What financial impacts does the solution have on the
including costs and cost community, in terms of:
Economic
savings on consumers ƒ increased rates?
(e.g. infrastructure ƒ Increased infrastructure charges?
charges) and other ƒ housing affordability?
organisations ƒ cost savings to the community from implementation of
the solution (e.g. avoidance of increased rates due to
avoidance of costly infrastructure upgrades)?
Impacts on local industries Due to changes in water quality and quantity in waterways
that rely on the and Moreton Bay, what financial impacts does the solution
environment (Fisheries, have on local industries such as fisheries or tourism which
tourism) rely on the environment for income?
Employment plus local What financial impacts does the solution have on:
economic sustainability ƒ employment in the region (e.g. jobs creation through
creation of new industry, or job losses from loss of an
industry)?
ƒ the long-term economic sustainability of the region and
gross regional product?

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
MCA WORKSHOP PARTICIPANTS H-1

APPENDIX H: MCA WORKSHOP PARTICIPANTS

Councillor Rae Frawley

Councillor Mike Charlton

Julia Roso (MBRC)

Lavanya Susarla (MBRC)

Steve Roso (MBRC)

Peter Rawlinson (MBRC)

Evan Raymond (MBRC)

Andrew Sloan (Unitywater)

Ashley Lorenz (Unitywater)

Jon Black (Unitywater)

Nicole Ramilo (BMT WBM)

Brad Grant (BMT WBM)

Tony McAlister (BMT WBM)

David Hamlyn Harris (Blight Tanner)

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED PLANNING (PHASE 2) I-1

APPENDIX I: EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED PLANNING


(PHASE 2)

Task Description Deliverables


1 Examine the solutions recommended in the TWCM Strategy
The consultant, in collaboration with MBRC and Unitywater, should Shortlist of
undertake preliminary screening of each solution recommended in solutions to be
the Phase 1 TWCM Strategy document. This will entail determining assessed in
the suitability of each solution on a catchment basis in terms of further detail
factors such as land availability, infrastructure, and the identification
of any priority areas within the catchment.
2 Model development
The evaluation tasks to be undertaken as part of this study will need Calibrated and
to be underpinned by the construction and implementation of the verified
integrated catchment and receiving water quality modelling integrated
framework described above. This framework should be applied to catchment
all estuarine systems, and will comprise three primary models: a and receiving
Source Catchments catchment model, a RWQM V2/V3 Receiving water quality
Water Quality Model and appropriate Urban Developer and modelling
MUSIC urban water balance/urban stormwater quality models. framework
Where rural best management practices have been identified for
implementation, modelling of these will be based on the best
available literature and utilising the suite identified above

For each catchment, appropriately parameterised Source


Catchments models should be used to derive the inputs of diffuse
catchment loads to the downstream RWQM V2/V3 models. These
loads should then be utilised by RWQM V2/V3 as both flow and
pollutant boundary conditions. Urban Developer and MUSIC
urban water balance/urban stormwater quality models are the
recommended tools to be used to define urban potable demands
and stormwater flows and loads and for detailed TWCM efficacy
assessments. Demand models within the urban water balance
models should account for behavioural change as a result of the
implementation of the Target 200 and other SEQ Water Strategy
requirements.

In undertaking this task, the consultant should utilise and update as


appropriate existing catchment and receiving water quality models
developed previously for the study area. These include a Source
Catchment model developed by MBRC in 2010, along with RWQM
V2 models of the Pine and Caboolture estuaries, Pumicestone
Passage and Moreton Bay developed by BMT WBM for the HWP in
2006. The RWQM V2 model will need to be recalibrated using data
from recent years as earlier calibration works were constrained by
drought conditions to predominantly ‘dry’ condition data.

The consultant also should utilise STP loads and flows data from
Unitywater for input into RWQM V2/V3 as point source discharges.

3 Sustainable loads and yields assessment


Using the integrated catchment and receiving water quality Sustainable
modelling framework, sustainable loads for each catchment should loads and
be quantified, using existing discharge locations. The output from yield targets
this task should be a determination of the quantum of reduction for each
required for point and diffuse loads, or changes in upstream estuary

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
EXAMPLE SCOPE OF WORKS FOR DETAILED PLANNING (PHASE 2) I-2
environmental flow rates, to enable water quality objectives in the
upper, mid and lower portions of each estuary and Moreton Bay to
ideally be complied with.
4 Detailed assessment of solutions
The consultant should undertake detailed assessments of the Matrix of
potential solution sets identified for each catchment. These solutions
assessments should quantify the performance of the solution sets ranked in
in terms of their potential impacts on environmental, social and terms of
economic factors including, but not limited to: water quality, water environmental,
supply, water quantity, wastewater discharges, greenhouse gas social and
emissions and capital and operational costs. This will also include economic
defining the infrastructure required to implement each solution and performance
any staging requirements for the delivery of the infrastructure and defined
list of
Smaller scale catchment models such as MUSIC and Urban infrastructure
Developer should be utilised by the consultant to assist in (including
determining stormwater discharges, extent of water source staging plan)
substitution, etc from solution scenarios. Outputs from these models
will need to be used as inputs into the integrated catchment and
receiving water quality modelling framework.

In terms of water quality, the consultant should utilise the results of


each solution set assessment to develop a quasi water quality
Report Card rating for receiving estuaries using an Ecosystem
Health Index (EHI) process, similar to that used in the Ecosystem
Health Monitoring Program (EHMP) for converting EHMP field data
to an effective score for condition of estuaries and the Bay. This
will greatly assist the lay audience to understand the likely efficacy
of the various potential management solutions being evaluated.
5 Documentation of TWCM Plan
The results from the detailed planning and assessment of solution TWCM Plan
sets should be documented in a detailed planning report. This
report is to include:
• Solutions considered;
• Rationale for screening solutions;
• Targets (sustainable loads/sustainable yields);
• Assessment criteria and commentary;
• Performance of solution sets;
• Costings and benefits;
• Recommended solutions and rationale for their selection;
• Any identified issues associated with the recommended
solutions (e.g. risks, institutional reforms required);
• Infrastructure implications; and
• Delivery plan and implementation actions relating to the
recommended solutions for inclusion in the subsequent
Implementation Plan.

\\NAS-WSSR2\ADMIN\ADMIN\B17909.G.BAD\R.B17909.001.02.TWCM STRATEGY.DOC
BMT WBM Brisbane Level 11, 490 Upper Edward Street Brisbane 4000
PO Box 203 Spring Hill QLD 4004
Tel +61 7 3831 6744 Fax +61 7 3832 3627
Email wbm@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Denver 14 Inverness Drive East, #B132


Englewood Denver Colorado 80112 USA
Tel +1 303 792 9814 Fax +1 303 792 9742
Email wbmdenver@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Mackay Suite 1, 138 Wood Street Mackay 4740


PO Box 4447 Mackay QLD 4740
Tel +61 7 4953 5144 Fax +61 7 4953 5132
Email wbmmackay@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Melbourne Level 5, 99 King Street Melbourne 3000


PO Box 604 Collins Street West VIC 8007
Tel +61 3 8620 6100 Fax +61 3 8620 6105
Email wbmmelbourne@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Newcastle 126 Belford Street Broadmeadow 2292


PO Box 266 Broadmeadow NSW 2292
Tel +61 2 4940 8882 Fax +61 2 4940 8887
Email wbmnewcastle@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Perth 1 Brodie Hall Drive Technology Park Bentley 6102
Tel +61 8 9328 2029 Fax +61 8 9486 7588
Email wbmperth@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Sydney Level 1, 256-258 Norton Street Leichhardt 2040


PO Box 194 Leichhardt NSW 2040
Tel +61 2 9713 4836 Fax +61 2 9713 4890
Email wbmsydney@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

BMT WBM Vancouver 1190 Melville Street #700 Vancouver


British Columbia V6E 3W1 Canada
Tel +1 604 683 5777 Fax +1 604 608 3232
Email wbmvancouver@wbmpl.com.au
Web www.wbmpl.com.au

You might also like